JP2019093230A - Pachinko game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a Pachinko game machine capable of enhancing fun of a game.SOLUTION: Under a situation in that winning/losing determination based on a random number value relating to a certain piece of hold information results in a jackpot, a Pachinko game machine determines propriety of execution of an in-holding continuous performance for suggesting or reporting a possibility that specific hold information exists inside one piece of hold information or a plurality of pieces of hold information to be consumed after completion of execution of a special game relating to the random number value. When at least one piece of hold information or a plurality of pieces of hold information to be consumed after completion of execution of a certain special game are specific hold information, the in-holding continuous performance can be executed during execution of the certain special game with the fact that a total value of the number of winning balls put out or a total value of the number of winning balls to be put out by detection of entry of game balls by ball entry detection means during execution of the certain special game satisfies predetermined conditions as an opportunity.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 67

Description

  The present invention relates to a pachinko gaming machine.

  The pachinko gaming machine generally acquires a random number value for lottery in response to the game ball entering the starting opening, and temporarily stores it as an operation holding ball up to a predetermined upper limit number. Such an operation reserving ball is sequentially digested one by one each time a predetermined starting condition is satisfied, and a judgment of whether or not it corresponds to a big hit is executed. When the result of the success or failure judgment is a big hit, after displaying the symbols in a plurality of lines in a variable display, the symbols are stopped and displayed in a predetermined winning mode, and the big winning opening, which is normally closed, is opened. Special game (big hit game) is established.

  On the other hand, in recent years, an effect of making a pre-judgment on an undivided operation holding ball before a yes-no decision is executed, and notifying a player of predetermined advance notice information on the basis of the pre-judgment result in advance. It has been known. As one of them, there is a so-called on-hold in-line continuous-play effect that notifies that the next big hit is included in the operation holding ball waiting in the special game (for example, See Patent Document 1).

JP, 2014-33892, A

  Since pachinko gaming machines adopting such a configuration already exist in large numbers as conventional models, in order to differentiate them from conventional models, it is required to improve the amusement of games by so-called on-hold in-line effects. .

  The present invention has been made in view of such problems, and it is an object of the present invention to provide a pachinko game machine capable of improving the amusement of a game.

In order to achieve such an object, the pachinko gaming machine according to the present invention is provided to a gaming board provided with a gaming area, a starting opening provided in the gaming area and capable of entering a game ball, and the starting opening A random number acquiring unit that acquires a random number value triggered by entering the ball of the game ball, and an acceptance determination unit that executes an acceptance determination based on the random number value acquired by the random number acquisition unit; The big winning opening which can be opened according to the result of the game ball can enter the game ball, the entering detection means for detecting that the game ball has entered the big winning hole, and the result of the hit judgment becomes the big hit In the case of a special game executing means for executing a special game repeating a unit game involving opening of the big winning opening a plurality of times and a random value is acquired by the random number acquiring means, the condition until the yes / no decision permission condition is satisfied While the acquired random value is A reserve storage means for storing up to a predetermined upper limit number as retention information, a symbol display device in which a symbol indicating the result of the acceptance / rejection determination is variably displayed and stop-displayed, and a variation mode of the symbol is determined according to the result Variation mode determination means, symbol display control means for varying display and stop display of symbols in the symbol display device, an effect display device for displaying an effect indicative of the result of the pass / fail determination, and display on the effect display device The effect determining means for determining the contents of the effect to be played, the prize ball delivering means for delivering a predetermined number of gaming balls as the winning balls when the entering balls of the game balls are detected in the entering detection means, and the execution of the special game If the total value of the number of prize balls paid out or the total value of the number of prize balls scheduled to be paid out satisfies the predetermined condition, when the ball entering detection means detects the entering of the game balls during the period, A prize ball information informing means for notifying information concerning the fulfillment of the fixed condition, and under the situation where the result of the judgment of success or failure based on the random number value for a certain holding information becomes a big hit, after the execution of the special game for the random value Pre-read notice control means for determining whether or not to execute on-hold in-store effects to suggest or notify that there is specific-on-hold information in one or more on-hold information to be digested If at least one of the one or more holding information scheduled to be digested after the end of execution of the game is specific holding information, then the ball entering detection means in the entering detection means during the execution of the particular special game When the total value of the number of prize balls paid out due to being detected or the total value of the number of prize balls scheduled to be paid out meets a predetermined condition, the pending special connection is performed during the execution of the special game In particular, it is possible to To be a reward.

  According to the pachinko gaming machine according to the present invention, it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

It is a front view of a pachinko game machine concerning this embodiment. It is a rear view of a pachinko game machine concerning this embodiment. It is a control block diagram of a pachinko game machine concerning this embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of a main control board and a production control board of a pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the special symbol equivalence lottery table based on this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the symbol table per special symbol based on this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the special symbol variation pattern table based on this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the consecutive villa production | presentation pattern table of on-premises inward consecutive villa effect based on this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows an example of the production | presentation image of on-premises inn consecutive row production effect based on this embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows main control side main processing concerning this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the control processing following FIG. 10 of the main control side main processing based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the main-control side timer interruption process based on this embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows starting opening monitoring control processing concerning this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows a special symbol variation start monitoring control process based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the special symbol variation start monitoring process in FIG. 14 based on this embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows special symbol control processing concerning this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the special symbol control general-purpose processing in FIG. 16 based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the special symbol variation start process in FIG. 17 based on this embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows processing during special symbol change in Drawing 17 concerning this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the process during a special symbol stop symbol display in FIG. 17 based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows control processing following FIG. 20 of processing during special symbol stop symbol display based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the special electric symbol combination control processing based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the control processing following FIG. 22 of the special electric symbol combination control processing based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the control processing following FIG. 23 of the special electric symbol combination control processing based on this embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows reset start processing concerning this embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows production control side main processing concerning this embodiment. FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing command analysis processing in FIG. 26 according to the present embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the production | presentation state transfer process in FIG. 27 based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the fluctuation production content determination process in FIG. 27 based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the on-premises internal continuous sorrow effect A determination processing in FIG. 29 based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the big hit rendering content determination process in FIG. 27 based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the reservation internal continuation sorrow effect B determination processing in FIG. 31 based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the big hit rendering replacement process in FIG. 31 based on this embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows production control command reception interruption processing concerning this embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows a production control side timer interruption processing concerning this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the image control command transmission interruption process based on this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the effect image of a special continuous presentation based on this embodiment. It is a time chart for explaining the relation between reservation inside row villa production and special continuation production concerning this embodiment. It is a time chart for explaining a relation 1 between a reserved inner consecutive villa effect and a special effect according to a first modified example of the present embodiment. It is a time chart for explaining relations 2 and 3 of reservation inside consecutive residence effects and special effects concerning a 1st modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the special production determination processing based on the 1st modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the reservation inside consecutive villa effect A determination processing based on the 1st modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the reservation inside consecutive villa effect B determination processing based on the 1st modification of this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the consecutive villa production pattern table of the reservation inside consecutive villa effect based on the 2nd modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows a big hit rendering content determination process based on the 2nd modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the production button monitoring control processing based on the 2nd modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows a production | presentation state transfer process based on the 2nd modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the reservation inside consecutive villa effect A determination processing based on the 2nd modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the reservation inside consecutive villa effect B determination processing based on the 2nd modification of this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the effect image of reservation internal consecutive villa effect B based on the 3rd modification of this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the consecutive villa production pattern table of the reservation inside consecutive villa effect based on the 3rd modification of this embodiment. It is sectional drawing of the 2nd big winning a prize mouth concerning a 2nd embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the symbol table per special symbol based on 2nd Embodiment. It is a time chart which shows the operation pattern of big winning a prize mouth concerning a 2nd embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows big hit production contents determination processing concerning a 2nd embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the pending | prescribed inside consecutive villa effect B determination processing based on 2nd Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the yes / no prior determination table based on 2nd Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the special symbol equivalence lottery table based on 3rd Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the symbol table per special symbol based on 3rd Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the special symbol variation pattern table which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the consecutive villa production | presentation pattern table of on-premise internal consecutive villa effect based on 3rd embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the pending | prescribed inside consecutive villa effect B determination processing based on 3rd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the pending | prescribed inside consecutive villa effect A determination processing based on 4th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the pending | prescribed inside consecutive villa effect B determination processing based on 4th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the effect | action which concerns on 4th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the content of acquisition prize ball number alerting | rendering effect based on 5th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the example of an effect of on-premises inn continuous sorrow effect which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram where it uses for description of a reservation picture concerning a 6th embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the example of an effect of on-premises inn continuous sorrow effect which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a front view of a pachinko game machine concerning a 7th embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the symbol table per special symbol based on 7th Embodiment. It is a time chart which shows the operation pattern of big winning a prize opening concerning a 7th embodiment. It is a table | surface which shows the relationship of big hit classification and promotion production based on 7th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the example of presentation of a probability variation promotion production based on 7th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the probability variation promotion production pattern table which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the production example of round promotion production based on 7th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the round promotion presentation pattern table based on 7th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the symbol table per special symbol based on 8th Embodiment. It is a time chart which shows the operation pattern of big winning a prize opening concerning a 8th embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the symbol table per special symbol based on 9th Embodiment. It is a time chart which shows the operation pattern of big winning a prize opening concerning a 9th embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the big hit symbol table which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the big hit rendering pattern table based on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the content of the big hit presentation pattern (hard fight bonus) based on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the content of the big hit presentation pattern (phantom bonus) based on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the content of the big hit presentation pattern (a matchless bonus) based on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the content of the big hit rendering pattern (seven star charge) based on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the content of the start demonstration effect based on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the completion demonstration effect table based on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the content of the end demonstration effect based on 9th Embodiment. It is a transition diagram of production mode concerning a 9th embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the special symbol variation pattern table which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the fluctuation production pattern table based on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the example of presentation of a probability variation promotion production based on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the example of presentation of round promotion production based on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the example of presentation of on-premises inn consecutive row production effect based on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the example of a production | presentation of seven star charge production based on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the execution process of character selection presentation based on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the special symbol per symbol table based on 10th Embodiment. It is a time chart which shows the operation pattern of big winning a prize opening concerning a 10th embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the special symbol per symbol table based on 11th Embodiment. FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram for explaining the special game execution process according to the eleventh embodiment. It is a time chart which shows the operation pattern of big winning a prize opening concerning a 12th embodiment.

  Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. In addition, the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment is a model in which two functions corresponding to the conventional first pachinko gaming machine are mixed, and the first game (the first special symbol game) and the second game It is possible to develop (the second special symbol game).

First Embodiment
A front view and a rear view of a pachinko gaming machine PM according to the present embodiment are shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2. First, with reference to this drawing, the general configuration of the pachinko gaming machine PM will be outlined.

<Basic configuration of pachinko gaming machine>
First, the basic structure of the front side of the pachinko gaming machine PM will be described with reference to FIG. The pachinko game machine PM is, as shown in FIG. 1, configured in the form of a rectangular frame according to the opening front of the outer frame 1 forming a vertical fixed holding frame configured in the outer rectangular frame size, and is mounted open and closed The front frame 2 forming the frame is mounted so as to be able to open, close and open laterally and releasably by upper and lower hinge mechanisms 3a, 3b disposed at the front left side edge of each other, and is called double lock provided at the front right side edge By means of the locking device 4, it is always held in the closed state engaged with the outer frame 1.

The glass frame 5 and the ball unit 6 are assembled on the front side of the front frame 2 so as to be able to open, close and releasably by using the hinge mechanisms 7a, 7b and 7c provided on the front left side. It is always held in a closed state covering the front of the front frame 2 by utilizing it. The game board 20 is set detachably at the upper part of the front frame 2 located behind the glass frame 5, and the play area PA on the front of the game board 20 through the double layer glass of the glass frame 5 which is always closed and held. To be visible.

  On the front side of the glass frame 5, a frame lamp (LED lamp) 10 that emits light according to the game development status, and a speaker 11 that generates sound effects according to the game development status are provided. The ball dish unit 6 is provided with upper and lower ball dishes (upper ball dish 8 and lower ball dish 9) for storing game balls, and a player performs a pressing operation at the front center of the upper ball dish 8 A button 15 is provided, and on the front right side of the lower ball tray 9 is provided a launch handle 12 for launching the game ball.

  The game board 20 is configured based on a substrate formed in a rectangular flat plate shape using, for example, a synthetic resin material such as acrylic resin, polycarbonate resin, or ABS resin. On the front of the game board 20, an outer rail and an inner rail are fixed in a circular arc shape, and a substantially circular game area PA where the game balls can be rolled is sectioned, and a windmill and a large number of games are formed in the game area PA. The first special symbol display device 71, the second, in addition to the various types of winning openings such as the first starting opening 61, the second starting opening 62, the operation gate 63, the first large winning opening 64, the second large winning opening 65, with nails. Various display devices such as a special symbol display device 72, a first special view holding lamp 73, a second special view holding lamp 74, a normal symbol display device 75, and a common view holding lamp 76 are provided. A center decoration 22 is disposed substantially at the center of the game area PA, and the screen of the effect display device 70 is provided so as to be visible through the central opening of the center decoration 22. At the lower end of the game area PA, an out port 29 is provided for discharging the game balls rolled down without entering each winning port to the back side of the game board 20. Hereinafter, each component provided in the game board 20 will be described in order.

  The first starting opening 61 is provided as a starting winning opening corresponding to the first special symbol game, and is provided with a first starting opening switch 611 for detecting entry of the game ball. Entry of the game ball into the first starting opening 61 is a trigger for the first special symbol lottery.

  The second starting opening 62 is provided as a starting winning opening corresponding to the second special symbol game, and is provided with a second starting opening switch 621 for detecting the entering of the game ball. Entry of the game ball into the second starting opening 62 triggers a second special symbol lottery. Further, the second start port 62 includes a normal motorized product 622 and a normal motorized product solenoid 623 for opening and closing the normal motorized product 622. The ordinary electric character 622 changes between a closed state where it is difficult for the game ball to enter the second starting opening 62 and an open state where the game ball is easier to enter than the state. Here, the second starting opening 62 has a structure in which it is difficult for the game ball to enter the ball unless the ordinary motorized part 622 is opened. On the other hand, when the ordinary motor-operated part 622 is opened, the ease of entering the second start opening 62 is enhanced.

  The actuation gate 63 is provided as a start winning hole corresponding to a normal symbol game, and includes an actuation gate switch 631 for detecting passage of gaming balls. In addition, passage of the game ball to the operation gate 63 becomes an opportunity of the normal symbol lottery for determining whether or not the normal motorized combination 622 of the second starting opening 62 is to be expanded.

  The first large winning opening 64 is formed as a winning opening having a horizontal rectangular shape which is opened when a big hit or a small hit is obtained in a lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol. The first large winning opening 64 is provided with a first large winning opening switch 641 for detecting the entry of the game ball, and a first special electric combination 642 called an attacker device, and the first special electric combination 642 A first big winning opening solenoid 643 for driving the accessory 642 to open and close is provided. The first special electric character 642 is variable between a normal state where the gaming ball can not enter or difficult to enter the first big winning opening 64 and an open state where the gaming ball can enter or can enter easily.

  The second large winning opening 65 is formed as a winning opening having a horizontal rectangular shape which is opened when a big or small hit is made in the first special symbol or the second special symbol. The second large winning opening 65 is provided with a second large winning opening switch 651 for detecting the ball entry of the game ball, and also the second special electric combination 652 called as a so-called attack device, and this second special electric combination A second large winning opening solenoid 653 for driving the accessory 652 to open and close is provided. The second special electric character 652 changes the second large winning opening 65 between a normal state where the gaming ball can not enter or difficult to enter and an opened state where the gaming ball can enter or can easily enter.

  The first large winning opening 64 and the second large winning opening 65 are provided in the area on the right side in the game area PA. Therefore, in the special game state, when firing the game ball toward the game area PA, it is easy to hit one of the big winning openings 64, 65 by performing a so-called right hit to hit the right area. It has become.

  The first special symbol display device 71 performs variable display and finalized display of the first special symbol in response to the game ball entering the first starting opening 61 as a trigger. The first special symbol display device 71 is constituted of, for example, seven segments of LEDs, and the variable display of the first special symbol is expressed according to the blinking pattern of each segment, and the blinking of the segment is stopped and switched to lighting display. 1 Special symbol is displayed. The stop symbol of this first special symbol is formed by numbers, symbols, etc. represented by the combination of each segment.

  The second special symbol display device 72 performs variable display and finalized display of the first special symbol in response to the game ball entering the second starting opening 62 as a trigger. The second special symbol display device 72 is constituted of, for example, seven segments of LEDs, and the variable display of the second special symbol is expressed according to the blinking pattern of each segment, and the blinking of the corresponding segment is stopped and switched to lighting display 2 Special symbols are displayed. The stop symbol of this second special symbol is formed by numbers, symbols, etc. represented by the combination of each segment.

  The first special view reserve lamp 73 and the second special view reserve lamp 74 are respectively composed of, for example, two LED lamps, and the number of operation reserved balls of the first special symbol and the second special symbol by the lighting / flashing display of the lamp Express (up to 4). The number of operation reserved balls of the first special symbol is the number according to the random number value acquired based on the ball entering the first starting opening 61 during the change of the first special symbol or the second special symbol or during the execution of the special game. Yes, indicates the number of holding the acquired random number value, that is, the number of the judgment that the judgment of acceptance is temporarily held until the condition for judging the acceptance of the judgment (variation start condition) is satisfied for the acquired random number value. The number of operation reserved balls of the second special symbol is the number according to the random number value acquired based on entering the second starting opening 62 during the change of the first special symbol or the second special symbol or during the execution of the special game. Yes, indicates the number of holding the acquired random number value, that is, the number of the judgment that the judgment of acceptance is temporarily held until the condition for judging the acceptance of the judgment (variation start condition) is satisfied for the acquired random number value.

  The normal symbol display device 75 is constituted of, for example, two LED lamps, and the variable symbol display and the fixed display of the normal symbol are performed by lighting and blinking display of the lamps. In this embodiment, for example, the variable display of the normal symbol is expressed by alternately repeating the lighting and extinguishing of the two lamps, and depending on which lamp is stopped and displayed in the final lighting state, the normal symbol Report the lottery results. The general drawing reserve lamp 76 is composed of, for example, two LED lamps, and the lighting and blinking display of the lamp represents the number (up to four) of operation reserved balls of the normal symbol. In addition, on the left side of the normal symbol display device 75, there is provided a round indicator 77 for displaying the number of round games in the special game (the number of rounds: the number of times the special electric role products 642, 643 operate continuously). .

The effect display device 70 mainly changes the display in conjunction with the first special symbol or the second special symbol
While displaying the effect image including the decorative symbol to be stopped and the notice effect, the suspension display of the first special symbol and the second special symbol is performed. Specifically, on the screen of the effect display device 70, the first special symbol in synchronization with the decorative symbol display portion 700 on which the variable display of the decorative symbol or the advance notice effect display is executed and the first special view holding lamp 73 The first special view reserve display section 701 where the reserve display of the second special symbol is performed, and the second special view reserve display section 702 where the reserve display of the second special symbol is performed in synchronization with the second special view reserve lamp 74 It is provided. In the present embodiment, a liquid crystal display device is employed as the effect display device 70. In the decorative symbol display portion 700, three columns of display regions (left display region Z1, middle display region Z2, right display region Z3) serving as variable display regions of decorative symbols are provided on predetermined effective lines (not shown). The left symbol of the decorative symbol corresponding to the left display region Z1, the middle symbol of the decorative symbol corresponding to the middle display region Z2, and the right symbol of the decorative symbol corresponding to the right display region Z3 are respectively stopped and displayed. Ru. In the normal display mode, while the special design retention ball is activated, a special circle retention image is displayed on the special display reserve display parts 701 and 702, and the special retention feature is displayed when the special retention ball is digested. The hold image is lost. The reserved images are displayed in order according to the generation order of the operation reserved balls of the special symbol (the order of ball entry), and can be displayed on each of the reserved display portions 701 and 702 at a maximum of four each.

  The center ornament 22 is installed around the effect display device 70, and has functions such as protection of the flow path of the game ball, the screen of the effect display device 70, and decoration. The center ornament 22 is provided with a movable character 24 for executing a rendering operation according to the development status of the game. The movable part 24 is configured to include a driving source such as a stepping motor or a solenoid. Further, the center decoration 22 is provided with a board lamp (LED lamp) 25 that emits light in accordance with the development status of the game. In the following description, for convenience, the frame lamp 10 and the board lamp 25 are collectively referred to as a "production lamp LP".

  Subsequently, the basic structure of the back side of the pachinko gaming machine PM will be described with reference to FIG. On the back side of the front frame 2, a back setting board 30 formed in a rectangular frame shape somewhat smaller than the front frame 2 is detachably attached. Each part of the back setting board 30 is connected to the storage tank 31 for storing a large number of gaming balls, the tank rail 32 extending with a gentle downward slope from the storage tank 31, and the right end of the tank rail 32 The ball supply passage 33 extending in the direction, the prize ball payout unit 34 paying out the gaming balls guided by the ball feed passage 33, the prize for guiding the gaming balls paid out from the prize ball payout unit 34 to the upper bowl 6 A ball passage 35 and the like are provided.

  On the back side of the game board 10, a main control board 100 for controlling the operation of the pachinko gaming machine PM in an integrated manner, an effect control board 200 for controlling the overall effects, image display according to the game development, control of sound effects An image control board 300 or the like is attached. In the present embodiment, the effect control board 200 and the image control board 300 constitute a liquid crystal unit in an assembled state integrated with the effect display device (liquid crystal display device) 70. On the other hand, on the back side of the back setting board 30, a payout control board 400 for controlling the launch and payout of gaming balls, and power from the gaming facility side to supply power to various control boards and electric / electronic parts The power supply substrate 500 is attached. These control boards are assembled at a predetermined position on the back of the game board 20 or the back setting board 30 in an assembled state housed in a transparent resin base case having a caulking structure and a sealing structure to prevent tampering. It is arranged. The control board and the electric / electronic parts of each part of the pachinko gaming machine PM are mutually connected via a harness (connector cable), and the pachinko gaming machine PM is configured to be operable.

<Control configuration of pachinko gaming machine>
Next, each control board mounted on the pachinko gaming machine PM according to the present embodiment will be described with additional reference to FIG. FIG. 3 is a control block diagram showing a control configuration of the pachinko gaming machine PM.

  The main control board 100 includes a main CPU 101 that performs various arithmetic processing related to gaming, a ROM 102 that stores control programs and various data, a RAM 103 that functions as a work area or buffer memory serving as a temporary storage area, peripheral boards and each A main control microcomputer (one-chip microcomputer) 110 including an I / O port circuit 104 for inputting and outputting signals to and from the device is mounted, and the main CPU 101 executes a game according to a control program stored in the ROM 102 It is configured to carry out the main control of the progression. In addition, although not shown, the main control board 100 is a clock circuit that divides the clock signal from the crystal oscillator to generate an internal system clock, and is reset when the main CPU 101 malfunctions or runs out. Operates as a separate system from the WDT circuit that recovers to a normal state, the CTC circuit that enables the occurrence of real-time interrupts and time measurement, and the program processing (software random number) by the main CPU 101, and generates a predetermined random number (internal random number) A random number generation circuit etc. are mounted, and these are mutually connected via an internal bus.

  The main CPU 101 executes various processing related to main control of the game by reading various control programs stored in the ROM 102 and performing arithmetic processing based on detection information and the like from each switch. The RAM 103 is a backup RAM as a non-volatile storage unit backed up by a backup power supply (VBB) generated in the power supply substrate 500. The backup area of the RAM 103 is an area for storing data such as the stack pointer and each register held at the time of the power shutdown when the power shutdown occurs. The state of the gaming machine is restored to the state before the power failure based on the information of the backup area.

  In addition, the main control board 100 is electrically connected to the first start opening switch 611, the second start opening switch 621, the operation gate switch 631, the first large winning opening switch 641, the second large winning opening switch 651, etc. The detection signals from various switches are input to the main CPU 101 via the I / O port circuit 104. In addition, the main control board 100, the first special symbol display device 71, the second special symbol display device 72, the first special view reserve lamp 73, the second special view reserve lamp 74, the normal symbol display device 75 and the common view reserve lamp It is electrically connected to 76, and is further electrically connected to the ordinary electric service solenoid 623 and the special electric service solenoids 643, 653, and controls from the main CPU 101 via the I / O port circuit 104. Sends signals to various display means and various solenoids.

  The main control substrate 100 and the effect control substrate 200 are connected by eight parallel signal lines and one strobe line, and communication is performed only in a single direction from the main control substrate 100 to the effect control substrate 200. The various effect control commands are transmitted from the main control board 100 to the effect control board 200, which are connected as possible. It is not possible to transmit data from the effect control board 200 to the main control board 100, and it is not possible to request the main control board 100 to transmit data.

The effect control board 200 has a sub main CPU 201 that performs various arithmetic processing related to game effects based on effect control commands from the main control board 100, a ROM 202 that stores effect control programs and various data, etc., a work area serving as a temporary storage area, The effect control microcomputer (one-chip microcomputer) 210 configured to include a RAM 203 that functions as a buffer memory and an I / O port circuit 204 that inputs and outputs signals between peripheral substrates and devices is mounted. The sub main CPU 201 is configured to execute main control relating to a game effect in accordance with a control program stored in the ROM 202. In addition, although not shown, the clock circuit for dividing the clock signal from the crystal oscillator to generate the internal system clock is reset to the effect control board 200, and the sub main CPU 201 is reset when it malfunctions or runs out. Circuit to return to normal state, TPU circuit to output various signals based on system clock, interrupt controller to start various interrupts such as timer interrupt based on signals from TPU circuit, etc., to input / output serial data A serial communication circuit or the like is mounted, and they are mutually connected via an internal bus.

  The effect control board 200 is an image control command for instructing the image control board 300 to generate an image and sound, and a lamp control signal for controlling the lamp connection board 91 in the effect control process based on the effect control command from the main control board 100. (Lamp data), a drive control signal (drive data) for controlling the motor driver 92, and the like are generated. The effect control board 200 is connected to the image control board 300 so as to enable two-way communication, and while an image control command regarding an image and sound is transmitted from the effect control board 200 to the image control board 300, this response is A response command (ACK command) indicating that the image control command has been successfully received is transmitted from the image control board 300 to the effect control board 200.

  Further, the effect control board 200 is electrically connected to the lamp connection board 91 mounted with a plurality of LED drivers, and a lamp control signal (lamp data) for controlling the lamp connection board 91 is provided via the serial communication circuit. Send. In the present example, serial communication of clock synchronous system is adopted between the effect control board 200 and the lamp connection board 91, and transmitted by a signal line (clock line) different from the data line for lamp data transmission. The lamp control signal is transmitted bit by bit via the data line in synchronization with the clock signal. The lamp connection board 91 incorporates an LED driver that functions in response to a lamp control signal for driving an LED transmitted from the effect control board 200, and switches on / off switches in the circuit based on the lamp control signal. Thus, the drive current is supplied to or shut off from the effect lamp LP to perform control to turn on or turn off the effect lamp LP.

  Further, the effect control board 200 is electrically connected to the plurality of motor drivers 92, and a drive control signal (drive data) for controlling the motor driver 92 is sent to the motor driver 92 via the I / O port circuit 204. Send. The motor driver 92 supplies drive current to the stepping motor of each movable object 24 by switching on / off a switch in the circuit based on a drive control signal for accessory drive transmitted from the effect control board 200. Alternatively, it shuts off and controls the movable items 24 to operate. A parallel communication method is adopted for data transmission to the motor driver 92.

  The image control board 300 has a sub-sub-CPU 301 that performs various arithmetic processing related to image effects based on image control commands from the effect control board 200, a ROM 302 storing image control programs and various data, and a work area serving as a temporary storage area. And an image control microcomputer (one-chip microcomputer) 310 configured with a RAM 303 that functions as a buffer memory and an I / O port circuit 304 that inputs and outputs signals between peripheral substrates and devices. The sub-sub CPU 301 is configured to execute main control relating to image rendering in accordance with a control program stored in the ROM 302. In addition, although not shown in the figure, the image control board 300 is in line with the effect contents based on the VDP for generating image data according to the effect contents based on the control signal obtained from the sub sub CPU 301 and the control signal obtained from the sub sub CPU 301 And a sound source IC for generating sound data. The VDP is a so-called image processor, reads image data stored in the image ROM according to an instruction from the sub-sub CPU 301, and processes the image data to transmit a video signal (image data) generated to the effect display device. The VPD is connected to a high-speed VRAM used to expand and process image data read from the image ROM. The sound source IC reads acoustic data stored in the voice ROM according to an instruction from the sub-sub-CPU 301, synthesizes the acoustic data, and outputs the acoustic data generated to the speaker 11 via an amplifier (digital amplifier).

The payout control board 400 mainly includes a payout CPU 401, a ROM 402, and a RAM 403. The payout control board 400 is connected to the main control board 100 so as to be capable of bi-directional communication, and is a control for driving the prize ball dispensing unit 34 based on the payout control command from the main control board 100 to dispense the prize balls. The ball feed mechanism 13 and the launch mechanism 14 are synchronously driven based on the amount of operation of the launch handle 12 to execute control of the launch of the gaming ball.

  Although not shown in detail, power supply substrate 500 is a normal power supply circuit for generating a normal power supply used in each control substrate based on the primary power supply supplied from the power supply facility on the game island, and a backup power supply. A backup power supply circuit for generating (VBB) and a power cut-off monitor circuit for monitoring a power cut-off due to a voltage drop are provided, and they are used for electronic and electric parts such as control boards and gaming machines. Supply necessary power. The power supply substrate 500 is connected to a power supply switch for activating a power supply circuit, and assuming that the primary power is supplied from the power supply device of the game island, the power supply substrate is turned on when the power supply switch is turned on. A predetermined power supply is supplied from a normal power supply circuit 500 to each control board or the like. The power supply substrate 500 is configured to be able to detect that the power supply from the power supply device on the gaming island has been cut off, and when the power supply is disconnected, the power control signal (NMI signal) notifying that effect is used as the main control substrate 100. , And the effect control board 200 and the payout control board 400. The backup power supply circuit is configured to be charged when power is supplied from the power supply device on the gaming island to the pachinko gaming machine PM. The power supply substrate 500 is also connected with a RAM clear switch (not shown) for temporarily erasing the temporarily stored contents of the RAM 103 of the main control substrate 100 and setting an initial value when the power of the pachinko gaming machine PM is turned on. ing. The RAM clear switch may be connected to, for example, the main control board 100 instead of the power supply board 500.

<Basic operation of pachinko gaming machine>
In the pachinko gaming machine PM configured as described above, the outer frame 1 is fixedly installed on the gaming island of the gaming facility, and the front frame 2, the glass frame 5, the bowl unit 6 and the like are closed and locked. The game is started by storing the game ball in the upper ball tray 8 and rotating the firing handle 12. When the firing handle 12 is turned, the gaming balls stored in the upper bowl 8 are shot one by one by the ball feed mechanism 13 (see FIG. 3) disposed on the back side of the glass frame 5. It is sent out to 14 (refer to FIG. 3), and is launched into the game area PA by the launch mechanism 14.

  When a game ball rolling down the game area PA enters any of the first start opening 61, the second start opening 62, the first large winning opening 64, and the second large winning opening 65, the type of the winning opening The winning balls according to the above are paid out to the upper bowl 8 or the lower bowl 9 by the prize dispensing unit 33. Further, when the gaming ball enters the first starting opening 61 or the second starting opening 62, the lottery random number value of the special symbol is acquired, and the random number value is temporarily stored as the holding ball of the special symbol up to a predetermined upper limit number. And when a predetermined starting condition is satisfied, the success / failure determination of special symbol, the symbol determination, and the fluctuation pattern determination are performed on the lottery random number value related to the first holding ball, and in the mode according to the determination result, 1 The special symbol is variably displayed on the special symbol display device 71 or the second special symbol display device 72, and the decorative symbol is variably displayed on the effect display device 70. The variation display of the special symbol and the decoration symbol is synchronously stopped after the lapse of the variation time according to the selected variation pattern.

  When the first special symbol or the second special symbol is determined and displayed in the stop mode indicating a big hit, it shifts to the special game which is a game state advantageous to the player than the normal game, and the first large winning opening 64 or the second Opening and closing operation of the special winning opening 65 is started. The stop aspect of the decorative symbol indicating a big hit is, for example, an aspect in which the types of three symbols match. In the present embodiment, as special games, 16R special games set to 16 rounds (16 rounds), 8R special games set to 8 rounds (8 rounds), and 2 round games A 2R special game set to (2 rounds) is provided.

  In this embodiment, regardless of whichever of 16R special game, 8R special game and 2R special game, the probability change of the special symbol from the end of the special game until the number of times of fluctuation of the special symbol reaches a predetermined number of closing times The function (also called "probability") operates uniformly. That is, the pachinko gaming machine PM according to the present embodiment is a gaming machine called a "stitching machine", which is a so-called "ST machine", which has a probability changing rush rate of 100%. Therefore, in this embodiment, the probability fluctuation function of the special symbol does not continue until the occurrence of the next big hit, but a period (also referred to as "ST period") until reaching a predetermined number of closing times (also referred to as "ST number"). Limited). When the special symbol probability variation function is activated, the big hit probability of the special symbol lottery shifts from the normal low probability state to the high probability state, so that a new big hit (special game) occurs relatively early. Become.

  On the other hand, after the special game is over, the variation time shortening function of the special symbol (hereinafter also referred to as "time saving") may be operated together with or independently of the probability variation function of the special symbol. When the variation time reduction function of the special symbol is activated, the average variation time of the special symbol and the decorative symbol tends to be shortened than usual, and the number of drawing special symbols per unit time is improved (big hit per unit time) Ease of acquisition can be enhanced).

  In addition, when the special symbol of the fluctuation time reduction function is activated, the electronic chew support function is activated. The electric chew support function increases the ease of entering the second starting opening 62 by activating the probability fluctuation function of the normal symbol, the fluctuation time shortening function of the normal symbol, and the open extension function of the ordinary electric character 622 It is a state (it is also called "the ball entry easy state"). In addition, when the probability variation function of the normal symbol is activated, the winning probability of the normal symbol is higher than the normal state. When the variation time shortening function of the normal symbol is activated, the variation time of the normal symbol is shortened. When the open time extension function of the normal motor vehicle 622 is activated, the open time of the normal motor vehicle 622 is in a state in which the open period is extended beyond the normal state. In this easy-to-enter-ball state, the possibility of increasing the number of times of fluctuation of the normal symbol per fixed time more than usual is increased, and the ease of entering the second start-up opening 62 is also improved. The possibility of increasing the number of ball entry also increases. Therefore, as a result of the chance to obtain a winning ball by entering the second starting opening 62 during that period by the operation of the special symbol variation time shortening function and the electric chow support function, the number of holding balls is hardly reduced. It becomes possible to continue the game.

<Main functional configuration of pachinko gaming machine>
Next, various functions of the pachinko gaming machine PM (mainly, the main control board 100 / the effect control board 200) according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to the functional block diagram of FIG. 4 additionally.

  As shown in FIG. 4, the main control board 100 is a ball entry determination means 110, a game lottery random number generation means 120, a hold control means 130, an advance determination means 135, a special symbol lottery processing means 140, an ordinary symbol lottery processing means 145, The special game control unit 150, the symbol display control unit 155, the electric role control unit 160, the game state control unit 165, the error monitoring control unit 170, the main information storage unit 180, and the command transmission / reception unit 190. The above-described units in the main control board 100 are constituted by the main CPU 101, the ROM 102, the RAM 103, the hardware such as the electronic circuit provided on the main control board 100, and the software such as the control program stored in the ROM 102 or the like. Is a functional expression of

  The ball entrance judging means 110 is each based on detection signals from the first starting opening switch 611, the second starting opening switch 621, the operation gate switch 631, the first large winning opening switch 641, the second large winning opening switch 651, etc. Determine the entry of the game ball to the winning opening.

The game lottery random number generation means 120 is used for the success or failure lottery of the special symbol by taking in the built-in random number generated by the random number generation circuit of the main control microcomputer 110 by software and adding the soft random number per special symbol described later to this. Generate a random number per special symbol. In addition, the game lottery random number generation means 120 is provided with a random number counter for generating various software random numbers by the program processing of the main CPU 101. These random number counters play a role as random number generation means for generating random numbers in software. As this software random number, a soft random number per special symbol added to the above-mentioned built-in random number to make a random number per special symbol, a soft initial value random number per special symbol for determining an initial value and an end value of soft random number per special symbol, A special symbol per symbol special symbol used to determine a winning symbol (combination of symbols that will activate the condition device) as a stop symbol of a special symbol Special symbol for determining the initial value and end value of a symbol random number per symbol special symbol per symbol special symbol The initial value random number per pattern, the special pattern variation pattern random number for use in selecting the variation pattern of the special symbol, the random number per ordinary symbol for use in the lottery of the normal symbol, the initial value and the end value of the random number per ordinary symbol The initial value random number per normal symbol to decide, the normal symbol variation pattern random number etc to be used for the selection of the variation pattern of the normal symbol That. The software random numbers are updated once each time the timer interrupt process occurs, and the initial value random number is the remaining time of the interrupt cycle while the timer interrupt process is not being executed (during loop processing) Update using.

  The suspension control means 130 includes a special symbol suspension control means 131 and a regular symbol suspension control means 132.

  The special symbol holding control means 131 is a random number value for a special symbol, which is a random number for drawing a special symbol game, triggered by the entry of the gaming ball to the first starting opening 61 or the second starting opening 62. The symbol random number value and the special symbol variation pattern random number value are acquired, and the random number value is managed as the operation holding ball information of the first special symbol or the second special symbol. The special symbol retention control means 131 is a main information storage means by combining the operation retention ball information of the first special symbol or the second special symbol up to the predetermined upper limit number (4 pieces) respectively with the entering sequence of the retention balls. Temporarily store the 180 first special symbol hold storage area or the second special symbol hold storage area.

  In the first special symbol hold storage area and the second special symbol hold storage area, the hold 1 storage area (first hold storage area), the hold 2 storage area (2 A first pending storage area), a pending 3 storage area (third pending storage area), and a pending 4 storage area (fourth pending storage area) are provided. Each pending storage area can store a random number per special symbol, a special symbol random number per special symbol, and a special symbol variation pattern random number as a set of operation pending ball information. The operation holding ball information is stored in order of holding 1 storage area, holding 2 storage area, holding 3 storage area, holding 4 storage area, while holding 1 storage area, holding 2 storage area, holding 3 storage area, holding 4 storage Digested in order of area (first-in-first-out principle). In addition, when the holding ball information of the holding 1 storage area is digested, the holding ball information stored in the holding 2 storage area, the holding 3 storage area, and the holding 4 storage area is shifted to the lower number storage area, Clear the contents of the pending 4 storage area to zero.

  Also, the special symbol suspension control means 131 is a first special symbol suspension ball number counter for counting the number of operation suspension balls of the first special symbol, a second special for counting the operation suspension ball number of the second special symbol It has a symbol holding ball number counter. The special symbol holding control means 131 adds 1 to the corresponding counter each time one operation holding ball of the special symbol is acquired, and one operation holding ball is digested, as update processing of the number of operation holding balls of the special symbol. Each time the corresponding counter is decremented by one.

Also, when the special symbol retention control means 131 updates (adds or subtracts) the number of operation pending balls of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, an effect control command ("symbol storage") including update information of the number of pending balls. To generate a "number command" and temporarily store it in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180. This one command includes information of both the number of operation reserved balls of the first special symbol and the number of operation reserved balls of the second special symbol. In addition, as a general rule, although operation reserve balls of each special symbol are digested in the order of entering the ball, in this embodiment, the second special symbol variation display is preferentially executed over the first special symbol Since the so-called priority digest is adopted, while the operation reserve ball relating to the second special symbol game is present, the operation reserve relating to the second special symbol game regardless of the presence of the operation reserve ball relating to the first special symbol game It is configured to preferentially digest the spheres. In addition, under this priority digestion, if there is an operation retaining ball of the second special symbol, even if there is an operation retaining ball of the first special symbol, the digestion of the operation retaining ball of the first special symbol is It will be put on hold.

  The normal symbol holding control means 132 is a random number value per symbol, a random number per symbol, a symbol random number per symbol, and a normal symbol fluctuation pattern, which is a lottery random number related to a normal symbol game triggered by the game ball entering the operation gate 63 The random number value is acquired, and the random number value is normally managed as the operation pending ball information of the symbol. The normal symbol holding control means 132 combines the normal holding symbol with the normal ball holding storage area of the main information storage means 180 in a form combining the normal holding symbol with the ball holding order up to a predetermined upper limit number (4). Temporarily store. Also, the normal symbol holding control means 132 has a normal symbol holding ball number counter for counting the number of operation holding balls of the normal symbol. The normal symbol holding control means 132 adds 1 to the corresponding counter each time one normal operating symbol holding ball is acquired as an update process of the number of operating normal symbol holding balls, and one operating holding ball is digested. Each time the corresponding counter is decremented by one.

  The prior determination means 135 performs the prior determination for the prefetch notice for the operation reserved ball when acquiring the operation reserved ball of the special symbol at a predetermined prior determined timing. As an example of the pre-determination timing, (1) is waiting for each operation, and when the operation reserve ball of the first special symbol is acquired while the electric support function is not activated, (2) is waiting for each operation, and When the support function acquires the operation reserving ball of the second special symbol while operating, (3) when the operation reserving ball of the second special symbol is acquired during the big hit or small hit, either of the conditions It is time to be satisfied. Specifically, the prior determination means 135 reads the random number value corresponding to the operation reserve ball acquired this time from the first special symbol hold storage area or the second special symbol hold storage area of the main information storage means 180, and the lottery for winning or not The prior determination of (presence or absence determination), the prior determination of the symbol lottery (pattern prior determination), and the prior determination of the variation pattern lottery (variation pattern prior determination) are sequentially executed. Although the preliminary determination table used in each preliminary determination is not shown, it is equivalent to the total number of random numbers in the same manner as the lottery table (special symbol pass / fail lottery table, special symbol per symbol table, variation pattern table) described later. An area is divided into a plurality of areas, and a lottery ID is assigned to each area (number of judgment values). As the lottery ID, a number (also referred to as "pre-judgment number") indicating the result of pre-judgment is set. Then, the prior determination means 135 sequentially generates a presentation control command (referred to as a “predetermined event command”) including information on the prior determination result (the prior determination number) and places it in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180. Store.

  Special symbol lottery processing means 140 includes special symbol suitability determination means 141, special symbol stop symbol determination means 412, and special symbol variation pattern determination means 143. The special symbol lottery processing means 140, when the variation start condition of the special symbol is satisfied, per random special symbol stored in the first storage area (pending 1 storage area) of the special symbol holding storage area in the main information storage means 180 The numerical value, the symbol random number per special symbol, and the special symbol fluctuation pattern random number are read out and stored in the special symbol judgment area, the special symbol judgment region, and the special symbol fluctuation pattern judgment region of the main information storage means 180, respectively. Here, "a variation start condition of a special symbol is satisfied" means, as an example, (1) not being in a big hit or a small hit, (2) both the first special symbol and the second special symbol are waiting for variation It is when all the conditions of being inside, (3) presence of the operation reserving ball in at least one of the first special symbol and the second special symbol is satisfied, and as a result, the special symbol can start fluctuation State is determined.

  The special symbol compliance determination means 141 reads out the random value per special symbol from the special symbol compliance determination area of the main information storage means 180 and executes the compliance determination, and the determination result corresponds to any of big hit, small hit, and off Decide what to do. The result of this success or failure judgment is temporarily stored in the special symbol judgment flag of the main information storage means 180 (for example, big hit data “55H”, small hit data “33H”, off data “00H”), and used in the subsequent processing It is cleared at the time of the stop of the change of the special symbol. The special symbol propriety judging means 141 holds a special symbol propriety lottery table which is referred to at the time of this propriety judgment.

  Here, FIG. 5 is a diagram schematically showing the special symbol acceptance lottery table, (A) is referred to in a normal state (low probability state), (B) is referred to in a positive change state (high probability state) Ru. In this special symbol hit / lottery table, random symbol values for special symbols, big hit, small hit, judgment result of losing, are associated, and according to the associated random number range, the winning probability of big hit and small hit Is determined. As can be seen from FIG. 5, in the success or failure lottery of the special symbol game, in the normal state (low probability state), it becomes a big hit only when the random number value falls within the range of “0 to 163”. On the other hand, the jackpot range is expanded in the probability change state (high probability state), and not only when the random number value falls within the range of “0 to 163”, but also when it falls within the range of “164 to 1639” Become. That is, when the probability variation function of the special symbol is activated, the lottery probability of the big hit is varied from the low probability state (1 / 399.6) to the high probability state (1 / 39.96). As described above, the range corresponding to the big hit changes according to the game state, but the winning probability of the big hit is equal between the first special symbol lottery and the second special symbol lottery. Here, even if the random value per special symbol does not fall within the range of the big hit, it will be a small hit if it falls within the predetermined range. In this example, small hits only exist in the first special symbol winning lottery, but for example, small hits are also provided in the second special symbol losing lottery, and from the second special symbol losing lottery Also, the first special symbol may be configured to be a small hit with a higher probability of success or failure lottery.

  The special symbol stop symbol determination means 142 determines the stop symbol of the first special symbol or the second special symbol and the symbol group to which the stop symbol belongs based on the result of the lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol. Do. The special symbol stop symbol judging means 142 is a symbol table per first special symbol referred to when deciding the stop symbol and symbol group of the first special symbol and the second special symbol when the result of the lottery is a big hit It has a symbol table per second special symbol.

  FIG. 6 (A) is a view schematically showing an example of the symbol table per the first special symbol. This first special symbol per symbol table, for a special symbol per symbol random number, stop symbol, symbol group, contents of big hit (number of operations of probability variation function of special symbol and variation time shortening function, the first big prize The operation patterns of the mouth 64 are associated with one another. In addition, the numerical value "100" in a parenthesis means the number of times of operation of the probability variation function of a special symbol and the variation time shortening function, that is, the number of ST. In this table, stop symbols “1” to “8” of the first special symbol are classified into two types of symbol groups A and B according to the type of the big hit.

  Specifically, symbol groups A (16R specific short-period fixed symbols) are displayed for symbols "1", "2", "3" and "4", and symbol group B is displayed for symbols "5" and "6". A symbol group C (2R specified short-time exclusive symbol) is associated with each of the symbols “7” and “8” (8R-specific short-period exclusive symbol). In the present embodiment, the “specific symbol” is a symbol that activates the probability variation function after the end of the special game, and the “normal symbol” is that the probability variation function is activated after the end of the special game. There is no symbol (the same applies to the second special symbol described later).

The symbol groups A and B are so-called “perceivable variation hits” that shift the gaming state after the end of the special game to a definite variation state (high probability state), and the number of times the variation of the special symbol is within the ST number Of the special symbol probability fluctuation function and fluctuation time shortening function, as well as the electronic Chu support function until the next big hit occurs within the ST number of times until it is finished without generating It will be done. For the symbol group A, the specified number of special games is 16 rounds, and the maximum opening time of the first big winning opening 64 in one round game is about 30 seconds. For the symbol group B, the specified number of rounds of the special game is eight, and the maximum opening time of the first big winning opening 64 in one round game is about 30 seconds.

  The symbol group C has the opening count and opening time of the first large winning opening 64 different from the above-mentioned "certain hit", but the gaming state after the end of the special game is changed to the special symbol (high probability state) It is a specific symbol that indicates so-called "sudden probability variation hit" to be transferred, and the next big hit will occur in the ST count while the variation count of the special symbol is finished without generating the big hit in the ST count or Until then, the special symbol's probability fluctuation function and fluctuation time shortening function, and the electronic chew support function will be added. The prescribed number of rounds of special game is two rounds, and the maximum opening time of the first large winning opening 64 in one round game is about 0.05 seconds.

  On the other hand, when the result of the success or failure lottery is a small hit, symbol determination based on random numbers per special symbol is omitted, and symbol "9" is uniquely assigned as a stop symbol. A symbol group F (special power operating symbol 1) is associated with the symbol "9". In the case of a small hit, there is no trigger for changing the gaming state (probability fluctuation function, fluctuation time shortening function, power chute support function) and fluctuation pattern selection state, and the gaming state is maintained before and after the lottery. Be done. In addition, when the result of the success or failure lottery is a loss, the symbol "0" is uniquely assigned as a stop symbol.

  Then, FIG. 6 (B) is a figure which shows typically an example of a 2nd special symbol per symbol table. This second special symbol per symbol table, for a special symbol per symbol symbol random number, stop symbol, symbol group, contents of big hit (number of operations of probability variation function and variation time shortening function of special symbol, second big prize The operation patterns of the ports 65 are associated with one another. In this table, the stop symbols "11" to "18" of the second special symbol are classified into two types of symbol groups D and E according to the type of the big hit. Specifically, the symbols "11", "12", "13" and "14" indicate that the symbol group D (16R specific short-time fixed symbol) has symbols "15", "16", "17" and " A symbol group E (8R specific short-term symbol with special symbol) is associated with 18 ".

  The symbol groups D and E are special symbols indicating so-called "perceivable variation hit", which shifts the gaming state after the end of the special game to a definite variation state (high probability state), and the number of times of variation of the special symbol is a big hit Of the special symbol probability fluctuation function and fluctuation time shortening function, as well as the electronic Chu support function until the next big hit occurs within the ST number of times until it is finished without generating It will be done. For the symbol group D, the specified number of special games is 16 rounds, and the maximum opening time of the second big winning opening 65 in one round game is about 30 seconds. For the symbol group E, the specified number of rounds of the special game is eight, and the maximum opening time of the second big winning opening 65 in one round game is about 30 seconds.

  On the other hand, when the result of the success or failure lottery is a small hit, symbol determination by random numbers per special symbol is omitted, and symbol "19" is uniquely assigned as a stop symbol. A symbol group G (special electric power operating symbol 2) is associated with the symbol "19". In the case of a small hit, there is no trigger for changing the gaming state (probability fluctuation function, fluctuation time shortening function, power chute support function) and fluctuation pattern selection state, and the gaming state is maintained before and after the lottery. Be done. In addition, when the result of the success or failure lottery is a loss, the symbol "0" is uniquely assigned as a stop symbol.

In the present embodiment, as described above, three types of big hit types are provided: 16R big hit (16R specific short main symbol), 8R big hit (8R specific short main symbol) and 2R big hit (2R specific short main symbol) ing. And the expected value of winning ball winning in special game (winning ball winning expected value)
Is a 16R big hit> 8R big hit> 2R big hit. Therefore, in the following, the 16R big hit is also referred to as the highest "high profit big hit" with the prize ball expected value, and the 2R big hit is also referred to as the "low profit big hit" with the lowest prize ball expected value. In addition, even if the number of long open unit games (30 seconds) and short open unit games (0.05 seconds) are mixed even with the same number of execution rounds, the big hit where many long open unit games exist is “high It will be a profit hit. Specifically, the special game may have a common number of execution rounds, such as unifying the number of execution rounds into 16 rounds, but may include a special game in which the aspect of the unit game changes in a predetermined round. In that case, the special winning game of the type having only a short opening unit game with a relatively short opening time of the special winning opening 64, 65 and the opening time of the special winning opening 64, 65 relative to the predetermined number of execution rounds is relative The game may include a special game of a type that switches to a long long unit game, and the latter constitutes a "high profit jackpot". In addition, even in the big hit of the same number of execution rounds, it may be configured such that the substantial benefit, that is, the winning ball winning expectation value is different due to the difference in the winning opening opening pattern.

  Here, as can be understood from the above description, when the big win in the first special symbol lottery, 16R big hit is selected with a probability of 50%, but the second special symbol If you get a big hit in the lottery, the 16R big hit is selected with a probability of 75%, so it is better to win the second start opening 62 than to win the first start opening 61, more balls coming out It is advantageous to the player in that it can be earned. In the present example, the special game for opening and closing the first large winning opening 64 is executed when it becomes a big hit in the first special symbol success or failure, and the second special symbol if it becomes a big hit in the second The special game for opening and closing the 2 large winning a prize opening 65 is to be executed, but it is not limited to this, when it becomes a big hit in the judgment of the first special symbol, the 2nd large winning opening 65 A special game for opening and closing may be executed, or a special game for opening and closing the first large winning opening 64 may be executed when a big hit is made in the determination of the second special symbol. Also, in this case, the special game for opening and closing the second large winning opening 65 is executed in the case of becoming a big hit in the second special symbol's success determination than in the case of the first special symbol's success or failure. The rate at which they are Also, at this time, the player may be set to have a higher degree of advantage for the player to enter the second large winning opening 65 than to enter the first large winning opening 64, for example, per round It may be set to have a high count number, a high expectation for winning balls, a high number of winning balls per ball, and a high entry ease. Further, even when there are a plurality of jackpots with the same number of special games, the substantial profit (expected ball winning expectation value) may be configured to be different due to the difference in the opening pattern of the big winning opening. Note that the count number (prescribed count number) is the maximum number of game balls allowed to enter the large winning opening 64, 65 in unit game.

  The special symbol variation pattern determination means 143 determines the variation pattern of the special symbol based on the special symbol variation pattern random number value. Here, as shown in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8, the special symbol variation pattern determination means 143 holds a plurality of types of variation pattern tables to be referred to when selecting a variation pattern of a special symbol. The special symbol variation pattern determination unit 143 selects any variation pattern table from among a plurality of variation pattern tables based on the current variation pattern selection state and the result of the acceptance lottery. The relationship between the variation pattern selection state and the variation pattern table will be described later. In each variation pattern table, a plurality of variation patterns are defined. In each figure, for convenience of explanation, “selectivity” is indicated, but in actuality, the judgment value (range of random number value) for determining the fluctuation pattern is set according to the special symbol fluctuation pattern random number. The variation pattern is determined based on which determination value the variation pattern random value belongs to. It is premised that the variation time of various variation patterns is determined for each variation pattern as the termination condition of the symbol variation, and the symbol variation by the decorative symbol composed of a plurality of symbols is also executed in the variation time. Defined as In the present embodiment, for convenience of explanation, only a plurality of types of variation patterns are described as an example, but there are actually 100 or more types of variation patterns.

  FIG. 7A is a view schematically showing an example of a variation pattern table for big hit / small hit. The upper (A1) is a normal variation pattern table, the middle (A2) is a probability variation variation table, and the lower (A3) is a special variation pattern table. In this example, the selected fluctuation pattern is set to be different according to the fluctuation pattern selection state or according to the jackpot type even in the same fluctuation pattern selection state.

  In the normal variation pattern table (A1), when the big hit type is 16R big hit, the variation pattern PX2 (normal reach A) or the variation pattern PX3 (super reach A) is selected and the variation is 8R big hit Either pattern PY2 (normal reach A) or variation pattern PY3 (super reach A) is selected. On the other hand, in the case of 2R big hit or small hit, either the fluctuation pattern PZ2 (normal reach A) or the fluctuation pattern PZ4 (super reach D) is selected. In the normal fluctuation pattern table for the big hit / small hit, the fluctuation pattern of the non-reach mode is not selected, and only the fluctuation pattern of the reach mode is selected in the case of the big hit or the small hit in the normal state. obtain.

  In the probability variation variation pattern table (A2), only the variation pattern PX7 (Super Reach B) is selected when the jackpot type is 16R big hit or 8R big hit. On the other hand, in the case of the 2R big hit or the small hit, either the fluctuation pattern PZ6 (normal reach B) or the fluctuation pattern PZ8 (super reach D) is selected. In this big hit / small hit probability variation variation pattern table, the variation pattern of the non-reach mode is not selected, and if it becomes a big hit or a small hit in the probability variation state of the special symbol, only the variation pattern of reach reach May be selected.

  In the special variation pattern table (A3), when the big hit type is 16R big hit, only the variation pattern PX9 (non-reach C) is selected, and when it is 8R big hit, only the variation pattern PY10 (super reach C) is selected Be done. On the other hand, in the case of the 2R big hit or the small hit, only the variation pattern PZ10 (Super Reach C) is selected. Here, the variation pattern PX9 of the non-reach C mode is configured as a super-shortening variation time (2 seconds), while the variation patterns PY10 and PZ10 of the super reach C mode are configured as relatively long variation times (120 seconds) Be done.

  FIG. 7B is a view schematically showing an example of a variation pattern table for disconnection. The upper (B1) is a normal variation pattern table, the middle (B2) is a probability variation variation table, and the lower (B3) is a special variation pattern table. In this example, the selected fluctuation pattern is set to be different according to the fluctuation pattern selection state.

  In the normal fluctuation pattern table (B1), any of fluctuation pattern PH1 (non reach A), fluctuation pattern PH2 (normal reach A), fluctuation pattern PH3 (super reach A), and fluctuation pattern PH4 (super reach D) is selected . In the probability variation variation pattern table (B2), one of the variation pattern PH5 (non-reach B), variation pattern PH6 (normal reach B), variation pattern PH7 (super reach B), and variation pattern PH8 (super reach D) is selected . In the special variation pattern table (B3), only the variation pattern PH9 (non-reach C) is selected. Here, the variation pattern PH9 of the non-reach C mode is configured as a variation time (2 seconds) of ultrashortening.

In the above description, the variation pattern table for outliers is expressed as a single table in any case, but when the result of the lottery for the result is out, the number of operation reserved balls of the special symbol ( Different fluctuation pattern tables may be selected depending on 0 to 4). In other words, by using the variation pattern table according to the number of actuation reserved balls of the special symbol, the larger the number of actuation pending balls is, the higher the ratio for which the relatively short variation time is selected. It is possible to increase the rate at which relatively long fluctuation times are selected.

  In addition, the special symbol variation pattern determination means 143 selects the variation pattern of the special symbol, and then instructs the effect control board 200 to start the variation of the decorative symbol, thus including the variation control pattern information of the special symbol ( Generate a production control command (referred to as a "pattern designation command") including information on a special pattern (design group) and a game state (hereinafter referred to as "variation pattern designation command") (collectively from these production control commands) And stores the command in the command storage area of the main information storage unit 180.

  The normal symbol lottery processing means 145 includes an ordinary symbol suitability determination means 146, an ordinary symbol stop symbol determination means 147, and an ordinary symbol variation pattern determination means 148. The normal symbol lottery processing means 145 reads out the random symbol value per normal symbol and the normal symbol variation pattern random number value stored in the first storage area in the normal symbol storage area when the variation start condition of the normal symbol is satisfied, The main symbol storage area 180 is stored in the normal symbol suitability determination area and the normal symbol variation pattern determination area, respectively.

  The normal symbol suitability determination means 146 reads out the random value per normal symbol from the normal symbol suitability determination area of the main information storage means 180 and executes the yes / no determination, and the determination result corresponds to either hit or off. decide. The result of the success or failure lottery is temporarily stored in the normal symbol determination flag of the main information storage unit 180, and after being used in the subsequent processing, cleared when the variation of the normal symbol is stopped. The normal symbol success / failure determination means 146 holds the normal symbol success / loss lottery table to be referred to in this success / failure lottery, and in a normal state (low probability state), for example, a hit normally with a probability of "160/283" For example, in the probability variation state (high probability state) of the normal symbol with reference to the symbol success lottery table, for example, with reference to the normal symbol success lottery table which will be hit with the probability of "282/283" Do.

  The normal symbol stop symbol determination means 147 refers to the symbol lottery table and assigns a predetermined hit symbol if the result of the acceptance lottery is a hit, but assigns a predetermined lost symbol if it is an off It has become.

  The normal symbol variation pattern determination means 148 reads out the normal symbol variation pattern random number value from the normal symbol variation pattern determination area of the main information storage means 180 and refers to the normal symbol variation pattern table to display the variation of the normal symbol in the normal state. In (1), a relatively long fluctuation time is selected (for example, 7 kinds of "4 seconds, 5 seconds, 6 seconds, 7 seconds, 8 seconds, 9 seconds, 10 seconds" are uniformly selected, respectively). On the other hand, a relatively short fluctuation time (for example, "0.5 seconds") is selected in the time-shortened state of the ordinary symbol (the ball entry easy state).

The special game control means 150 relates to the start demonstration effect and the end demonstration effect displayed on the effect display device 70 or the like during the special game according to the type of the determined big hit, when the result of the success or failure lottery is a big hit. Determine the demonstration time. In addition, the special game control means 150 instructs the effect control board 200 side to execute a start demonstration effect (referred to as a "big hit start demonstration command") and an effect to instruct execution of an end demonstration effect. A control command (referred to as a “big hit end demo command”) is generated and stored in the command storage area of the main information storage unit 180. The jackpot start demonstration command also serves as a trigger for determining the contents of a series of jackpot effects (start demonstration effect, round effect, end demonstration effect) developed during the special game on the effect control board 200 side. In addition, the special game control means 150 generates an effect control command (referred to as a “round effect designation command”) for instructing start of a round effect corresponding to each round game in each round game in a special game. This is stored in the command storage area of the main information storage unit 180. The round effect designation command includes information on the current number of rounds and information on detection of the special winning opening switches 641 and 651.

  In addition, the special game control means 150, when the result of the success or failure lottery is a small hit, a small hit start demonstration effect and a small hit end demonstration effect according to the small hit end demonstration effect displayed on the effect display device 70 etc. decide. In addition, special game control means 150, production control command ("small hitting start demonstration command") which instructs execution of small hitting start demonstration production, production control command which instructs execution of small hitting end demonstration production ("small hitting An end demonstration command “) is generated and stored in the command storage area of the main information storage unit 180.

  The symbol display control means 155 includes a special symbol display control means 156 and a normal symbol display control means 157. The special symbol display control means 156 variably displays the first special symbol on the first special symbol display device 71 in accordance with the variation pattern (variation time) of the first special symbol, and confirms the first special symbol after the variation display. Let Further, the special symbol display control means 156 causes the second special symbol to be variably displayed on the second special symbol display device 72 according to the variation pattern (variation time) of the second special symbol, and the second special symbol is displayed after the variation display. Confirm display. The special symbol display control means 156 has a special symbol game timer for managing the time (variation time, final display time) relating to the display of the first special symbol and the second special symbol. The operation states of the first special symbol display device 71 and the second special symbol display device 72 are monitored based on the special symbol game status of the main information storage unit 180. The special symbol display control means 156 requests the effect control board 200 to confirm the display of the decorative symbol at the time of stopping the variation of the special symbol (that is, at the timing when the value of the special symbol gaming timer becomes "0"). To generate an effect control command (referred to as a "variable stop command"). The ordinary symbol display control means 157 causes the ordinary symbol to be variably displayed on the ordinary symbol display device 75 in accordance with the fluctuation pattern (variation time) of the ordinary symbol, and also causes the ordinary symbol to be determined and displayed after the fluctuation display. The normal symbol display control means 157 has a normal symbol game timer for managing the time (variation time, final display time) related to the display of the normal symbol. The operation state of the normal symbol display device 75 is monitored based on the normal symbol game status of the main information storage unit 180.

  If the result of the lottery of special symbols is a big hit, the electric role control means 160 outputs a control signal to the special electric role solenoids 643, 653 as a special game processing after the final display of the special symbol, and the special role processing special The motorized components 642, 652 are opened in accordance with a predetermined operation pattern. In special game, one opening / closing operation of the special electric character 642, 652 is regarded as one round game, and the round game is continuously executed for the prescribed number of rounds (in this example, 16R, 8R, 2R) It is. The motorized prize control means 160 holds a big winning opening opening counter for storing the number of times of operation of the special motorized prizes 642, 652 (ie, the number of rounds being executed). Here, if the big hit type is the so-called 16R big hit (symbol group A, D) or 8R big hit (symbol group B, E), the first big winning opening 64 or the second big winning opening in one round game Allow 65 to open for up to about 30 seconds. On the other hand, when the big hit type is a so-called 2R big hit (symbol group C), the first big winning opening 64 is opened for about 0.05 seconds at maximum in one round game. Here, the closing condition (end condition of the unit game) of the special winning opening 64, 65 in the special game is a lapse of a predetermined number of winnings of the gaming ball or an openable period of the predetermined number of seconds.

In addition, when the result of the lottery of special symbol turns into a small hit, the electric role control means 160 controls the special electric position solenoid 643, 653 as a small hit game processing after the final display of the special symbol. Output the special motorized components 642 and 652 for a short period of time. A small hit game is distinguished from a special game consisting of a plurality of round games in that it is comprised of a single round game. Here, when comparing the 2R special game and the small hit game described above, although they are different internally, the same point in one open / close time (0.05 second) and the same open / close times are the same (the former Since one opening and closing is common to two rounds of two rounds and the latter is two rounds per opening and round two rounds), the game of an open time and opening pattern similar in appearance is unfolded.

  In addition, when the winning combination lottery of the normal symbol is won, the electric role control means 160 outputs a control signal to the normal electric position solenoid 623 to open the ordinary electric role 622 only for a predetermined opening time. Here, the electric part control means 160 opens the ordinary electric part 622 for a very short time (for example, 0.2 seconds) in the normal state, whereas in the easy entering state (the electric chow support state) the ordinary electric part 622 The item 622 is opened for a relatively long time (eg, 4 seconds) as compared to the normal state.

  The game state control means 165 determines the game state after the end of the special game based on the type of the symbol group pertaining to the big hit, when the result of the lottery of special symbols is a big hit, and after the end of the special game Switch the game state of. In the following, among various functions relating to the special symbol and the normal symbol described above, 1) the gaming state in which the probability variation function of the special symbol, the variation time shortening function of the special symbol and the power chew support function operate is referred to as "probable variation state", 2) A game state in which only the special symbol variation time shortening function and the electric chow support function operate is referred to as "time saving state", and 3) a game state in which only the special symbol probability fluctuation function is activated is referred to as "latency probability change state" 4) A state in which all functions are not activated is referred to as a "normal state". It should be noted that the “probable change state”, the “time reduction state”, and the “latency change state” are all advantageous game states for the player as compared to the “normal state”. In addition, in the following, each gaming state, the combination of the operating state of the special symbol game (high probability / low probability) and the operating state of the normal symbol game (with open extension / without open extension) (1) probability variation state "High Probability / Open Extension", (2) Time Short State "Low Probability / Open Extension", (3) Latent Probability Change State "High Probability / Non-Open Extension", (4) Normal State "Low Probability / Unopened It may be called "extension". Further, in the present embodiment, as described above, since it is a so-called ST machine with limited number of times, in the gaming state after the end of the special game, the variation number of the special symbol is counted from the end of the special game, the predetermined number of ending times, That is, until the ST number is reached, the definite variation state continues (However, when the next big hit occurs within the ST number, the definite variation state ends at the fluctuation). When the small hit occurs during the ST period, the ST number is not reset to 0 (revived), and the ST number is continuously counted before and after the occurrence of the small hit. In the present embodiment, the number of times ST is set to 100, but of course it may be set to another number. In addition, when it shifts to the definite change state, the probability change function of the special symbol, the change time shortening function of the special symbol, and the electric chow support function operate at the same time, and each function also continues as long as the positive change state continues. Become. In addition, if the result of the lottery of special symbol is a big hit, regardless of the game state before the big hit is either the normal state or the probability change state, it is the normal state during the special game and ST after the special game It becomes definite variation state uniformly to the limit. On the other hand, if the result of the special symbol lottery is a small hit, if the gaming state before the small hit is a normal state, the gaming state in the small hit game and after the small hit game will also be a normal state. In addition, when the gaming state before the small hit is a definite variation state of the special symbol, the gaming state during the small hitting game and after the small hitting game also becomes the definite variation state of the special symbol.

Further, when the result of the lottery is a big hit, the game state control means 165 determines the variation pattern selection state after the special game based on the type (type of symbol group A to E) of the big hit, as well as the special Switch the variation pattern selection state after the game. The variation pattern selection state is one of the conditions referred to when selecting the above-mentioned variation pattern table. The switching timing of the variation pattern selection state is at the end of the special game or when the number of terminations of the variation pattern selection state has expired. In the present embodiment, there are three types of fluctuation pattern selection states such as “low probability normal fluctuation state α”, “high probability shortening fluctuation state β”, and “high probability special fluctuation state γ”. Here, the low probability normal fluctuation state α refers to the fluctuation pattern of the special symbol with reference to the normal fluctuation pattern table (A1, B1 in FIG. 7) selected when the gaming state is the normal state (low probability state). It is a state to decide. The high probability shortening fluctuation state β is a probability variation fluctuation pattern table (A 2 in FIG. 7, which is selected when the gaming state is a probability variation state of a special symbol (except for a limited period described later),
It is a state where the variation pattern of the special symbol is determined with reference to B2). The high probability special fluctuation state γ is the number of times of symbol fluctuation corresponding to the maximum number (four) of the operation holding balls of the second special symbol after the gaming state is the definite variation state of the special symbol and immediately after the end of the special game. (4 times) Over the fluctuation display: In the state where the fluctuation pattern of the special symbol is determined with reference to the special fluctuation pattern table (A3, B3 in Fig. 7) where selection is allowed only for the "limited period". is there. In this embodiment, even when any of the symbol groups A to D is selected, the variation pattern selection state is (1) immediately after the end of the special game, the high probability special variation state γ only for the limited period of four symbol variations. Stay, (2) after the end of the limited period, and when the number of times of execution is within the ST number (100 times), stay in the high probability shortening fluctuation state β, (3) after the end of the ST number, ie, As the number of times of execution, after the 101st time, it stays in the low probability normal fluctuation state γ. Of course, the period until the first hit occurs is to stay in the low probability normal fluctuation state α. In addition, the gaming state control means 165 generates a production control command (referred to as a "gaming state designation command") including the current gaming state information and the variation pattern selection state information, and stores this in the command of the main information storage means 180. Store in the area.

  The error monitoring control means 170 monitors input information of the I / O port circuit 104, and inspects a magnetic detection signal by a magnetic sensor, a disconnection short circuit power source abnormality signal, a radio wave detection signal by a radio wave sensor, a door / frame open signal, etc. , It is determined whether the gaming machine is in an error state. In the case of an error state, in order to indicate an error state effect on the effect control board 200, an effect control command ("error effect designating command") including the error information is requested. In addition, although description is abbreviate | omitted in FIG. 3, a door open switch is a means to detect whether the glass frame 5 is open, and a frame open switch is a means to detect whether the front frame 2 is open. The back set opening switch is a means for detecting whether or not the back setting board 30 is open. The magnetic sensor and the radio wave sensor are so-called detection means for detecting so-called goto action.

  The main information storage unit 180 is random number value information acquired in the special symbol game and the normal symbol game, the operation holding ball information of the special symbol and the normal symbol, and the gaming state related to the special symbol game and the ordinary symbol game Information on entering the ball easy state, information on the variation pattern selection state, result information of the winning lottery (hit, small hit, off), information on stop symbols and variation patterns pertaining to special symbols and normal symbols, information on special games (round Number, opening time, opening mode (number of opening per round game, etc.), status information indicating the operating status of the special symbol display devices 71 and 72, status information indicating the operating status of the special electric symbol 642, effect control command It is configured to temporarily store data information and the like, and is provided with a predetermined storage area for storing each information.

  The command transmission / reception means 190 is configured to transmit various effect control command data stored in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180 to the effect control board 200 by parallel transmission when there is a command transmission request. It is done. Each effect control command has a 2-byte structure including 1-byte MODE data and 1-byte EVENT data. In order to distinguish between MODE and EVENT, Bit 7 of MOD data is “1”, Bit7 of EVENT data is "0". When these pieces of information are transmitted as valid, a strobe signal is output for each of MODE and EVENT. The effect control command generated in each process is, in principle, transmitted as one command for each interrupt cycle in the order set in the command storage area of the main information storage unit 180.

The effect control board 200 is, as shown in FIG. 4, an effect lottery random number generation means 210, an effect control means 220, a lamp effect control means 230, a feature effect control means 240, an error effect control means 250, and a sub main information storage means 260. , Command transmitting / receiving means 270. The above-described means in the effect control board 200 are the sub main CPU 201, the ROM 202, the RAM 203, the hardware such as the electronic circuit, and the ROM 202 disposed on the effect control board 200.
Is a functional expression of what is configured by software such as a control program stored in

  The effect lottery random number generation means 210 is provided with a random number counter for generating various software random numbers (effect lottery random numbers) by the program processing of the sub main CPU 201. These random number counters play a role as random number generation means for generating random numbers in software. As this software random number, pre-reading notice lottery random number which is used for drawing of the execution possibility of pre-reading notice production, pre-reading notice pattern random number which is used for selection of pre-reading notice pattern, decoration design random number which is used for selection of stop design of decoration design, decoration Variation production pattern random number used to select the variation production pattern of the pattern, notice production pattern random number used to select the notice production pattern, big hit production pattern random number used for selection of the big hit production pattern, whether or not to hold in consecutive reservation effects It includes a continuous random effect production random number used for a lottery, a continuous continuous character effect pattern random number used to select a continuous local effects pattern of on-hold internal continuous effects effects, and the like. These random numbers are updated using the remaining time when command analysis is not performed in the effect control side main processing described later.

  The effect supervising means 220 includes the effect mode control means 221, the hold information display control means 222, the advance notice control means 223, the decoration symbol determining means 224, the variation effect determining means 225, the notice effect determining means 226, and the big hit effect determining means 227. Including.

  The holding information display control means 222 is a first holding ball number counter for counting the number of operation holding balls of the first special symbol, and a second number holding ball number counter for counting the number of operation holding balls of the second special symbol. Have. When the holding information display control means 222 receives the symbol storage number command from the main control board 100, the first holding sphere number counter and the second holding sphere number counter are based on the information of the operation holding sphere number included in the symbol storage number command. Update the value of the number counter. Further, the holding information display control means 222 causes the holding display portions 701 and 702 of the effect display device 70 to hold the operation holding balls of the first special symbol based on the values of the first holding ball number counter and the second holding ball number counter. Control is performed to display the number of reserved images corresponding to the number and the number of reserved images corresponding to the number of operation reserved balls of the second special symbol. In the normal display mode, while the white-displayed reserve image is displayed when the operation reserve ball of the special symbol is generated, it becomes the target of the advance notice when the reserve change look-ahead notice effect described next is executed. The reserved image can take one of "blue", "green", "red", and "rainbow" as a special display mode (display color) from "white" in the normal display mode (display color) . The above four kinds of special display modes are related to the reliability that the lottery result is a big hit (referred to as "big hit reliability"), and "blue", "green", "red" and "rainbow" It is set so that the big hit reliability becomes high one by one in order. In this example, when the reserve image changes to "rainbow color", the big hit becomes definite in the action reserve ball of the prefetch target. Note that in the pending change pre-reading advance notice effect, the change in the display mode of the pending image may be expressed not by the display color but by a shape, a pattern, or the like.

  Pre-read notice control means 223 determines whether or not to execute pre-read notice by lottery at the time of receiving the pre-determination command from main control board 100. The prefetch notice control means 223 distinguishes the information of the prior determination result of the first special symbol and the information of the prior decision result of the second special symbol, and enters the ball for the operation holding ball up to a predetermined upper limit number (four) respectively. It is temporarily stored in the prefetch information storage area of the sub main information storage means 260 in a form combined with the order. This prefetch information storage area has the same configuration as the pending storage area of the main control board 100, and the pending 1 storage area (the first pending storage area) in the order of ball entry into the starting ports 61 and 62, A reserve 2 storage area (second reserve storage area), a reserve 3 storage area (third reserve storage area), and a reserve 4 storage area (fourth reserve storage area) are provided. Each of the pending storage areas can store information on the result of the preliminary determination of the success or failure, information on the result of the preliminary determination of the symbol, and information on the result of the preliminary determination of the variation pattern as one set.

  When the advance notice control means 223 determines whether or not to execute the advance notice, based on the result of the pre-judgment by the main control board 100, the action judgment ball targeted for this advance notice is judged beforehand (“preread judgment”). (Also referred to as In the present embodiment, the pre-reading advance notice includes a normal pre-reading advance notice and a special pre-reading advance notice (represented in-president rendition effect described later). The normal pre-reading advance notice is generated as one mode of so-called continuous advance notice effect of giving notice of the possibility of the occurrence of a big hit or reach effect over a plurality of continuous change displays of the decorative symbol. If it is determined that the pre-reading advance notice effect (continuous advance notice effect) is executable, the information of the pre-determination command from the main control board 100 (result of the pre-judgment) and the information of the symbol memory number command (the number of existing operation pending balls) After analysis, an advance notice effect pattern for a plurality of continuous variable displays is determined by lottery for the operation holding ball (referred to as “trigger hold”) serving as a trigger for generating the advance notice effect of this time. Note that there are various variations in the normal advance notice, such as a pending change advance notice effect, a chance eye advance notice effect, and a background change advance notice effect. On the other hand, the special pre-reading advance notice corresponds to a pending inside-raku effect that suggests or informs that there may be an operation-reserved ball that becomes a big hit when the big hit is won. Hereinafter, the outline of "pending Uchirenso effect" will be described.

  First of all, when "preceding in-line Uranzo" is a big hit as a result of determination of success or failure of a certain preceding operation holding ball, it is permitted from the time of end of the special game after the permission judgment on the operation holding ball is permitted In one or more subsequent operation reserving balls existing at a predetermined timing within a specific period of, there is an operation reserving ball (also referred to as “specific reserving”) scheduled to be a big hit. In the following, among the subsequent operation reserving balls, an operation reserving ball scheduled to become out of place is also referred to as "removal holding", and an operation reserving sphere scheduled to be a small hit is also referred to as "small hit reserving" .

  In this embodiment, so-called preferential digestion is adopted, which preferentially digests the action-retention ball of the second special symbol over the action-retention ball of the first special symbol, and the subsequent action to be subjected to a hold-in connection As a holding ball (specific holding), it targets the operation holding ball of the second special symbol. As described above, in the present embodiment, since the preferential digestion for preferentially digesting the operation retaining ball of the second special symbol is adopted, the pending inside-train unit is selected when the preceding operation retaining ball is won by the big hit. It occurs on the premise that the gaming state is the specific gaming state. The “special game state” is a state in which the transition probability to the special game is higher than that in the normal state, and at least one of the special symbol probability fluctuation function, the special symbol fluctuation time shortening function, and the electric chow support function. It is the state in which the function of In this example, at least the power chute support function (ball-loading easy state) is activated as a specific gaming state. Here, in the present embodiment, during the ST period after the end of the special game, the probability variation function, the variation time shortening function, and the power chew support function are activated (at the same time, the operation is started and the operation is ended). Because of the configuration, it can be said that during the ST period, it is always in the specific gaming state. In the present embodiment, when the gaming state is in the normal state, if the result of the pass / fail determination is a definite change jackpot (if the special gaming state is to be transitioned to after the end of the special game), the subsequent Even if the specific hold exists in the operation hold ball, it is configured such that the hold inside row effect is not generated during the special game.

  Subsequently, “pending Uchi-Ranso effect” is an effect for suggesting or notifying that it is a Pending-Uchi-Ranso. In this pending in-line rowing effect, the first in-row rowing effect (referred to as "in-row row effect A") that occurs during symbol variation and the second in-row row that occurs in special games It includes an effect (referred to as "pending in-line consecutive effect B"). In addition, in this embodiment, although both the 1st on-premise in-line effect and the 2nd in-on effect are provided, any one in-on effect may be provided. .

Whether or not the pending in-line effect A is to be executed is determined by drawing if the first execution condition is satisfied at the timing at which the preceding operation pending ball is digested. In this embodiment, on the premise that the preceding operation holding ball is a high profit big hit (16R big hit), the specific holding which is a high profit big hit (16R big hit) in the subsequent operation holding ball is the first specific holding. When it is included, the first execution condition is satisfied. In other words, even if there is a specific hold (= hold scheduled to become a big hit) in the subsequent operation hold, if the big hit type pertaining to that specific hold is not a high profit big hit, the hold inside consecutive villa effect A Not run. Further speaking, "under a situation where there are multiple specific suspension within the operation suspension, the big hit type related to the first specific suspension is not a high profit big hit and the big hit type related to the next specific suspension is a high profit big hit Even in the case, the on-premises in-line consecutive effect A is not executed. Therefore, in the present example, when the pending in-line consecutive direction effect A occurs, it becomes definite that the high-end jackpot (16R big hit) makes the pending in-line lasting. In addition, even if a specific hold that will be a high profit jackpot (16R big hit) is included as the first specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball, the reserve scheduled for digestion will be "the loss before the specific hold" Even in the case of a specific variation pattern (if it is a variation pattern for a predetermined time or more, for example, a variation pattern other than the shortest variation time or a variation pattern related to reach) is to be selected, A may not be executed.

  Whether or not the on-hold on-line consecutive effect B is to be executed is determined by lottery when the second execution condition is satisfied at the timing before the start of the special game. In the present embodiment, it is assumed that the preceding operation reserving ball is a high profit big hit (16R big hit), and in the subsequent operation reserving ball except that the specific reserving is included in the subsequent operation reserving ball, Even in this case, the second execution condition is satisfied. Therefore, even when the pending in-line consecutive effect B is generated, it is not determined that the on-hold in-line continuous effect is, and in some cases, so-called "gasse" effect may be obtained. In addition, you may employ | adopt the structure from which a pending | prescribed in-line succession becomes definite, as with the in-stage in-line continuation effect A, when a pending in-line succession effect B generate | occur | produces. In addition, you may employ | adopt the structure from which a pending | prescribed in-line succession becomes definite, as with the in-stage in-line continuation effect A, when a pending in-line succession effect B generate | occur | produces. In addition, also in pending U-Ran effects B, as with the pending U-R elements C, it is premised that the preceding operation holding ball will be a high profit jackpot (16R big hit), and high profit within the subsequent operation holding ball The second execution condition may be satisfied when a specific hold to be a big hit (16R big hit) is included as the first specific hold. In other words, even if there is a specific hold (= hold scheduled to become a big hit) in the subsequent operation hold, if the jackpot type pertaining to the specific hold is not a high profit big hit, then the pending internal connection effect B is Not run. Further speaking, "under a situation where there are multiple specific suspension within the operation suspension, the big hit type related to the first specific suspension is not a high profit big hit and the big hit type related to the next specific suspension is a high profit big hit Even in the case, the on-premises in-line effect B is not executed. Therefore, in this case, when the pending in-line consecutive direction effect B occurs, it becomes definite that the high-end jackpot (16R big hit) makes the pending in-line lasting. In addition, even if a specific hold that will be a high profit jackpot (16R big hit) is included as the first specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball, the reserve scheduled for digestion will be "the loss before the specific hold" Even in the case of a specific variation pattern (if it is a variation pattern for a predetermined time or more, for example, a variation pattern other than the shortest variation time or a variation pattern related to reach) is to be selected, The configuration may be such that B is not executed.

  The prefetch advance notice control unit 223 refers to the information of the prior determination result stored in the prefetch information storage area (pending 1 storage area, pending 2 storage area, pending 3 storage area, pending 4 storage area) of the sub main information storage unit 260 Then, the prefetch determination is performed in the order of the pending 1 storage area → pending 2 storage area → pending 3 storage area → pending 4 storage area, that is, from the first one among the subsequent operation pending balls, When a plurality of specific holdings are included in the operation holding ball, only the first specific holding is targeted in the pre-reading determination of the holding internal combination effects A, while the pre-reading determination of the holding internal compound effects B Let's target multiple specific holds. In other words, while the number of specific reservations notified in the reservation internal arrangement effect is always one, the number of specific reservations indicated in the internal arrangement effect B is not limited to one and a plurality There are also possible times.

Subsequently, the rendering content (referred to as a “roster pattern production pattern”) of the on-premises rink effect is determined on the basis of the magic pattern pattern table. In the present example, a plurality of types of continuous rendering effect pattern tables to be referred to when determining the continuous rendering effect pattern are held.

  FIG. 8 (A) shows a linked pattern for creating a linked pattern when selecting a linked pattern for a reserved channel linked to the linked effect “A”, and FIG. It is a multi-story effect pattern table which is referred to when doing. A plurality of continuous play effect patterns are defined in each continuous play effect pattern table, and the contents of the effect and the execution timing are determined corresponding to each continuous play effect pattern. In each figure, for convenience of explanation, “selectivity” is described, but in actuality, a judgment value (range of random value values) for determining a continuous effect pattern according to a continuous effect pattern random value. Is set, and based on which judgment value the continuous rendering effect pattern random value belongs to, the continuous rendering effect pattern is determined. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8, the effect images AX and BX are prepared as specific effect modes of on-hold on-line consecutive effects, but the “effect image” is composed of still images An effect image, an effect image composed of moving images, and an effect image composed of both still images and moving images can be exemplified.

  As shown in FIG. 8A, a plurality of effect patterns PA1 and PA2 are defined in the effect pattern table of the on-premises consecutive effect A effect. When the consecutive pattern effect pattern PA1 is selected, a special effect image “AX1” which does not appear in any scene other than the reserved in-line consecutive condition effect is displayed during the change of the decorative symbol. As shown in FIG. 9A, as the effect image AX1, for example, an effect in which a shooting star crosses the screen while the decorative symbol changes is applicable. As shown in FIG. 9 (B), a special jackpot symbol “S ····, which does not appear in any other scenes, as a final stop symbol of the decorative symbol, when the“ Ren-so effect pattern P2 ”is selected. An effect in which “S · S” is fixedly displayed corresponds.

  In the present example, the pending U-line directing effect A is that the preceding operation retaining ball is a high profit big hit (16R specific big hit) and is a high profit big hit (16 R specific big hit) in the subsequent operation pending ball Occurs only if a specific hold is scheduled. Therefore, it is determined that the high profit jackpot is continuous at the time of the occurrence of the pending inner row effect A.

  As shown in FIG. 8B, a plurality of effect patterns PB1 to PB9 are defined in the effect pattern table of the pending internal connection effect B. When the effect pattern PB1 is selected, a special effect image “BX1” which does not appear in any scene other than the on-hold in-place effect is displayed during the start demonstration effect. As shown in FIG. 9C, in the start demonstration effect, character information "bonus" is displayed as the effect image BX1. Further, when the effect patterns PB2 to PB7 are selected, a special effect image "BX2" which does not appear in any scene other than the on-hold in-line effect is displayed during the round effect. As shown in FIG. 9D, as the effect image BX2, for example, an effect in which one image imitating a copy book appears on the screen corresponds to the effect image BX2. When the effect pattern PB8 is selected, a special effect image "BX3" which does not appear in any scene other than the on-hold in-line consecutive effect is displayed during the round effect. As shown in FIG. 9E, as the effect image BX3, for example, an effect in which two images imitating a mystery book appear on the screen. Note that this effect pattern PB8 may be selected when there are a plurality of specific suspension within the subsequent operation suspension ball. Further, when the effect pattern PB9 is selected, a special effect image “BX4” which does not appear in any scene other than the on-hold in-line effect during the end demonstration effect is displayed. As shown in FIG. 9 (F), in the end demonstration effect, character information "Omoku-no-Rusetsu" is displayed as the effect image BX4.

As described above, the pending inner row effect B is generated in any of the start demonstration effect, the round effect, and the demonstration end effect in a series of processes of the jackpot effect. In addition, there may be a case where only one time (a single round) occurs and a case where a plurality of times (a plurality of rounds) occur within a plurality of round effects. In the present example, when the pending motion continuous ball is included in the subsequent motion pending ball on the premise that the preceding motion pending ball becomes a high profit big hit (16R specific big hit) In addition, it may occur even if no specific hold is included in the subsequent operation hold ball (ie, only the release hold). That is, the effect patterns PB1 and PB9 selected as the pending internal connection effect B that occur during the start demonstration effect and during the end demonstration effect can be selected only when the specific hold (one) is included. Because there is, while it corresponds to the effect of notifying the decision of the pending Uranso, the effect patterns PB2 to PB8 selected as the pending Uranastero effect B generated during the round effect are the specific suspension (one, Not only when 2 pieces are included, but because it can be selected even when no specific hold is included, it corresponds to an effect that indicates the possibility of holding inside a row. Therefore, even if a mystery book (one or two) appears as a pending Uchirenso effect B, the pending Uchisenso is not necessarily determined, but when the pending Uchisenso effect B pertaining to the particular right book occurs If there is a specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball (if the notification for the pending in-line is true) and if if the specific hold does not exist (if the notification for the in-hold on-line is Gasse) It can occur alternatively. In addition, the effect patterns PB2 to PB7 selected as the pending internal connection effect B generated during the round effect may be selected when one specific pending is included or when the specific pending is not included. Therefore, the effect image BX2 corresponding to this can notify only the possibility that one specific hold is included in the subsequent operation hold ball, whereas the effect pattern PB8 has a plurality of specific hold As it may be selected if it is included or not included in the specific suspension, the corresponding effect image "BX3" may have a possibility that a plurality of specific suspension is included in the subsequent operation retaining ball. It can be informed. That is, the number of specific holdings included in the subsequent operation holding balls is suggested to the player in a form corresponding to the number of the right notes.

  In addition, when a special hit is generated in each of the preceding operation holding ball and the subsequent operation holding ball, a plurality of special games may be generated in a short period of time when the holding inner row effect is generated. When scheduled, on the appearance, special continuous effects are generated to make the plurality of special game states appear as one special game state. In other words, the special continuous effect is actually made to appear as if the special game continues even during this symbol change effect despite the fact that the special game is temporarily ended and the symbol change effect is shifted. It is. In this example, two big hits are assumed as a plurality of big hits for convenience of explanation. Here, the big hit and the special game based on the preceding operation holding ball are also referred to as "the first big hit" and "the first special game", and the big hit and the special game based on the subsequent operation holding ball are "the next big hit" and Also called "special game of".

  Special special effects are at least symbol demonstration effects (“special symbol fluctuation effects”) that occur between the end demonstration effect (“special end demonstration effect”) in the special game earlier and the special game later and the special game later And a start demonstration effect (“special start demonstration effect”) in a later special game are continuously connected. Specifically, a special end demonstration effect, a special symbol variation effect, and a special start demonstration effect are executed as a series of continuous effects, and an effect having a consistent story in the effects from the first special game to the second special game. By setting the content, the relevant presentation content, or a series of moving image display, it can be shown as one special game continued by the first special game and the second special game. By the way, with this effect, in the special end demonstration effect in the previous big hit, unlike the normal end demonstration effect, the message to tell the end of the special game is not displayed, and similarly, the special start demo effect in the later big hit However, unlike the normal start demonstration effect, a message telling the start of the special game is not displayed. In addition, as a variation described above, the special continuous effect is constructed by continuously connecting the end demonstration effect in the special game above and one or more symbol fluctuation effects up to the symbol fluctuation effect relating to the later big hit It may be

In this example, the execution condition of the special continuous performance is that the first big hit is high profit big hit (16R specified big hit) and the second big hit is high profit big hit (16R specified big hit), that is, the preceding activated hold ball It is that 16R big hit is included as the first specific pending in the following operation pending ball on the premise that is won by 16 R big hit. In addition, when all the following operation pending balls are only suspension of disapproval, or when 8R big hit is included as the first specific pending in the subsequent operation pending balls, special continuous effect as so-called gusset effect End in the middle.

  The special symbol variation effect which constitutes a part of the special continuous effect is generated within a limited period immediately after the end of the special game. Therefore, the content of the special symbol variation presentation is based on a variation presentation pattern (referred to as a "special variation presentation pattern") selected while staying in the special presentation mode. In the present example, the special variation presentation pattern is selected only when the lottery result is the 16R big hit or the loss. That is, in this limited period, when the 16R big hit or fall off, a special fluctuation effect occurs in which the fluctuation time is set to 2 seconds (of the shortest fluctuation time in this example) shorter than the average fluctuation time. The special variation production pattern is selected even in the case of a loss, if the first specific hold (16R big hit) is not necessarily the first in the subsequent operation hold ball, and if there is a gap hold between them However, it is because it is necessary to connect by special variation production until the first specific hold (16R big hit) is digested. Specifically, on the main control board 100 side, transition is made to the high probability special variation state γ within the limited period after the special game, and the special variation pattern table is referred to in the selection of the variation pattern of the special symbol. In the special variation pattern table, special variation patterns PX9 and PH9 are selected, each of which is a variation time (2 seconds) which is extremely shortened, in the case of a 16R big hit or a break. On the side of the effect control board 200, while staying in the special effect mode, the above-mentioned special change effect pattern is selected in association with the change patterns PX9 and PH9, and the special change effect is executed. Thus, as a reason for configuring the special variation effect from the extremely shortening variation time (2 seconds), the variation effect occurring between the first special game and the second special game is shortened, and the first special game is performed. In order to connect seamlessly with the special game after.

  In addition, when the subsequent operation reserving balls are all off, special fluctuation effects occur during the limited period, but the subsequent big hit (16R big hit) does not occur, and special continuous effects are en route by the end of the limited period. It ends with (it becomes so-called production effect). On the other hand, if the subsequent big hit is the 8R big hit, super reach production is revealed during the limited period, and the special continuous production is ended in this way (it becomes so-called gasse production), the occurrence of high profit big hit Is also denied. Therefore, within the limited period, when the result of the lottery is the 16R big hit as the variation production pattern, only the ultra-shortened variation mode (special variation production: 2 seconds) is selected, while the 8R big hit Since only the long-time fluctuation mode (super reach production: 90 seconds) is selected, it is denied that the high profit jackpot is executed when the fluctuation pattern of the decorative symbol develops to reach production. In addition, when all the following operation pending balls are only suspension of the release, or when the 8R big hit is included as the first specific pending in the subsequent operation pending balls, the special continuous effect should not be executed. It may be configured (i.e., special continuous rendition is generated only when the first specific hold is a 16R big hit). In that case, it is preferable that the specification is such that the on-premises in-line arrangement is determined by the occurrence of the on-off in-line succession effects B without including the gasse effect in the on-hold in-line succession effect B.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the special continuous effect includes a pseudo count effect which occurs in a round effect in a special game to be performed later. The pseudo count effect is displayed by adding the number of rounds and the number of prize balls obtained in the previous special game to the number of rounds and the number of prize balls obtained in the later special game (described in detail later).

  Further, in the present embodiment, there are the following constraint conditions for executing the on-hold in-line effect and the special continuous effect (details will be described later with reference to FIG. 38).

1-1) If the on-premises in-line consecutive effect A occurs during the symbol variation display based on the consumption of the preceding operation holding ball, the on-off in-line continuous effect B does not occur during the special game after the change indication. The reason for this is that if the pending internal connection effect B is generated again during the special game, the pending internal connection number of times (the number of specific holdings present in the subsequent operation holding ball) is also one. Regardless of whether there are multiple times, there is a fear of causing the player to misunderstand, and in this example, the player is worried about whether the pending in-line resort will occur because it is the on-hold in-zone effect B that is not a fixed notification effect. It is because there is a possibility of making me remember. In addition, even if the pending internal connection effect A occurs during the symbol variation display based on the consumption of the preceding operation holding ball, after the variable display, the internal response effect B is generated during the special game. In this case, it is preferable to configure the on-hold U-link effect B as a fixed notification effect on-off.

  1-2) In the case where the in-place interlocking effect A occurs during the symbol variation display based on the digestion of the preceding operation retaining ball, the in-place interlocking symbol is displayed during the symbol variation display when the subsequent in-operation retaining ball is digested The effect A does not occur again. This is that even when trying to show two special game states as one special game state with the generation of special continuous effects, there is a pending internal connection effect A as a symbol variation effect during execution of this special continuous effect. Then, it is because there is a possibility that the meaning of concealing that it is under symbol change production may be overwhelmed. In addition, when the special continuous rendition is started triggered by the occurrence of the pending inner rendition effect A, the fluctuation time when the subsequent operation reserving ball is digested during this special continuous rendition (within the limited period) is a very short time Since it is set to (2 seconds), the rendering effect is low even if the on-hold on-line continuous effect A is generated within this short time, and the on-time in-on direct on-time effect and the special continuous effect conflict with each other It is because the effect may be diluted.

  1-3) In the case where the pending internal connection effect A is generated during the variable display based on the digestion of the preceding active holding ball, the pending internal connection during the big hit presentation when the subsequent active holding ball becomes a big hit The effect B can occur. This is because the player feels that the normal on-hold in-line continuous effect B has occurred if it is generated during the big hit effect even during the special continuous effect, and a sense of discomfort can not be generated. In addition, since the special continuous rendition is to connect at least a series of effects from the end demonstration rendition during the big hit rendition ahead to the start demonstration rendition during the big hit later, after the end of the special continuous rendition (that is, This is because, if the on-hold U-Ran effect is generated at the timing after the round effect in the special game, there is no problem that the on-off U-Ran effect and the special continuous effect conflict with each other.

  Based on the game state designation command from the main control board 100, the effect mode control means 221 controls the transition of the effect mode in the form of consistency with the gaming state and the variation pattern selection state managed on the main control board 100 side. Run. In this embodiment, the normal effect mode α, the probability variation effect mode β, and the special effect mode γ are included as three types of effect modes, and the variation patterns of the special symbols instructed from the main control board 100 are the same. Also, variation effect patterns (described in detail later) for specifying specific contents of symbol variation effects are set to be different for each effect mode. In the effect display device 70, an effect mode notification image (in this example, a background image to be displayed on the back of the decorative symbol) corresponding to the effect mode currently in stay is displayed, and the background images are different for each effect mode Since the setting is made, the player can recognize which one of the effect modes currently in stay is from the type of the background image.

An outline of each effect mode is given. First, the normal effect mode α is set when the low probability normal fluctuation state α is selected as the fluctuation pattern selection state on the main control substrate 100 side, and “normal background” is displayed as the background image. The probability variation presentation mode β is set when the high probability shortening variation status β is selected as the variation pattern selection status on the main control substrate 100 side, and “probability background” is displayed as the background image. The special effect mode γ is set when the high probability special fluctuation state γ is selected as the fluctuation pattern selection state on the main control board 100 side. In this special effect mode, stay for a period of four times (limited period) immediately after the end of the special game as a limit, and when the limited period is exceeded, transition to the probability change effect mode β. If the on-premises on-hold effect B is generated during the special game, that is, if the continuous change effect is being executed, “special background” is displayed as the background image. This special background is common to the background display in the special start demonstration effect and the special end demonstration effect, and as the common background display is performed as a series of processes in the special continuous presentation, it is an element of the special continuous presentation Also works. On the other hand, if the on-hold in-line effect B is not generated during the special game, that is, if the continuous change effect is not executed, the “probable change background” common to the probability change effect mode is displayed as a background image.

  The decorative symbol determination means 224 is a combination of a final stop symbol of a decorative symbol (left symbol, middle symbol, Determine the left symbol) by lottery. In this example, three symbol rows including multiple types of decorative symbols are configured. This decorative pattern is formed of, for example, identification elements consisting of numbers or letters. In this example, all ten types such as the numbers “1” to “9” and the letter “S” are set as identification elements. Each decorative symbol is circulated in the display areas Z1, Z2, and Z3 in the order of “1” → “2” → “3” →. Display.

  In addition, the decorative symbol determination means 224 holds a plurality of types of stop symbol pattern tables to be referred to when the combination of the stop symbols of the decorative symbol (also referred to as “stop symbol pattern”) is determined by lottery. As the plurality of types of tables, there are a stop symbol pattern table for big hit, a stop symbol pattern table for small hit, a stop symbol pattern table for reach loose, a stop symbol pattern table for non reach loose, and the like. The stop symbol of the decorative symbol is formed as a combination of three symbols, and includes a "stop symbol (big hit symbol) showing a big hit" and a "stop symbol (drop symbol) showing a loose". A big hit symbol indicating a specific big hit (probable variation big hit) is a combination of stop modes in which three identical odd-numbered symbols are aligned (for example, “7 · 7 · 7”). A big hit symbol indicating a normal big hit (non-probable variation big hit) is a combination of stop modes in which three identical even-numbered symbols are aligned (e.g., "2.2.2"). The off symbols are a combination of stop modes (for example, “1 · 3 · 8”) in which at least one of the three symbols is a symbol of a number different from other numbers. Here, out of reach symbols out of reach reach symbols are combinations of stop modes in which only the middle symbol is shifted several frames forward and back (for example, "3 · 1 · 3") with left symbol and right symbol matched. Become. In addition, in the case of "stop symbol (small hit symbol) showing small hit" or 2R big hit symbol even if it is a big hit symbol, it becomes a combination of a predetermined stop mode such as "3 ・ 5 ・ 7". There is a case. In addition, in this embodiment, as mentioned above, "S * S * S" is provided as a special big hit symbol for alerting | reporting pending reservation continuously. When it is determined that the decoration symbol determination means 224 is to execute the reserved inner consecutive row effect A, when the consecutive row effect pattern PA2 is selected, the normal jackpot symbol (“3 · 3 · 3 etc. Replace the) with the special jackpot symbol ("S · S · S").

The fluctuation effect determining means 225 specifies the fluctuation process (rendering process) from the fluctuation start to the stop in the fluctuation display of the decorative symbol based on the information (fluctuation pattern information) included in the fluctuation start command from the main control board 100 Determine the presentation pattern. In the present embodiment, as the symbol variation effect (reach effect) performed after the reach display, the reach effect (normal reach effect) with simple effect content and the reach effect (super reach effect) in which the effect content is developed are included . The fluctuation effect determining means 225 holds a plurality of fluctuation effect pattern tables that are referred to when selecting a fluctuation effect pattern, and a fluctuation pattern of a special symbol (a fluctuation time is selected from among the plurality of fluctuation effect pattern tables. Is selected to correspond to the variation production pattern table corresponding to. In the variation effect pattern table, the variation effect pattern random number and the variation effect pattern are associated with each other according to the result of the variation pattern lottery of the special symbol (that is, the reach type). Here, while the basic pattern (for example, "Normal reach A", "Super reach A", etc.) of symbol variation is determined as the variation pattern on the main control substrate 100 side, the variation control pattern is concerned on the side of the presentation control substrate 200. A detailed pattern of symbol variation (for example, "normal reach A1, A2, A3 ...", "super reach A1, A2, A3 ...", etc.) defining in detail the scenario of the effect display process based on the basic pattern is determined. As described above, the variation display pattern of the decorative symbol defines the variation display mode of the decorative symbol, that is, a scenario of a series of effect display processes from the start of the variation of the decorative symbol to the end of the variation. The timing etc. which generate a preliminary announcement production in a stage are also prescribed as a time schedule. In addition, the stop order for stopping a decorative symbol is previously determined for every fluctuation production pattern, and it is made to stop in order of a left symbol-> a right symbol-> a middle symbol in this embodiment in principle. However, in the case of a fluctuation effect pattern with a short fluctuation time, the left symbol, the middle symbol and the right symbol are stopped almost simultaneously, and in the case of a specific fluctuation effect pattern, the order of left symbol → middle symbol → right symbol It can also be stopped. At this time, if it is not the stop order of the above principle (left symbol → right symbol → middle symbol), the big hit expectation tends to be relatively high.

  The notice effect determining means 226 determines a notice effect pattern defining the contents of the notice effect to be executed at each step of the process of changing the decorative symbol along the above-described scenario of the change effect pattern. The preview effect pattern includes an effect pattern for displaying an image of a specific character, an animation, etc. temporarily or stepwise, an effect pattern for outputting a specific sound, an effect pattern for operating a movable character, and the like. The advance presentation effect is executed in parallel with the variation display of the decorative symbol, and it is indicated in advance that it is highly probable that the symbol variation stops in the big hit mode and the big hit reliability is high. The notice effects include a notice effect performed before the reach state occurs (including when the reach occurs) in the process of changing the decorative symbol, and a notice effect performed after the reach state occurs. The preview effects are different from each other in the big hit reliability, and basically, the big hit reliability in the advance effects displayed after the reach occurrence is relatively larger than that shown before the reach occurrence. It's getting higher. The notice effect determining means 226 holds the notice effect pattern table to be referred to when selecting the notice effect pattern by type of notice effect according to the type of notice effect occurring along the scenario of the change effect pattern. It is designed to select the notice effect pattern table. Based on the notice effect pattern random number value acquired from the effect lottery random number generation means 210, the notice effect determining means 226 refers to the notice effect pattern table selected above and selects from among a plurality of notice effect patterns by lottery. Choose one. Specific types of preview effect patterns include comment preview effect pattern, background preview effect pattern, SU (step-up) preview effect pattern, group preview effect pattern, cut-in preview effect pattern, feature movable preview effect pattern, Etc. are prepared. This advance notice effect is basically performed by combining the display of one or more advance notice effects with the variable display of the decorative symbol on the effect display device 70. Therefore, even if the variation display of the decorative symbol by the same variation representation pattern, it becomes possible to generate a variety of representation modes by the combination with one or a plurality of advance presentation.

  The big hit effect determination means 227 determines the content (big hit effect pattern) of the big hit effect notifying that it is in the special game. The jackpot effect includes a start demonstration effect for notifying the start of the special game, a round effect for notifying that the game is a round game, and an end demonstration effect for notifying the end of the special game. When the big hit effect determination means 227 receives a big hit start demo command from the main control board 100, the big hit effect pattern (start demo effect pattern, round effect based on the information etc. of the big hit type stored in the sub main information storage means 260 Determine the pattern, the end demonstration pattern). In this big hit effect pattern, depending on the big hit type, a big hit start demonstration time, a round effect time (show time according to the opening pattern of the big winning opening 64, 65) and a big hit end demonstration effect time are set A series of presentation contents are set along the time axis. In addition, the jackpot effect determination means 227 executes the start demonstration effect triggered by receiving the jackpot start demo command from the main control board 100 according to the jackpot effect pattern, and each round triggered by receiving the round effect designation command The effect is executed, and the end demonstration effect is executed when the big hit end demonstration command is received.

Here, in the normal jackpot start demonstration effect, for example, the characters "jackpot start" are displayed on the screen to tell the start of the special game. Further, in the normal round effect, for example, the number of rounds currently being executed and the number of winning balls on the screen are displayed, and various images (animation images and the like) for promoting special games are displayed. Then, in the normal big hit end demonstration effect, for example, the characters "big hit end" are displayed on the screen, and the end of the special game is notified.

  In addition, when the special continuous rendition is executed, while replacing the end demonstration rendition in the previous big hit with the special rendition contents (the rendition contents to be integrated with the special variation rendition) from the usual rendition contents, the character of the big hit end Do not display In addition, when the special continuous rendition is executed, while replacing the start demonstration rendition in the later big hit from the special rendition contents to the special rendition contents (those with the special variation rendition and the rendition contents), the character of the big hit start Do not display Furthermore, when the special continuous effect is executed, in the round effect in the later special game, it is notified in the form of adding the number of previous special game rounds to the number of execution special rounds in the later special game, and A pseudo-counting effect is performed in which the number of winning balls obtained in the special game above is added to the number of winning balls obtained in the special game. The jackpot effect determination means 227 executes a promotion effect (promotion success effect, promotion failure effect) as a jackpot effect in the special game (details will be described later).

  As described above, the image supervising means 220 controls the image control command relating to the image and sound based on the determined effect contents (pre-reading effect pattern, continuous effect pattern, variation effect pattern, advance effect pattern, stop symbol pattern, big hit effect pattern, etc.) Are stored in the command storage area of the sub main information storage means 260.

  The lamp effect control means 230 controls lighting of the effect lamp, light emission color and the like in accordance with the contents of the effect set by the effect generalizing means 220. The lamp effect control means 230 holds a plurality of types of lamp data (lamp pattern data) for lighting control of the effect lamp LP (frame lamp 10, board lamp 25), and a lamp corresponding to the determined effect pattern Data is read out and this lamp control signal (lamp data) is transmitted to the lamp connection substrate 91.

  The feature effect control means 240 controls the drive of each movable role 24 in accordance with the effect contents set by the effect supervising means 220. The feature effect control means 240 holds a plurality of types of drive data for driving and controlling the movable role 24 and transmits to the motor driver 92 a drive control signal (drive data) corresponding to the determined effect pattern. Do.

  The error presentation control means 250 is configured to determine an error presentation pattern when an error presentation designation command is received from the main control board 100, and to notify an occurrence of an error condition in the gaming machine according to the error presentation pattern There is.

  The sub main information storage unit 260 is configured to temporarily store information of a decorative symbol, information of a variation effect pattern, information of a notice effect pattern, information of a control command, and the like, and is a predetermined for storing each information. It has a storage area. For example, in the command storage area, an effect control command buffer for storing effect control commands from the main control board 100, an image control command buffer for storing image control commands to the image control board 300, an image control board 300. And an ACK command buffer for storing an ACK command from Each command buffer is formed of a ring buffer, and can store a predetermined number of effect control commands, an image control command, and an ACK command.

The command transmission / reception means 270 is configured to receive the effect control command transmitted from the main control board 100 and store this effect control command in the effect control command buffer. The command transmission / reception means 270 generates an interrupt based on the input of the above-mentioned strobe signal from the main control board 100 and executes a reception interrupt process (described in detail later) of the effect control command,
Various effect control commands are acquired in this interrupt process. When the command transmitting / receiving unit 270 receives a strobe signal, it performs the reception interrupt processing of this effect control command with priority over other interrupt processing (interrupt processing below priority level 7 described later). ing.

  Further, the command transmission / reception means 270 is stored in the sub main information storage means 260 in order to instruct execution of the effect contents (the change effect pattern information, the notice effect pattern information, the decoration symbol information, etc.) set by the effect generalization means 220. The image control command is transmitted to the image control board 300 by serial communication. In principle, the image control command is transmitted every predetermined period (500 μs in this example) in the order set in the command storage area of the sub main information storage unit 260. Thus, the image control board 300 analyzes various image control commands transmitted from the effect control board 200, and causes the effect display device 70 to variably display the effect image including the decorative symbol along the scenario of the change effect pattern. The notice effect is displayed in the form of being superimposed on the effect of the symbol change at each stage of the change display process. Furthermore, the command transmission / reception means 270 receives an ACK command transmitted from the image control board 300, and stores the ACK command in an ACK command buffer.

<Process on main control board side>
Next, the procedure of the operation process in the main control board 100 will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. The process on the main control board 100 side is configured to include a main control side main process and a main control side timer interrupt process.

Main control side main process
10 to 11 are flowcharts showing the main control side main processing of the main control board 100. In the main control side main processing, after the security check of the main CPU 101 is performed by the reset at the time of power on, the program is started and the processing after S1 is started.

  First, as the initial setting necessary at the time of power on, the start address is set in the stack pointer as the initial value of the stack area (S1), and the access of the RAM 103 is permitted (S2). Subsequently, a vector table storing the start address of the program to be processed when a timer interrupt occurs is set (S3), and an initial value is set in the built-in register of the main CPU 101 (S4).

  Subsequently, it is determined whether the RAM clear switch is turned on (S5). When the RAM clear switch is turned on (S5: YES), the entire area of the RAM 103 is zero cleared in S9 described later. On the other hand, when the RAM clear switch is not turned on (S5: NO), the value of the power-off information flag is read, and it is judged whether the information of the power-off normal is stored (S6).

Here, when the information on power-off normal is stored (S6: YES), a checksum is calculated for a predetermined area of the RAM 103 (S7). Then, it is determined whether the checksum is 0, that is, whether the checksum is normal (S8). The checksum at power on calculated here includes the complement of the checksum calculated at power off processing described later, so if it is backed up normally, the check at power on is checked. Sam is "0". As described above, it is determined when the power is turned on whether the information stored in the RAM 103 before power-off is properly backed up. At this time, if the checksum is normal (S8: YES), the process proceeds to S12 described later in order to return to the state before the power failure. On the other hand, if the checksum is abnormal (S8: NO), the entire area of the RAM 103 is cleared to zero (S9). Next, initialization data at power-on is set in the RAM 103 (S10). Subsequently, in order to initialize the effect display device 70, initialize the effect lamp LP, and the like, a request for an effect control command (“effect initial command”) to the effect control board 200 is requested (S11).

  Next, in the power failure / return setting process, setting of power on normal information, initialization of various errors, and communication initialization with the payout control board 400 in the RAM 103 are sequentially performed (S12). Here, as the setting of the power-on normal information, in order to store that the power-on was correctly performed, the power-on normal data is stored in the power-off information flag and the information on the power-off occurrence is initialized. Turn off the power off confirmation flag. Next, the data transfer source address, the data transfer destination address, and the number of transfer bytes are set, and data for the number of transfer bytes is transferred (S13). Then, the value of the special symbol game status at the time of the power-off is read, and the power-off recovery process relating to the special symbol game is performed (S14).

  Subsequently, a transmission request of the effect control command ("power-off recovery command") at the time of power-off recovery between the main control board 100 and the effect control board 200 is made (S15). The power failure recovery command includes information on the inspection of the communication line, the operating state of the special symbol, the number of probability variations, the number of time reductions, the number of easy entering states, the variation pattern selection status, and the error status. The command request for the unsent part before power-off is cleared. Next, in the symbol memory number command request process, read the information of the number of operation pending balls of the first special symbol and the second special symbol when the power is turned off, and request the effect control command including the information of the number of operation pending balls ( S16).

  Subsequently, return setting is performed to return the normal motorized combination 622 to a state before the power is turned off (for example, the second start port 62 is in the open state) (S17). Further, return setting is performed to return the special electric combination 642 to a state before the power is turned off (for example, the large winning opening 64 is in the open state) (S18). Subsequently, the value of the special symbol mode flag is read, and the operating state of the probability variation function of the special symbol at the time of power-off is set (S19). In addition, a special symbol mode flag is a flag for setting the operation probability (high probability or low probability) of the special symbol game. Next, in order to start the timer interrupt, a predetermined count value is set as an initial setting of the CTC circuit of the main control microcomputer 110, and a timer interrupt is generated every 4 ms (S20). Subsequently, in order to inhibit the generation of the timer interrupt process, the interrupt prohibition is set (S21). Then, clear word 1 ("55H") is set as preparation for restarting the watchdog timer (S22).

  Next, in order to determine the occurrence of the power failure, the value of the power failure confirmation flag is read, and it is determined whether or not the power failure has occurred (S23). When the power is not shut off, the initial value random number updating process is executed (S24). In this initial value random number updating process, in this initial value random number updating process, the initial value random number per symbol, the soft initial value random number per special symbol and the symbol initial value random number per special symbol are updated. Specifically, the numerical value of each counter is incremented by one, and when the numerical value exceeds the maximum value, the value is returned to the minimum value "0".

  Next, interrupt permission is set to permit generation of timer interrupt processing (S25), and the process returns to the processing for prohibiting the above-described interrupt (S21), and the loop processing of S21 to S25 is repeatedly executed. Here, the timer interrupt process is periodically executed at predetermined intervals, but the remaining time from the completion of the previous interrupt process to the generation of the next interrupt process is utilized in S21 to S25. Repeat the above process. When there is an interrupt request in the interrupt disabled state, the timer interrupt process is activated when the interrupt is enabled in S25. On the other hand, if the power-off confirmation flag is on in S23, that is, if the power-off has occurred, the process proceeds to S26 to execute the power-off process described next.

Next, as the power-off process (S26 to S32), first, clear word 2 ("AAH") is set to restart the watchdog timer (S26). Next, it is determined whether the content of the power-off information flag is power-on normal data (S27). If it is the power-on normal information (S27: Yes), the power-off normal data is set in the power-off information flag (S28). On the other hand, if it is not the power-on normal information (S27: No), the power-off abnormal data is set in the power-off information flag (S29), and the process proceeds to S32.

  Next, a checksum is calculated for a predetermined area (excluding the checksum area) of the RAM 103 (S30). Then, a complement to the checksum data is calculated, and the result value of the complement is set in the checksum area of the RAM 103 (S31). Subsequently, the access prohibition of the RAM 103 is set (S32), and the processing is looped until the power is turned off.

<< Main control side timer interrupt processing >>
Next, the main control timer interrupt process of the main control board 100 will be described. FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing timer interrupt processing of the main control board 100. This timer interrupt process is activated by a clock pulse every fixed time (for example, 4 ms) from the CTC circuit of the game control microcomputer 110, and is executed by interrupting the main control side main process described above. In addition, as a term used below, the terms "condition device" and "character continuous actuation device" mean conceptual control equipment, and "condition device" means a big hit in the special symbol game The "character continuous operating device" is capable of operating the special motorized component 642 a plurality of times in succession.

  First, when this timer interrupt occurs, the contents of the register in the main CPU 101 are saved in the stack area of the RAM 103, and then the interrupt operation condition is set (S51).

  Next, in order to restart the watchdog timer, clear word 2 ("AAH") is set (S52). At this time, the clear word 1 and the clear word 2 are sequentially written to the WDT clear register of the CPU 101 within a preset timeout time, whereby the watchdog timer is cleared and restarted. That is, when the main CPU 101 executes the program normally, the clear words 1 and 2 are periodically set, whereby the watchdog timer is cleared and restarted before it times out. On the other hand, when the watchdog timer times out, a user reset occurs.

  Next, input processing is executed (S53). In this input process, information on switches other than the RAM clear switch is read as various switches connected to the main control board 100. That is, input information such as the first start port switch 611, the second start port switch 621, the operation gate switch 631, the big winning port switch 641, the door open switch, the frame open switch, the back set open switch, the magnetic sensor, the radio wave sensor, etc. , And after performing their state determination, store these detection information.

  Next, various random number update processing is executed (S54). In the various random number update processes, the normal symbol variation pattern random number and the special symbol variation pattern random number are updated. For the normal symbol variation pattern random number, the numerical value of the random number counter is incremented by one, and when the numerical value exceeds the maximum value, it is returned to the minimum value “0”. On the other hand, for the special symbol variation pattern random number, a predetermined value (for example, 3511) is subtracted from the previous random number. If the subtraction result is less than 0, a predetermined value (for example, 50000) is added to the subtraction result.

Next, the initial value update type random number update process is executed (S55). In this initial value update type random number updating process, the random number per symbol, the soft random number per special symbol and the symbol random number per special symbol are updated. Specifically, the numerical value of each random number counter is incremented by one, and when the numerical value exceeds the maximum value, the value is returned to the minimum value "0". In addition, when the value of the counter makes one turn, the value of the corresponding initial value random number is set as the initial value.

  Next, initial value random number update processing is executed (S56). In this initial value random number update process, the initial value random number per symbol, the software initial value random number per special symbol and the symbol initial value random number per special symbol are updated. Specifically, the numerical value of each random number counter is incremented by one, and when the numerical value exceeds the maximum value, the value is returned to the minimum value "0".

  Next, timer subtraction processing is executed (S57). In this timer subtraction process, the values of various timers used for controlling the game operation of the pachinko gaming machine PM are subtracted and updated. For example, the values of various timers are decremented by an interrupt cycle (4 ms in this example). The various timers include a special symbol game timer for managing the time (variation time, final display time) relating to the special symbol display devices 71 and 72, and the like.

  Next, a second starting opening valid period setting process is executed (S58). In the second starting opening effective period setting process, the winning effective period and the winning ineffective period of the second starting opening 62 are determined, and the effective period data or the invalid period data of the second starting opening 62 is set as the determination result.

  Next, a prize monitoring process is executed (S59). In this prize monitoring process, detection of the first start port switch 611, the second start port switch 621, the operation gate switch 631, the first large winning port switch 641, the second large winning port switch 651 in the input process (S53) Based on the information, the switch passing inspection of the gaming ball is performed, and as a result, when it is determined that the gaming ball has passed each switch, a transmission request for effect control command including information indicating that the gaming ball has passed each switch, Etc.

  Next, a winning ball control process is executed (S60). In this prize ball control process, a payout control command is sent to the payout control board 400 to instruct the number of prize balls corresponding to the type of winning, and the received data from the payout control board 400 is monitored and the payout control board 400 is executed. Perform communication inspection with

  Next, a normal symbol operation gate monitoring process is executed (S61). In this normal symbol operation gate monitoring process, the passage of the game ball to the operation gate 63 is monitored, and when it is determined that the operation gate 63 is passed, a random number related to the normal symbol lottery is acquired as operation holding ball information As well as updating the number of operation pending balls up to a maximum of four, storing the random numbers pertaining to the normal symbol lottery.

  Next, normal symbol control processing is executed (S62). In this normal symbol control processing, in order to perform a series of processing according to the normal symbol display device 75 or the normal electric actor 622, according to the value of the normal symbol game status, processing during normal symbol fluctuation, processing during normal symbol stop symbol display Execute processing during normal electric part operation, processing during demonstration of normal electric part operation end, and the like. In the normal symbol change processing, display pattern number data of the normal symbol is created (updated) in order to change or display the normal symbol.

  Next, the normal symbol variation start monitoring process is executed (S63). In this normal symbol variation start monitoring process, the operating state of the normal symbol is monitored, and when it is determined that the variation start condition of the normal symbol is satisfied, the normal symbol operation retention ball number is digested by one and the normal symbol The determination of success or failure, the determination of symbols, the determination of fluctuation patterns, the setting of fluctuation time, etc. are performed in order.

  Next, the starting opening monitoring control process is executed (S64). In this starting opening monitoring control process, when the winning of the first starting opening 61 and the second starting opening 62 of the gaming ball is monitored, and there is a winning of the gaming ball, the number of holding balls is updated and the special symbol lottery is concerned. The random number storage, the pre-reading advance notice effect judgment, the command request of the number of the figure memory and the like it does in order.

  Next, special symbol control processing is executed (S65). In this special symbol control processing, as a series of processing concerning the special symbol display devices 71 and 72, according to the value of the special symbol gaming status, the special symbol variation start processing (S420) described later in detail, the special symbol variation processing (S430) ), Special symbol stop symbol display processing (S440), etc. are executed.

  Next, a special motorized product control process is executed (S66). In this process, when the lottery result of the special symbol is "big hit" or "small hit", the setting of the operation start and the operation end of the special electric symbol 642 as the operation processing according to the special electric symbol 642, large The opening time and opening number of the winning opening 64 are updated, the operation start setting of the probability fluctuation function, the operation start setting of the fluctuation time shortening function, the setting of the fluctuation pattern selection state, and the like are sequentially executed.

  Next, the special winning opening valid period setting process is executed (S67). In the special winning opening valid period setting process, the winning effective period and the winning invalid period of the special winning opening 64 are determined, and the valid period data or the invalid period data of the special winning opening 64 is set as the determination result.

  Next, special symbol variation start monitoring control processing is executed (S68). In this special symbol variation start monitoring control process, when there is an operation holding ball of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the number of holding balls is digested by one, and the command request of the symbol memory number, the pass / fail judgment of the special symbol , Special symbol pattern determination, probability variation function determination, time reduction function determination, setting of operation pattern of special electric combination product, setting of demonstration effect time, etc. are performed in order.

  Next, abnormality detection processing is executed (S69). In this abnormality detection process, based on the input information in the input process (S53), the magnetic detection signal by the magnetic sensor, the open circuit short circuit power source abnormal signal, the radio wave detection signal by the radio wave sensor, the door / frame open signal, etc. , It is determined whether the gaming machine is in an error state. In the case of an error state, in order to request an error display from the effect control board 200, an effect control command ("error effect designating command") including the error information is generated.

  Next, the ball passing time abnormality detection process is executed (S70). In this ball passing time abnormality detection process, when the on signal of the winning detection switch is continuously detected for a predetermined time or more, the ball passing time abnormality is set, and the effect control command (“error While performing the request of the effect designation command “), the output request of the security signal for outputting to the external terminal is performed.

  Next, a game state display process is executed (S71). In this game state display process, display data such as the number of times the special motorized character 642 operates continuously (prescribed number of rounds), the number of operation reserved balls of the normal symbol and the special symbol, and the like are created. In addition, display data for causing the status indicator of the main control board 100 to display information on the error status detected in the above-mentioned abnormality detection processing is created.

  Next, LED output processing is performed (S73). In this LED output process, the above-mentioned special symbol control process (S65) is performed to display the special symbol and the normal symbol, the number of holding balls, the number of times the special motorized symbol is operated continuously, and the error. Display data created by abnormality detection processing (S69), gaming state display processing (S71), etc., each special symbol display device 71, 72, normal symbol display device 75, each special view reserve lamp 73, 74, general drawing reserve While outputting to the lamp 76 and the status indication lamp of the main control board 100, etc., the display in these various display devices is initialized.

Next, emission control signal output processing is executed (S73). In this emission control signal output process, when communication abnormality with the payout control substrate 400 or disconnection short circuit power source abnormality is not detected, a signal of release permission is output to the payout control substrate 400, and release of the gaming ball is permitted. Do. On the other hand, when a communication abnormality with the payout control board 400 or a disconnection short circuit power source abnormality is detected, a signal for prohibiting the firing is outputted to the payout control board 400, and the firing of the gaming ball is prohibited.

  Next, a solenoid output process is executed (S74). In this solenoid output process, the normal symbol control process (S62) and the special motorized item control process (S66) are performed to operate the respective motorized items 622, 642. Based on the acquired control data, an excitation signal is output to each of the motorized combination solenoids 623, 643.

  Next, an effect control command transmission process is executed (S75). In this effect control command transmission process, the effect control command specified by the pointer is read out from the effect control commands stored in the command storage area (ring buffer) of the main information storage unit 180 in the above process, and this effect is produced. A control command is transmitted to the effect control board 200.

  Next, external information output processing is executed (S76). In this external information output process, operation state information of the gaming machine is output as external information to an external device such as a hall computer via an external terminal board.

  Next, the contents of the saved register are restored, and the main CPU 101 is set to the interrupt enabled state (S77). As a result, the main control timer interrupt process is terminated and the process returns to the main control main process, and the main control main process is executed until the next timer interrupt occurs.

When the main control board 100 detects a power cut (a decrease in the supply voltage based on a predetermined threshold) during main control side main processing or interrupt processing, a non-maskable interrupt is generated to turn on the power cut confirmation flag. Do. Then, after returning to the original processing, the above-mentioned power-off processing (S
26 to S32) will be executed.

«Special symbol game processing»
Next, a series of processes relating to the special symbol game in the main control timer interrupt process will be described. The processing related to the special symbol game includes the above-mentioned start opening monitoring control processing (S64), the special symbol control processing (S65), the special electric character control processing (S66), the special symbol variation start monitoring control processing (S68), etc. Is the case.

(Starting opening monitoring control processing)
First, the starting opening monitoring control process (S64) will be described. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing the details of the starting opening monitoring control process (S64).

  First, it is determined whether a game winning on the first starting opening 61 has been detected (S201). If the winning of the first starting opening 61 is detected (S201: YES), it is determined whether the number of operation pending balls of the first special symbol is less than the upper limit number 4 (S202).

  When the operation reserve ball number of the first special symbol is less than 4 (S202: YES), a random number per special symbol, a symbol random number per special symbol, a special symbol as a lottery random number according to the first special symbol game The variation pattern random number value is acquired, and each random number value is stored in the first special symbol hold storage area (hold n storage area) of the main information storage unit 180 according to the order of ball entry (S203). Then, the value of the first special symbol holding ball number counter is incremented by one (S204) as the update of the operation holding ball number of the first special symbol (S204), and the winning check of the first starting opening 61 is ended.

Subsequently, it is determined whether a game winning on the second starting opening 62 has been detected (S205). If a winning on the second starting opening 62 is detected (S205: YES), it is determined whether the number of operation-reserved balls of the second special symbol is less than the upper limit number 4 (S206). When the operation reserve ball number of the second special symbol is less than 4 (S206: YES), a random number value per special symbol, a symbol random number value per special symbol, a special symbol as a lottery random number value according to the second special symbol game The variation pattern random number value is acquired, and each random number value is stored in the second special symbol hold storage area (hold n storage area) of the main information storage unit 180 according to the order of ball entry (S207). Then, the value of the second special symbol holding ball number counter is incremented by one (S208) as the update of the operation holding ball number of the second special symbol (S208), and the winning check of the second starting opening 62 is ended.

  Subsequently, whether or not there is an update of the number of actuation reserved balls of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, ie, whether or not the number of actuation reserved balls of the first special symbol or the second special symbol is added in S204 or S208. It is determined (S209). If there is an update of the number of operation pending balls (S209: YES), a symbol memory number command including information of the number of operation pending balls of the first special symbol and the second special symbol is generated, and this is used as the main information storage means It is stored in the 180 command storage area (S210).

  Next, the state of the gaming machine is confirmed, and it is determined whether or not it is a prior determination timing (S211). When it is the prior determination timing (S211: YES), the random value per special symbol is read out from the hit random number buffer of the holding n storage area, and the prior judgment is made (S212). Then, a success / failure predetermination command including information of the predetermination result (success or failure predetermination number) is generated, and this is stored in the command storage area of the main information storage unit 180 (S213).

  Also, the symbol random number per special symbol is read out from the hit symbol random number buffer of the storage n storage area, and symbol prior determination is performed (S214). Then, a symbol prior determination command including information of the prior determination result (symbol prior determination number) is generated, and this is stored in the command storage area of the main information storage unit 180 (S215). Further, the special symbol fluctuation pattern random number value is read out from the fluctuation pattern random number buffer of the holding n storage area, and the fluctuation pattern prior determination is performed (S216). Then, a variation pattern prior determination command including information of the prior determination result (a variation pattern prior determination number) is generated, and this is stored in the command storage area of the main information storage unit 180 (S217).

(Special symbol variation start monitoring control process)
Next, the special symbol variation start monitoring control process (S68) will be described. FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing the details of the special symbol variation start monitoring control process (S68).

  In this special symbol variation monitoring monitoring control process (S68), of the first special symbol and the second special symbol, the special symbol variation start monitoring processing described later for the special symbol side satisfying the variation start condition Execute (S310). When both the first special symbol and the second special symbol satisfy the change start condition, as described above, the process of the second special symbol is preferentially executed.

  First, it is determined whether or not the jackpot is medium or small (S301). Subsequently, whether both the first special symbol and the second special symbol are in change standby, that is, whether both the first special symbol game status and the second special symbol game status are "00H (during change)" It is determined whether or not it is (S302).

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the number of operation pending balls of the second special symbol is "0" (S303), and if the number of pending balls is not "0" (S303: NO), the second special is selected. It is considered that the variation start condition of the symbol is established, and the address of the second special symbol variation start monitoring table (the address of various tables used in the subsequent processing and the address of the RAM storage area) is set (S304) The second special symbol side of the special symbol variation start monitoring process (S310). That is, in the present embodiment, when there is an operation holding ball of the second special symbol, the operation holding ball of the second special symbol has priority regardless of the presence or absence of the operation holding ball of the first special symbol. It is supposed to be digested. The details of the special symbol variation start monitoring process (S310) will be described later with reference to FIG.

  On the other hand, when the number of operation pending balls of the second special symbol is "0" (S303: YES), it is determined whether the number of operation pending balls of the first special symbol is "0" (S305) . Here, when the number of holding balls is not "0" (S305: NO), it is considered that the variation start condition of the first special symbol is established, and the address of the first special symbol variation start monitoring table (following After setting the addresses of various tables and addresses of the RAM storage area used in the process (S306), the process shifts to the special symbol variation start monitoring process (S310) on the first special symbol side.

  In addition, when the change start conditions of the first special symbol and the second special symbol are not satisfied (S301: YES, S302: NO, S305: YES), the special symbol change start monitoring process (S310) is skipped. .

(Special symbol change start monitoring process)
Next, the special symbol variation start monitoring process (S310) will be described. FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing the details of the special symbol variation start monitoring process (S310).

  In this special symbol variation start monitoring process (S310), with reference to the first special symbol variation start monitoring table or the second special symbol variation start monitoring table set in S304 or S306 described above, with the target of the current variation start The special symbol side process will be executed, but since the method of processing is common to the first special symbol side and the second special symbol side, except in special cases, in the first special symbol side process It will be described together without distinction as to whether it is the processing of the second special symbol side.

  First, the number of operation reserved balls on the side of the special symbol to be subjected to the start of fluctuation this time is decremented by 1 (S311). Then, a symbol storage number command including information on the number of operation pending balls of the first special symbol and the second special symbol after subtraction is generated, and this is stored in the command storage area of the main information storage unit 180 (S312). Subsequently, the special symbol hold storage area on the special symbol side targeted for the variation start this time is accessed, and a random number per special symbol stored in the first hold storage area (hold 1 storage area), special symbol per The symbol random number value and the special symbol variation pattern random number value are read out in order, and these random number values are used in the special symbol qualifying process (S320), the symbol determining process (S330) and the variation pattern selecting process (S423) described later. It is transferred to the special symbol conformity determination area, the special symbol pattern determination area, and the special symbol variation pattern determination area of the main information storage unit 180 (S313). Further, as updating of the pending storage area, the pending ball information stored in the pending 2 storage area to the pending 4 storage area is shifted to the lower pending storage area, and the pending 4 storage area is cleared to zero (S314).

  Subsequently, special symbol propriety judgment processing is executed (S320). In the special symbol compliance determination process (S320), first, a special symbol compliance lottery table is acquired. At this time, when the gaming state is a special symbol probability variation state, a high probability success or failure lottery table is acquired, and when the gaming state is a normal state, a low probability success or failure lottery table is acquired. Next, a random value per special symbol is read out from the special symbol compliance determination area of the main information storage means 180. Then, with reference to the special symbol odds lottery table, based on the random number value per special symbol, to determine whether the special symbol success or failure. In addition, the value (the big hit data “55H”, the small hit data “33H”, the outlying data “00H”) corresponding to the result of the yes / no determination is stored in the special symbol determination flag of the main information storage unit 180.

Subsequently, symbol determination processing is executed (S330). In the symbol determination process (S330), the stop symbol of the special symbol, the type of symbol group, and the character effect number (variation added symbol information) are determined according to the result of the pass / fail determination. Then, the stop symbol of the special symbol determined this time, the type of symbol group, and the character effect number are stored in the symbol storage area of the main information storage means 180. In addition, the character effect number is determined type of symbol group (7 patterns of symbol groups A to G) and operation state of probability variation function of special symbol and normal symbol (probability variation of special symbol / probability variation of special symbol off) / 28 patterns are determined on the basis of the combination of 4 patterns of probability variation on / normal symbol pattern / probability variation of normal symbol pattern). When the result of the pass / fail determination is an out-of-order, the character effect number “0” is determined.

  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the result of the pass / fail determination corresponds to a small hit (S341), and it is determined whether the result of the pass / fail determination corresponds to a big hit (S342). If the result of the pass / fail determination is a small hit (S341: YES), the process proceeds to S347, and if the result of the pass / fail determination is a removal (S341: NO, S342: NO), the process proceeds to S349.

  On the other hand, if the result of the success or failure judgment is a big hit (S341: NO, S342: YES), based on the type (big hit type) of the symbol group determined in S330, the special symbol It is determined whether to operate the probability variation function (S343). That is, if the type of symbol group (big hit type) indicates a specific symbol, it is decided to give the probability variation function, and if the type of symbol group is that usually indicates a symbol, probability variation Decide not to give features. The determination result is stored in the probability variation determination flag of the main information storage unit 180.

  Also, based on the type (big hit type) of the symbol group determined in S330, as the gaming state after the special game, the number of activation times of the fluctuation time shortening function is determined (S344), and the number of activations of the electric cho support function is determined. To do (S345). The determination result (operation count information of the fluctuation time shortening function, operation count information of the electronic chow support function) is stored in the time saving storage area of the main information storage unit 180 and the number of easy-to-enter-ball storage area.

  Subsequently, based on the type (big hit type) of the symbol group determined in S330, the operation pattern of the special electric symbol 642 is set (S346). Specifically, as the operation pattern of the special motorized character 642, the prescribed number of rounds of round game (16 rounds, 8 rounds, 2 rounds in this example), the maximum opening time of the big winning opening 64 (30 in this example) Set the second, 0.05 second etc.

  Next, based on the type of symbol group determined in S330 and the current gaming state, a variation pattern selection state after the end of the special game or after the small hit game is set (S347). Subsequently, based on the type of symbol group determined in S330, a demonstration effect time (a start demonstration time and a finish demonstration time) of a special game or a small hit game is set (S348). Next, the special symbol suitability determination area and the special symbol design determination area of the main information storage unit 180 used in the above-mentioned special symbol qualification determination process (S320) and the symbol determination process (S330) are cleared (S349). Then, the special symbol game status on the special symbol side to be subject to variation this time is transited from "00H (during standby)" to "01H (variation start)" (S350).

(Special symbol control process)
Next, the special symbol control process (S65) will be described. FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing the details of the special symbol control process (S65).

First, it is determined whether the special electric combination 642 is inactive or not, that is, whether the special combination game status is "00H (waiting state)" (S401). Subsequently, if the special motorized character 642 is inactive (S401: YES), it is determined whether the second special symbol game status is not "00H (standby)" (S402).

  If the second special symbol game status is not "00H (standby)" (S402: YES), the second special symbol control table (used in the subsequent processing) is executed to execute the processing relating to the second special symbol. The addresses of various tables and the address of the RAM storage area are set (S403), and the processing proceeds to special symbol control general processing (S410). On the other hand, when the second special symbol game status is "00H (standby)" (S402: NO), the first special symbol control table (in the subsequent processing) is executed to execute the processing relating to the first special symbol. The addresses of various tables to be used and the addresses of the RAM storage area are set (S404), and the processing proceeds to special symbol control general processing (S410).

  In addition, in the special symbol control general-purpose processing (S410) to be described next, using the first special symbol control table or the second special symbol control table set in the above-described S403 or S404, the special to be the subject of the present variation Although the processing on the symbol side is to be executed, since the method of processing is common to the first special symbol side and the second special symbol side, is it the processing on the first special symbol side except in the special case? The second special symbol side processing will be described collectively without distinction. Details of the special symbol control general-purpose processing (S410) will be described later with reference to FIG.

(Special symbol control general processing)
Subsequently, special symbol control general-purpose processing is executed (S410). Here, FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing the details of the special symbol control general-purpose processing (S410).

  In this special symbol control general-purpose processing (S410), branch processing (S411 to S414) is performed to shift to processing according to the value ("01H", "02H", "03H") of the special symbol game status. First, it is determined whether the special symbol game status on the special symbol side subject to the current variation is not zero (S411). If the special symbol game status is not "00H" (S411: YES), it is determined whether the special symbol game status is "01H (variation start)" (S412). If the special symbol game status is "01H" (S412: YES), the process proceeds to special symbol variation start processing (S420). The details of the special symbol variation start process (S420) will be described later with reference to FIG. On the other hand, if NO in S412, it is determined whether the special symbol game status is "02H (during change)" (S413). If the special symbol game status is "02H" (S413: YES), the processing proceeds to special symbol variation processing (S430). The details of the special symbol variation process (S430) will be described later with reference to FIG. If NO in S413, it is determined whether the special symbol game status is "03H (during stop symbol display)" (S414). If the special symbol game status is "03H" (S414: YES), the process proceeds to the special symbol stop symbol display processing (S440). The details of the special symbol stop symbol display processing (S440) will be described later with reference to FIG.

(Special symbol change start process)
Next, the special symbol variation start process (S420) will be described. FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing the details of the special symbol variation start process (S420).

  First, the special symbol variation pattern table is acquired based on the result of the success or failure lottery and the variation pattern selection state (S421). Subsequently, a special symbol variation pattern random number value is read out from the special symbol variation pattern determination area of the main information storage unit 180 (S422). Then, referring to the special symbol variation pattern table, one of a plurality of variation patterns is selected based on the special symbol variation pattern random value (S423).

Next, a fluctuation time corresponding to the currently selected fluctuation pattern is set (S424). Then, as the setting of the start of the change of the special symbol, the change time is stored in the special symbol game timer of the symbol display control means 165 (S 425), and the change start command to the effect control board 200 is generated (S 426). As the change start command, in order to start the symbol change effect in the effect display device 70, the change pattern specification command and the symbol specification command are sequentially generated and stored in the command storage area of the main information storage unit 180.

  Subsequently, the contents of the special symbol variation pattern determination area of the main information storage unit 180 used to determine the variation pattern are cleared (S427). Then, the special symbol game status is changed from "01H (start of change)" to "02H (during change)" (S428).

(Process during special symbol change)
Next, special symbol variation processing (S430) will be described. FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing the details of the special symbol variation process (S430).

  First, in order to perform variable display of a special symbol, display pattern number switching processing of the special symbol is executed (S431). In this display pattern number switching process (S431), display pattern number data of a special symbol is generated every predetermined switching time. The display pattern number data is output to the first special symbol display device 71 or the second special symbol display device 72 in the LED output process (S73) in order to change or display the special symbol.

  Next, it is determined whether or not the special symbol game timer has become "0 (timeout)", that is, whether or not the variation time of the special symbol has ended (S432). When the variation time of the special symbol is finished (S432: YES), the stop symbol of the special symbol to be determined and displayed on the first special symbol display device 71 or the second special symbol display device 72 is set (S433). Subsequently, a change stop command for instructing the effect control board 200 to display the decorative symbol is generated and stored in the command storage area of the main information storage unit 180 (S434).

  Next, "500 (ms)" is stored in the special symbol game timer as the determined display time (S435). In addition, "determination display time" is time which makes a stop symbol stop display definite at the time of the fluctuation | variation stop of a special symbol. Then, the special symbol game status is changed from "02H (during variation)" to "03H (during stop symbol display)" (S436).

(Process during special symbol stop symbol display)
Next, the special symbol stop symbol display process (S440) will be described. 20 to 21 are flowcharts showing the details of the special symbol stop symbol display processing (S440).

  First, it is determined whether or not the special symbol game timer has become "0 (timeout)", that is, whether or not the finalized display time of the special symbol (stop symbol) has ended (S441). Here, when the finalized display time of the special symbol is finished (S441: YES), the special symbol game status is transited from "03H (during stop symbol display)" to "00H (during standby)" (S442).

  Subsequently, it is determined whether the success or failure determination data stored in the special symbol determination flag of the main information storage unit 180 is the big hit data "55H" (S443). If the hit or not judgment data is a big hit data (S443: YES), the special symbol probability fluctuation function operation stop (S444), the special symbol fluctuation time shortening function operation stop (S445), the power chew support function operation Stop (S446) is performed in order. Specifically, the special symbol mode flag is set to "00H (not operated)", and the hour reduction number counter and the ball entry number state number counter are set to "00H" to clear them to zero.

Then, while setting the start demonstration display time as the start demonstration setting processing of the special game,
The start control command (big hit start demo command) instructing the start of the start demonstration effect is generated (S447). Subsequently, the number of executions of the variation pattern selection state (variation pattern selection state number counter) is cleared to zero (S448). Further, the special electric role thing game status is transited from "00H (waiting state)" to "01H (special game)" (S449). Then, "00H" is set to clear the content of the success or failure determination flag (S450).

  On the other hand, when the success / failure determination data is not the big hit data (S443: NO), it is determined whether the probability variation function of the special symbol is in operation (S451). When the probability variation function of the special symbol is in operation (S 451: YES), the probability variation number counter of the main information storage unit 180 is decremented by 1 as a part of the variation number of the special symbol this time (step S 452) . Subsequently, it is determined whether the probability variation frequency counter is zero (step S453). If the probability variation number counter is zero (S453: YES), the operation of the probability variation function of the special symbol is stopped (S454). If the probability variation number counter after subtraction is not zero (S 453: NO), S 454 is skipped and the process proceeds to S 455.

  Next, it is determined whether the special symbol fluctuation time shortening function is in operation (S455). When the variation time shortening function of the special symbol is in operation (S455: YES), the time reduction number counter of the main information storage unit 180 is decremented by 1 as a part of the variation number of the special symbol this time (step S456) . Subsequently, it is determined whether the time saving number counter is zero (step S457). If the time saving number counter is zero (S 457: YES), it is determined that the number of times of ending the special symbol time shortening state has been reached, and the operation of the variation time shortening function of the special symbol is stopped (S 458). If the time reduction number counter after subtraction is not zero (S 457: NO), S 458 is skipped and the process proceeds to S 459.

  Next, it is determined whether the electronic chew support function is in operation (S459). When the electric chew support function is in operation (S459: YES), the easy entry state number counter of the main information storage unit 180 is decremented by 1 as a digesting amount of the variation number of the special symbol this time (step S460) . Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the easy-to-enter-state number counter is zero (step S461). If the easy-to-enter-state number counter is zero (S461: YES), it is determined that the end number of the easy-to-enter state has been reached, and the operation of the electronic Chu support function is stopped (S462). If the entry easy state number counter after subtraction is not zero (S 461: NO), S 462 is skipped and the process proceeds to S 463.

  Next, the fluctuation pattern selection state number counter of the main information storage unit 180 is decremented by 1 (S463). Then, the variation pattern selection state is updated (S464). Specifically, the variation pattern selection state number counter of the main information storage unit 180 is referred to, and it is determined whether or not the number of executions of the current variation pattern selection state has reached a preset number of ends. If it has reached, it is switched to the fluctuation pattern selection state defined next. On the other hand, if the end number has not been reached, the current fluctuation pattern selection state is maintained.

  Next, a presentation control command (gaming state designation command) including the current gaming state information and variation pattern selection state information updated in the above-mentioned S451 to S464 is generated, and this is stored in the command storage area of the main information storage unit 180. (S465). In addition, on the effect control board 200 side, setting and updating of the effect mode are executed based on the information of the game state designation command.

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the small hit data "33H" is stored in the special symbol determination flag (S466). When small hit data is stored (S466: YES), as a start demonstration setting process of the small hit game, while setting the start demonstration display time, the production control command which instructs start of start demonstration effect Generate start demo command) (S 467)
. Then, the special electric role thing game status changes from "00H (waiting state)" to "02H (small hit game)" (S468). Then, "00H" is set to clear the content of the success or failure determination flag (S469).

  On the other hand, when the small hit data "33H" is not stored in the special symbol determination flag (S466: NO), that is, when the shift data "00H" is stored in the special symbol determination flag, S467 to S469. To skip In addition, when the special symbol determination flag is outlier data, the reason why the process of clearing the content of the flag is not performed is that “00H” is originally stored as the outlier data.

(Special electric role control process)
Next, the special motorized product control process (S66) will be described. FIG. 22 to FIG. 24 are flowcharts showing the details of the motorized prize control process (S66).

  First, it is determined whether the special electric role thing game status is "01H (special game)" (S501). If the special electric role thing game status is "01H" (S501: YES), special game processing is executed in the subsequent processing. In the special game process, first, it is determined whether or not the special electric combination 642, 652 is in operation (S502). If the special electric symbol 642, 652 is not in operation (S502: NO), it is determined whether it is the operation start time of the special electric symbol 642, 652 (S503). The operation start time of the special electric symbol 642, 652 is the timing at which the operation of the special electric symbol 642, 652 is started in each round game.

  If it is the operation start time of the special electric role products 642 and 652 (S 503: YES), a production control command (round production designation command) is generated to start the round production, and this is stored in the main information storage unit 180. It stores in the command storage area (S504). In addition, on the effect control board 200 side, the round effect corresponding to each round game in the special game is executed based on the information (information such as the current number of rounds) of this round effect designating command. Then, the operation of the special motorized components 642, 652 is started (S505), and the processing of S506 to S510 is executed as the processing during the operation of the special motorized components 642, 652.

  As processing during the operation of the special electric symbol 642, 652, while determining whether the game ball has won the maximum winning number in the large winning opening 64, 65 (S506), the operation of the special electric symbol 642, 652 It is determined whether time (opening time) has elapsed (S507). At this time, when the game ball has won the maximum winning number in the special winning opening 64, 65 (S506: YES), or when the operation time of the special electric combination 642, 652 has passed (S507: YES), the special electric The operation of the accessories 642, 652 is stopped (S507). Then, it is determined whether or not the number of times of continuous operation of the special electric symbol 642, 652 has reached a predetermined number of predetermined rounds (S509). If the number of continuous operations has not reached the specified number of rounds (S509: NO), the number of continuous operations of the special electric symbol 642, 652 is incremented by one (S510).

  On the other hand, when the number of times of continuous operation of the special electric role products 642, 652 has reached the specified number of rounds (S509: YES), the process proceeds to S511, and the end demonstration display time is set as the end demonstration setting process for special games. Is set, and an effect control command (big hit end demo command) instructing the start of the end demonstration effect is generated (S511).

  Subsequently, the fluctuation time reduction number information set in S344 is stored in the time reduction number counter (S512). Further, the easy-to-enter-state number information set in S345 is stored in the easy-to-enter-state number counter (S513).

  Subsequently, with reference to the contents of the probability fluctuation determination flag set in the above S343, it is determined whether or not the operation of the condition device is an operation with a specific symbol (so-called probability variation symbol) (S514). If it is the operation of the condition device by the specific symbol (S514: YES), the data at the time of operation "7FH" is stored in the probability fluctuation number counter of the main information storage means 180 and the operation of the probability fluctuation function of the special symbol is started (S515). On the other hand, when it is not the operation of the condition device by the specific symbol (S514: NO), the non-operation data "00H" is stored in the probability variation number counter, and S515 is skipped.

  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the fluctuation time reduction number information stored in the time reduction number counter is fluctuation time reduction function operation data (data other than "00H") (S516). When it is fluctuation time shortening function operation data (S516: YES), operation of a fluctuation time shortening function of a special symbol is started (S517). On the other hand, if it is not the fluctuation time shortening function operation data (S516: NO), S517 is skipped.

  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the ball entry easy state frequency information stored in the ball easy entry state frequency counter is the electric chow support function operation data (data other than "00H") (S518). If it is the electric chow support function operation data (S518: YES), the operation of the electric chow support function is started (S519 to S521). That is, the operation start of the probability variation function of the normal symbol (S519), the operation start of the variation time shortening function of the normal symbol (S520), and the operation start of the open extension function of the ordinary electric character 622 (S521) are sequentially executed. On the other hand, if it is not the electric chow support function operation data, S519 to S521 are skipped.

  Subsequently, it switches to the fluctuation pattern selection state determined in the above-mentioned S347 (S522). Subsequently, an effect control command (playing state designation command) including the game state information after the special game and the variation pattern selection state information set in the above-described S512 to S522 is generated, and this is stored in the main information storage unit 180. It stores in the command storage area (S523). In the effect control board 200, the effect mode after the special game is set based on the information of the game state designation command. Then, the special electric role thing game status changes from "01H (special game)" to "00H (waiting state)" (S524).

  On the other hand, when the special electric role thing game status is not "01H (special game)" (S501: NO), the process proceeds to S530, and whether the special electric role thing game status is "02H (small hit game)" It is determined whether or not (S530). When the special electric role thing game status is "02H" (S530: YES), small hit game processing is executed in the subsequent processing.

  In the small hit game process, first, it is determined whether the special electric combination 642, 652 is in operation (S531). When the special motorized components 642, 652 are not operated (S531: NO), the special motorized components 642, 652 are activated (S532). On the other hand, when the special electric symbol 642, 652 is in operation (S531: YES), S532 is skipped.

  Subsequently, as processing during the operation of the special electric role products 642 and 652, it is determined whether or not the game ball has won the maximum winning number in the special winning opening 64 and 65 (S533) It is determined whether the operating time (opening time) of 652 has elapsed (S534). At this time, when the game ball has won the maximum winning number in the special winning opening 64, 65 (S533: YES), or when the operation time of the special electric combination 642, 652 has passed (S534: YES), the special electric The operation of the accessories 642, 652 is stopped (S535).

Subsequently, an end demonstration display time is set as an end demonstration setting process for the small hit game, and an effect control command (small hitting end demonstration command) instructing generation of an end demonstration effect is generated (S536). Subsequently, it switches to the fluctuation pattern selection state determined in the above-mentioned S347 (S537). Then, the effect control command (gaming state designation command) including the variation pattern selection state information after the special game set in S537 is generated and stored in the command storage area of the main information storage unit 180 ( S 538). The game state specification command is used on the side of the effect control board 200 to determine the transition trigger of the effect mode, to specify the effect mode to which the transition is made, and the like. Then, the special electric role thing game status changes from "01H (special game)" to "00H (waiting state)" (S538).

<Process on the production control board side>
Next, the procedure of the operation process in the effect control board 200 will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. The process on the side of the effect control board 200 is reset start process (including main process on the effect control side) which is executed when the sub main CPU 201 is reset such as after the power is turned on, and the effect control side timer interrupt activated every predetermined cycle. Processing, reception interruption processing of effect control command activated due to strobe signal from main control board 100, and lamp activated with arrival of predetermined occurrence time specified in time schedule of variation effect pattern It is configured to include the effect interruption process and the transmission interruption process of the image control command activated every predetermined period.

  In each interrupt process (exception process), a priority level indicating a priority when multiple interrupt processes occur is set. In this example, "Reset start processing by power reset (Fig. 25): highest priority", "Reset start processing by various abnormality (Fig. 25): highest priority"-> "Interpretation processing of effect control command (Fig. 34): Level 7 "→" Reset start process by WDT (during runaway detection) (Fig. 25): Level 3 "→" Interrupt process of transmission of image control command (Fig. 36): Level 2 "→" Timer interrupt process for effect control (Fig. 35): Priority levels are prioritized in the order of “level 1” and the like. Note that “Reset start processing due to various types of abnormality” is, for example, during the DMA (Direct Memory Access) transfer when the CPU 201 attempts to access the illegal area or the illegal method when the CPU 201 executes an illegal instruction. Start when an error occurs. In the present embodiment, the above-described plural types of interrupt processing are illustrated, but in reality, other interrupt processing also exists.

  In the effect control side main processing, basically, the processing is advanced after being set in any state of all interrupts inhibited or interrupts inhibited other than the effect control command reception interrupt. After that, when the effect control side main process is in the interrupt enabled state, each interrupt process is started in the form of interrupting the main process. In each interrupt process, when there is a request for another interrupt process during the execution of the interrupt process (a multiple interrupt occurs), it is basically an interrupt process with a higher priority level than the interrupt process being executed. While the interrupt request is permitted, the interrupt request is inhibited if the interrupt processing has a lower priority level or the same priority level than the interrupt processing being executed. That is, each interrupt process is performed in a state in which other interrupts with the same priority level or lower priority levels are prohibited. Then, each interruption process returns to the effect control side main process in a state in which all interruptions are permitted. In addition, the priority (priority level) of such an interruption factor is prescribed by the register setting of the effect control microcomputer 210 (interrupt controller).

<< Reset start processing >>
First, the reset start process of the effect control board 200 will be described. FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing the reset start process of the effect control board 200. In this reset start process, the power is turned on, the reset caused by various abnormalities, or the reset caused by WDT (during runaway detection) is activated, and the security check of sub main CPU 201 is performed , The program is started, and the processing after S601 is started.

  First, as an initial setting necessary at power-on, the start address is set in the stack pointer as the initial value of the stack area (S601). Then, all interrupt processing is inhibited until the various initial settings are completed (S602).

  Subsequently, as a basic setting regarding hardware, an initial value is set in a built-in register provided in the sub main CPU 201, and the I / O port circuit 204 is initialized (S603). Further, the memory area in the RAM 203 of the effect control microcomputer 210 is initialized (S604). Here, an initial value is set to a variable with an initial value, and initialization is performed by clearing 0 to a variable having no initial value. Further, the sub main CPU 201 appropriately develops the control program stored in the ROM 202 in the RAM 203.

  Subsequently, interrupts other than the reception interrupt process of the effect control command are prohibited (S605). Next, processing is performed to set the type of error to be validated for the model among the various errors set in advance for all models (S 606). Further, a turn-off request is made to put all of the effect lamps LP (the frame lamp 10 and the panel lamp 25) in the off state (S607). Then, a watchdog timer is activated to monitor runaway of the sub main CPU 201 (S 608).

  Subsequently, a main effect control process is executed as a main process of the game effect (S609). The details of the effect control side main processing (S609) will be described later with reference to FIG. In addition, when it shifts to the effect control side main processing in S609, the return from the main processing to the reset start processing can not normally be made, but in the case where the processing returns to this processing by the occurrence of a bug of the program. Transition to the low power consumption mode (sleep mode) in which the power consumption is reduced compared to that in the normal operation.

<< main processing of production control side >>
Next, the effect control side main process (S609) of the effect control board 200 will be described. FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing effect control side main processing (S609).

  First, in the effect control side main processing, an address (head address where the program is developed) for acquiring a check as to whether or not the control program is correctly developed in the RAM 203 is acquired (S611). Subsequently, all interrupts are permitted (activation of various interrupt processes is permitted) (S612).

  Next, the device initialization operation is performed (S613). This initialization operation is an operation mode that is executed only once at the time of power on (when reset starts) of the pachinko gaming machine PM, and in order to control the operation of the movable part 24 by a device such as a motor or a solenoid. It is executed for the purpose of confirming the position information required for At the end of the initialization operation, the movable part 24 returns to a preset initial position (reference position).

  Subsequently, the watchdog timer is cleared to restart the watchdog timer (S614). At this time, when the sub main CPU 201 is executing the program normally, the watchdog timer is configured to write a predetermined clear word in the WDT clear register of the sub main CPU 201 within a preset timeout time. It is cleared and restarted. On the other hand, when the watchdog timer times out, a user reset occurs.

Subsequently, an input port check process is executed (S615). In this input port check processing, monitoring of reading of the I / O port circuit 204 (input port) in port input / output processing S912 in timer interrupt processing described later is monitored at each interrupt generation, and monitoring is performed several times (for example, four times). The signal level is “1 (H level)” if all the input port states are “1”, “0 (L level)” if all “0”, otherwise the signal level is Do not change (this determines the input signal).

  Subsequently, an error presentation management process is executed (S616). In this error presentation management process, based on the error presentation pattern set in the subsequent command analysis process (S620), the error presentation by various devices is started. Furthermore, in the error presentation management process, the error management timer is set to an initial value (error presentation time) to manage the progression of the error presentation. The error management timer is decremented and updated at a cycle of 16 ms in the error management timer update process (S920) of the effect control side timer interrupt process. Then, if the error management timer has timed out, the error presentation is ended.

  Subsequently, an effect button monitor control process is executed (S617). In this effect button monitoring control process, when the button advance effect is incorporated during symbol variation, the input state of the effect button 15 within the operation effective time is monitored, and a plurality of buttons are set in advance according to the button advance effect. The content of the effect corresponding to the input state of the effect button 15 is determined from among the effect contents of the species.

  Subsequently, a notice lottery management process is executed (S618). In this notice lottery management process, a notice effect pattern (noting the contents of the notice effect occurring at each stage of the change process of the decorative symbol) along the scenario of the change effect pattern selected in the subsequent command analysis process (S620) The advance notice number is determined by lottery. The notice effect number determined here is temporarily stored in the notice effect number storage area of the sub main information storage means 260. Also, an image control command for designating the preview effect number to the image control board 300 is generated, and this is set in the image control command buffer of the sub main information storage unit 260. At this time, if a feature preview effect pattern (feature preview effect number) is selected as the preview effect pattern, a feature request occurs, and in the subsequent device management process (S619), the movable role 24 is selected. The drive pattern of is identified. In this example, the main loop processing efficiency is improved instead of drawing all of the plurality of types of advance notice effects (notice effect effect patterns) generated within one variation of the decorative symbol in one main loop process. In order to make it perform, it is divided into every occurrence time (for example, fluctuation start stage, reach generation stage, fluctuation stop stage) of advance notice effect, and it is the composition which draws the lottery over plural times main loop processing. At that time, since it is necessary to synchronize with the start of fluctuation of the decorative symbol (send the image control command immediately) about the notice effect which occurs at the start of fluctuation of the decorative symbol, the lottery is made in the main loop processing of the start. It is supposed to be done.

  Next, device management processing is executed (S619). In this device management process, when there are operation requests (lamp request and feature request) of various devices in the command analysis process (S620) described later, plural types of pattern data (lamp pattern, drive pattern) stored in the ROM 203 Among them, the pattern data corresponding to the effect number (lamp effect number, feature preview effect number) is specified, and control of the target device is started. In the lamp pattern data of the effect lamp LP, lamp data associated with each frame time (time required to update an image frame once: 16 ms) is stored as schedule data. In this example, one frame time corresponds to the time required for the drawing process of one frame when drawing etc. at about 60 frames per second (= about 60 fps) in the effect display device 70. Similarly, in the drive pattern data of the movable part 24, drive data associated with each interrupt cycle (1 ms) is stored as schedule data. As a result, in the effect control side timer interrupt process described later, each control data (lamp data, drive data, etc.) is output to the target device at fixed intervals, and the operation of the target device is started. On the other hand, in the effect control side timer interrupt process described later, when the output of a series of control data (lamp data, drive data) is all completed, the effect lamp LP is turned off, or the operation of the movable part 24 is stopped. , End control of the target device.

  Subsequently, command analysis processing (S620) is executed. In this command analysis process, it is monitored whether or not the effect control command is stored in the command storage area of the sub main information storage unit 260, and if the effect control command is stored, this command is read and the read effect control command Execute the effect control process corresponding to the type of. The details of the command analysis process (S620) will be described later with reference to FIG.

  Then, it is determined whether or not command analysis (analysis of effect control command) has been executed during the current loop processing (S621). If the command has just been analyzed (S621: YES), the process returns to S614 to shift to the next loop process. On the other hand, when the command analysis is not executed (S621: NO), the effect lottery random number updating process is executed (S622). In this effect lottery random number update process, effect lottery random numbers such as a pre-reading notice lottery random number, a decorative symbol random number, a variation effect pattern random number, and a notice effect pattern random number are updated. Specifically, the numerical value of each random number counter is incremented by one, and when the numerical value exceeds the maximum value, the value is returned to the minimum value.

(Command analysis process)
Next, the command analysis process (S620) will be described. FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing details of the command analysis process (S620). In this command analysis process, it is monitored whether the effect control command from the main control board 100 is stored in the command storage area of the sub main information storage means 260, and the effect corresponding to the type of effect control command stored. Execute control processing.

  First, it is determined whether a game state designation command is stored in the command storage area of the sub main information storage unit 260 (S631). When the gaming state designation command is stored (step S631: YES), the process shifts to effect state transition processing (S632). In the effect state transition process (S632), a process of transitioning the effect mode is executed based on the variation pattern selection state information included in the gaming state specification command. The details of the effect state transition process (S632) will be described later with reference to FIG.

  Subsequently, it is determined whether a hold related command is stored in the command storage area of the sub main information storage unit 260 (S633). Here, the hold related command includes a symbol storage number command and an advance determination command. If the hold related command is stored (S633: YES), the process proceeds to the hold information management process (S634). In this suspension information management process (S 634), the symbol storage number command or the prior determination command is read out from the sub main information storage means 260, and prefetching determination is executed based on the information of the prior determination result. A process is performed to update the display number and display mode (display color etc.) of the hold images displayed on the units 701 and 702.

  Next, it is determined whether or not a symbol variation related command is stored in the command storage area of the sub main information storage means 260 (S635). Here, the symbol variation related command includes a variation start command and a variation stop command. If the symbol variation related command is stored (step S635: YES), the process proceeds to variation effect content determination processing (S636). In this variation effect content determination process (S636), when the received symbol variation related command is a variation start command, a process for starting symbol variation effect is executed, and the received symbol variation related command is a variation stop command. If there is a process, the process for ending the symbol variation effect being executed is executed. The details of the change effect content determination process (S636) will be described later with reference to FIG.

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not a big hit rendering related command is stored in the command storage area of the sub main information storage unit 260 (S637). Here, the jackpot production related command includes a jackpot start demonstration command, a round presentation specification command, and a jackpot end demonstration command. If the jackpot effect related command is stored (step S637: YES), the process proceeds to the jackpot effect content determination process (S638). In the jackpot effect content determination process (S638), a process for executing a start demonstration effect, a round effect, and an end demonstration effect is performed. Details of the jackpot effect content determination process (S638) will be described later with reference to FIG.

  Subsequently, it is determined whether a small hit effect related command is stored in the command storage area of the sub main information storage unit 260 (S639). Here, the small hit production related command includes a small hit start demonstration command and a small hit end demonstration command. If the small hit effect related command is stored (step S639: YES), the process proceeds to the small hit effect content determination process (S640). In the small hit effect content determination process (S640), a process for executing a small hit start demonstration effect and a small hit end demonstration effect is performed.

  Subsequently, it is determined whether an error presentation designation command is stored in the command storage area of the sub main information storage unit 260 (S641). If the error presentation designation command is stored (S641: YES), the process goes to error presentation content determination processing (S642). In this error effect content determination process (S 642), an error effect designation command is read out from the sub main information storage unit 260, and an error for notifying an error state by the image display of the effect display device 70 or the light emission mode of the effect lamp LP. Determine the presentation pattern.

  If the effect control command is not stored in the command storage area of the sub main information storage unit 260 (S631: NO, S633: NO, S635: NO, S637: NO, S639: NO, S641: NO), The command analysis process is ended without doing anything.

(Effective state transition process)
Next, the effect state transition process (S632) will be described. FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing the details of the effect state transition process (S632).

  First, the contents of the game state designation command from the main control board 100 are analyzed, and information on the variation pattern selection state included in the contents of the command is acquired (S701). Subsequently, based on the information on the variation pattern selection state acquired in the above-described S701, it is determined whether a transition trigger of the effect mode has arrived (S702). When the transition trigger of the effect mode has come (S702: YES), the transition setting to the predetermined effect mode is performed after S703. In addition, as a transition trigger of the effect mode, it is basically linked with the transition trigger of the change pattern selection state, for example, at the end of the special game or when the end number of the change pattern selection state has expired. In addition, the end number of times of a fluctuation pattern selection state is the number concerning the number of times of fluctuation of a special symbol.

First, it is determined whether the transition destination of the variation pattern selection state managed by the main control board 100 is the low probability normal variation state α (S703). If the transition destination is the low probability normal fluctuation state α (S703: YES), the normal effect mode Mα is set as the transition destination of the effect mode (S704). When shifting to the normal effect mode Mα, a normal background data number is set in the background data storage area of the sub main information storage means 260 (S 705). Then, in the normal effect mode Mα, for example, a normal background image of “wilderness” is displayed on the effect display device 70 from the next symbol variation. On the other hand, if the transition destination is not the low probability normal fluctuation state α (S703: NO), it is determined whether or not the transition destination of the fluctuation pattern selection state is the high probability time short fluctuation state β (S706). If the transition destination is the high probability time short fluctuation state β (S706: YES), the probability change presentation mode Mβ is set as the transition destination of the presentation mode (S707). When shifting to this probability variation effect mode A, a probability variation background data number is set in the background data storage area of the sub main information storage means 260 (S 708). And, in the probability variation production mode Mβ,
From the next symbol variation, on the effect display device 70, for example, a probability variation background image of "Fortress" is displayed.

  If the transition destination of the fluctuation pattern selection state is not the high probability time short fluctuation state β (S706: NO), it is determined whether the transition destination of the fluctuation pattern selection state is the high probability special fluctuation state γ (S709) ). If the transition destination is the high probability special fluctuation state γ (S709: YES), the special effect mode Mγ is set as the transition destination of the effect mode (S710). Subsequently, it is determined whether the special continuous effect flag in the sub main information storage unit 260 is on (S711). The special continuous effect flag is a flag that is turned on when the special continuous effect is performed. If the special continuous effect flag is on (S711: YES), a special background data number is set in the background data storage area of the sub main information storage means 260 (S712). Then, in the special effect mode Mγ, for example, a special background image of “star starry sky” is displayed on the effect display device 70 from the next symbol variation. On the other hand, if the special continuous effect flag is off (S711: NO), a probability variation background data number is set in the background data storage area of the sub main information storage means 260 (S713). Then, in the special effect mode Mγ, for example, a probability variation background image of “fortress” (a background image substantially the same as in the probability change effect mode Mβ) is displayed on the effect display device 70 from the next symbol variation. Subsequently, an image control command for instructing display of the effect content (background image) determined in the processing is generated, and this is stored in the command storage area of the sub main information storage unit 260 (S721).

(Change production effect determination process)
Next, the change effect content determination process (S636) will be described. FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing the details of the fluctuation effect content determination process (S636).

  First, it is determined whether or not a change start command is stored in the sub main information storage unit 260 (S731). If a change start command is stored (S731: YES), the content of this change start command (a change pattern specification command, a change additional symbol information specification command, a character effect number specification command) is analyzed, and the contents of this command As a result of the success or failure lottery included in the information, information indicating a symbol group, a fluctuation pattern (variation time), a gaming state and the like is acquired (S732). The acquired information is stored in the variation effect content determination area of the sub main information storage unit 260.

  Subsequently, the variation presentation pattern selection process is executed (S733). In this variation effect pattern selection process, based on the variation pattern information acquired in S732 and the effect mode set in the effect state transition process in S632, the variation effect pattern table is obtained, and from the effect lottery random number generation means 210 The fluctuation presentation pattern random number value is acquired, and one of the plurality of fluctuation presentation patterns is selected by lottery. The fluctuation presentation pattern constitutes a scenario of the effect display process in which the fluctuation pattern of the decorative symbol, the type and time of occurrence of reach effect, the type and time of occurrence of the notice effect, and the like are defined. The variation effect pattern number determined here is temporarily stored in the variation effect pattern storage area of the sub main information storage unit 260. Further, a lamp effect number corresponding to the selected variation effect pattern number is requested, and the requested lamp effect number is set in the lamp request storage area of the sub main information storage means 260.

  Next, the decorative symbol stop symbol selection process is executed (S734). In this decorative symbol stop symbol selection process, combinations (left symbol, middle symbol, right symbol) of the stop symbols of the decorative symbol to be finally stopped are respectively drawn based on the symbol group information and the variation pattern information acquired in S732. decide. The decorative symbol combination number determined here is temporarily stored in the decorative symbol storage area of the sub main information storage means 260.

  Subsequently, the pending ball information stored in the pending 2 storage area to the pending 4 storage area is shifted to the lower pending storage area as an update of the prefetch information storage area of the sub main information storage unit 260 and the pending 4 storage area It clears to zero (S735).

  Next, special effect determination processing is executed (S736). In this special effect determination process, it is determined whether or not the special effect with high rarity (so-called ascension effect) displayed when the predetermined condition is satisfied in the so-called continuous state. In addition, with predetermined conditions, for example, the number of consecutive acquisitions reaches a predetermined number of times, the number of accumulations of specific big hits in a continuous connection state reaches a predetermined number of times, the number of accumulated winning awards in a continuous connection state reaches a predetermined number, There may be a case where a specific effect (specific effect during symbol variation or special game) is generated during the quiet state. The details of the special effect determination process (S736) will be described later using FIG. 41 in the first modification.

  Next, the on-premises-in-place effect A determination process is executed (S737). In the on-hold on-line consecutive-effect effect A determination process, while determining whether to execute on-off on-line continuous-on effect A, when it is decided to execute on-off on-line continuous-on effect A, a on-line effect pattern is selected. The details of the on-hold in-line consecutive effect A determination process (S737) will be described later with reference to FIG.

  Subsequently, in the case of executing the on-premises internal arrangement effect A at S 737, the process of replacing the content of the symbol variation effect selected at S 733 and S 734 in accordance with the contents of the on-preceding intra-sequence effects A is executed. (S738). For example, when the multi-station effect pattern PA2 is selected, the normal jackpot symbol selected in S734 is replaced with the special jackpot symbol "S · S · S" as a substitution process of symbol variation presentation. The decorative symbol combination number (big hit symbol number) replaced here is temporarily stored in the decorative symbol storage area of the sub main information storage means 260. In the present embodiment, the target of the pre-read determination in the pending internal connection effect A is the subsequent active holding ball existing at the time when the preceding active holding ball is digested (at the time of satisfaction of the change start condition) It is. Therefore, even if the operation pending ball that occurred during the change is the specific hold, the pending in-line consecutive effect A determination process (S737) and the replacement process (S738) are not executed, but the specified during the change When the hold is generated, the hold internal consecutive effects A determination process (S737) and the replacement process (S738) are executed even during the change, and the change effect data set at the start of the change is replaced It is also good.

  Then, based on the effect information acquired in the above S733 to S738, an image control command (variation effect start command) required to start the change of the decorative symbol is generated, and this image control command is stored in the command storage area of the sub main information storage unit 260. The setting is made (S739).

  On the other hand, when the change start command is not stored (S731: NO), it is determined whether the change stop command is stored in the sub main information storage means 260 (S740). If the variable stop command is stored (S740: YES), the contents of the variable stop command are analyzed, and symbol stop information included in the contents of the command is acquired (S741). Then, an image control command (variation effect stop command) required to stop the fluctuation of the decorative symbol is generated, and this image control command is set in the command storage area of the sub main information storage means 260 (S742).

(Pending Uranso production A judgment processing)
Next, the on-premises-in-place effect A determination process (S737) will be described. FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing the details of the on-hold in-line consecutive effect A determination process (S737).

First, it is determined whether the special continuous effect flag in the sub main information storage unit 260 is on (S761). If the special continuous effect flag is not on (S 761: NO), the information (result of the winning lottery and the big hit type) stored in the change effect content determination area of the sub main information storage means 260 in S 732 is analyzed. It is determined whether or not the lottery result of the special symbol to be changed this time is the 16R big hit (S762). If the lottery result is a 16R big hit (S762: YES), it is determined whether or not the predetermination information of the operation reserve ball of the second special symbol is stored in the preread information storage area of the sub main information storage means 260 (S763). In this example, the pre-reading determination of the pending inside consecutive effect A is performed on the operation pending ball of the second special symbol that occurred before the start of the symbol variation. If there is an operation retention ball of the second special symbol (S 763: YES), it is determined whether or not there is a specific suspension in the operation retention ball of the second special symbol (S 764). If a specific hold exists (S 764: YES), it is determined whether this specific hold indicates a 16R jackpot (S 765). If the specific hold corresponds to the 16R big hit (S765: YES), the hold within continuous play effect A lottery process is executed to determine whether or not to execute the hold within continuous play effect A by lottery (S766) ). In this on-hold in-line consecutive effect effect A lottery process, when the continuous time effect lottery random number value matches one of the judgment values of "execution" and "non-execution" with reference to a continuous action effect A lottery table (not shown) Determine the presence or absence of execution. In this example, for example, execution is performed at a rate of 80%, and non-execution is determined at a rate of 20%.

  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the player has been elected in the on-hold consecutive-run effect A lottery process (S767). If the player has been won (S 767: YES), it executes a multi-story effect pattern selection process for determining the content of the on-premises multi-stream effect A (S 768). In this consecutive villa effect pattern selection process, while acquiring the consecutive chamber effect pattern table shown in FIG. 8A, the sequential random effect pattern random number value is acquired from the effect lottery random number generation means 210, and plural types of consecutive chamber effects are obtained. From the effect patterns, one of the consecutive effect patterns is determined by lottery. Next, the number of the selected consecutive rendering effect pattern selected this time is temporarily stored in the continuous storage effect pattern storage area of the sub main information storage means 260 (S769). Then, the on-hold on-line consecutive play effect flag of the sub main information storage means 260 is turned on (S770). Note that the on-hold on-line consecutive-play effect flag is a flag that is turned on when the on-hold on-line consecutive-off effect is executed.

(The jackpot effect contents determination process)
Next, the jackpot effect content determination process (S638) will be described. FIG. 31 is a flowchart showing details of the jackpot effect content determination process (S636).

  First, it is determined whether the start demo command is stored in the sub main information storage unit 260 (S801). If the start demonstration command is stored (S801: YES), the content of the start demonstration command is analyzed, and information indicating the jackpot type included in the content of the command is acquired (S802). The acquired information is stored in the jackpot effect content determination area of the sub main information storage unit 260. Subsequently, the number-of-casings number counter for counting the number of successive-casings is updated (S803). Specifically, when the present big hit is a big hit in the normal state (referred to as "first hit"), "1" is set in the consecutive count counter, and when it is continuous, the continuous count counter Add 1 ".

  Next, a jackpot effect pattern selection process is executed to determine the contents of the jackpot effect pattern (start demonstration effect pattern, round effect pattern, end demonstration effect pattern) (S804). In this big hit effect pattern selection process, while obtaining the big hit effect pattern table (not shown) and obtaining the big hit effect pattern random number value from the effect lottery random number generation means 210, any of the plural types of big hit effect patterns, Determine the jackpot effect pattern by lottery. The jackpot effect pattern number (start demo pattern number, round effect pattern number, end demo pattern number) determined here is temporarily stored in the jackpot effect pattern storage area of the sub main information storage means 260.

Next, the on-premises-in-place effect B determination process is executed (S805). In the on-hold on-line consecutive effects effect B determination process, while it is determined whether or not on-off on-line consecutive effects B are to be executed, if it is decided to execute on-off on-line consecutive effects B, a on-time effect pattern is selected. The details of the on-premises-in-place effect B determination process (S805) will be described later with reference to FIG.

  Subsequently, the jackpot effect replacement process is executed (S806). In this jackpot effect replacement process, when a pending internal connection effect B (special continuous effect) is executed, the normal start demonstration effect pattern and the normal end demonstration effect pattern are a special start demonstration effect pattern and a special end demonstration effect pattern Replace with. The details of the jackpot effect replacement process (S806) will be described later with reference to FIG. In the present embodiment, what is the target of the pre-reading determination in the pending internal connection effect B exists at the start time of the special game (at the time of the end of the change) when the preceding operation pending ball becomes a big hit Is a subsequent operation holding ball. Therefore, even if the operation holding ball that has occurred during the special game is the specific holding, the pending internal consecutive effects B determination process (S805) and the replacement process (S806) are not executed, but during the special game If a specific hold occurs, execute the hold internal consecutive effects B determination process (S805) and the replacement process (S806) even during the special game, and replace the jackpot effect data set at the start of the special game You may configure it.

  Then, the start demonstration effect pattern number temporarily stored in the big hit effect pattern storage area of the sub main information storage unit 260 in S804 and S806 is transferred to the start demonstration effect storage area of the sub main information storage unit 260, and the start demonstration effect is The start is set (S807).

  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not a round effect designating command is stored in the sub main information storage unit 260 (S811). If the round effect designating command is stored (S 807: YES), the contents of the round effect designating command are analyzed, and the number of rounds included in the contents of this command, and the number of winnings for the big winning opening 64, 65 The information to show is acquired (S812). The acquired information is stored in the jackpot effect content determination area of the sub main information storage unit 260. Subsequently, the round number counter of the sub main information storage unit 260 is updated based on the information acquired in S812 (S813), and the big win number counter of the sub main information storage unit 260 is updated (S814). In the present example, “14” balls are paid out each time the game ball wins in the large winning opening 64, 65, so that “14” is multiplied by the number of winnings in the large winning opening 64, 65. The number of winning balls is calculated.

  Next, it is determined whether the pseudo count flag of the sub main information storage unit 260 is on (S815). A pseudo count flag is a flag that turns on when a pseudo count effect is performed to notify that the number of rounds and winning balls in the special game above is added to the number of rounds and winning balls in the special game later It is. If the pseudo count flag is on (S815: YES), that is, if it is scheduled to execute a round effect (pseudo count effect) at a later big hit, a round number pseudo addition process is executed (S816). In this round number pseudo addition processing, the number of round games executed in the special game (number of rounds: 16 R) is set to the number of round game executions (number of rounds: 1 R to 16 R) stored in the round number counter. to add. Thereby, in the special continuous effect, the first round game in the later special game is reported as the 17th round game.

  Subsequently, the winning prize ball number pseudo addition processing is executed (S817). In this winning prize ball number pseudo addition processing, the number of winnings for the special winning opening in the previous special game is added to the number of winnings stored in the large winning number counter. Thereby, in the special serial performance, the number of winning balls obtained in the later special game is notified as the total number of winning balls obtained in the first special game and the second special game.

Then, the round effect pattern number temporarily stored in the big hit effect pattern storage area of the sub main information storage means 260 in the above S804 and S806, together with the numbers of the round number counter and the big winning number counter, the round effect of the sub main information storage means 260 It transfers to a storage area and sets the start of round presentation (S818).

  Next, it is determined whether or not an end demonstration command is stored in the sub main information storage unit 260 (S821). If the end demonstration command is stored (S 821: YES), the content of the end demonstration command is analyzed, and the information included in the content of this command is acquired (S 822). The acquired information is stored in the jackpot effect content determination area of the sub main information storage unit 260. Next, it is determined whether the special continuous effect flag in the sub main information storage unit 260 is on (S823). When the special continuous effect flag is on (S823: YES), the value of the round number counter (round number) and the value of the large winning number counter (big winning number) are stored in the big hit of the sub main information storage means 260 Temporarily store in the area (S824). This is because, if the current big hit corresponds to the previous big hit in the special continuous production, the final round number and the number of big winnings in the previous big hit are simulated addition processing in the big hit production later (S816, S817) Because it is scheduled to be used in, it is to store it as the record information of the previous special game. Therefore, in the above-described pseudo addition processing in S816 and S817, the numerical values (the number of rounds and the number of big winnings) stored in the future big hit storage area will be added. Next, the round number counter and the big winning number counter of the sub main information storage means 260 are cleared (S825, S826).

  Subsequently, it is determined whether the pseudo count flag of the sub main information storage unit 260 is on (S827). If the pseudo count flag is on (S827: YES), the pseudo count flag is turned off (S828). Next, it is determined whether the on-hold internal consecutive-play effect flag of the sub main information storage unit 260 is on (S 835). If the on-hold on-line consecutive-play effect flag is on (S 835: YES), the on-hold-on on-line consecutive effect flag in the sub main information storage unit 260 is turned off (S 836).

  Then, the end demonstration effect pattern number temporarily stored in the big hit effect pattern storage area of the sub main information storage unit 260 in S804 and S806 is transferred to the end demonstration effect storage area of the sub main information storage unit 260, and the end demonstration effect is performed. The start is set (S837). Then, based on the effect information acquired in S805, S807, S818 and S837, an image control command required for the big hit effect is generated, and this image control command is set in the command storage area of the sub main information storage unit 260 (S838) .

(Pending Uranso production B judgment processing)
Next, a description will be given of the process for determining whether or not the on-premises multiple-run effect B (S805) is performed. FIG. 32 is a flowchart showing the details of the on-premises on-line consecutive effects B determination process (S805).

First, it is determined whether or not the on-hold consecutive-run effect flag of the sub main information storage unit 260 is on, that is, whether or not the on-hold internal-run effect A has already been executed in the symbol variation effect (S851). If the on-hold storage unit production flag is not on (S851: NO), the information (result of the winning lottery and the big hit type) stored in the variation presentation content determination area of the sub main information storage unit 260 in S732 is analyzed. It is determined whether or not the lottery result of the special symbol to be subject to variation this time is the 16R big hit (S852). If the lottery result is a 16R big hit (S 852: YES), it is determined whether or not the predetermination information of the operation holding ball of the second special symbol is stored in the preread information storage area of the sub main information storage means 260 (S853). In this example, the pre-reading determination of the pending inside consecutive effect B is performed on the operation pending ball of the second special symbol which has occurred until the special game is started, that is, until the big hit start demonstration command is received. If there is an operation retention ball of the second special symbol (S853: YES), it is determined whether or not there is a specific suspension in the operation retention ball of the second special symbol (S854). If a specific hold exists (S 854: YES), a hold internal play effect B lottery process 1 is executed to determine whether or not to execute the hold internal play effect B by lottery (S 856). In this on-hold in-line consecutive effects effect B lottery process 1, referring to unshown continuous effects effect B lottery table 1, the in-time effects effect lottery random number value matches any judgment value of "execution" or "non-execution" If there is a problem, decide whether to execute. In this example, for example, execution is performed at a rate of 80%, and non-execution is determined at a rate of 20%. In addition, according to the classification (16R big hit, 8R big hit) of specific reservation, you may differ the election probability of pending inside consecutive house effect B. For example, in the case of the specific suspension of the 16R big hit, the on-premises combination effect B is executed at a rate of 100%, and in the case of the 8R big hit on the specific suspension, the on-delivery within-line effect B is executed at the 50% rate It may be a configuration. This is to increase the appearance probability of the on-hold on-line effect B when the degree of advantage for the player is large, and to increase the player's sense of expectation.

  On the other hand, when there is no specific hold (S 854: NO), a hold internal run effect B lottery process 2 is performed to determine whether or not to execute the hold internal play effect B by lottery (S 857) . In this on-hold in-line consecutive effect B lottery process 2, with reference to unshown in-line effect B lottery table 2, a continuous period effect lottery random number value matches with any of the judgment values of "execution" and "non-execution" If there is a problem, decide whether to execute. In this example, for example, execution is performed at a rate of 10% and non-execution is determined at a rate of 90%.

  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the player has been elected in the on-hold consecutive-run effect B lottery process (S858). If the player is won (S 858: YES), the multi-station effect pattern selection process for determining the content of the on-premises multi-station effect B is executed (S 861). In this consecutive home effect pattern selection process, while obtaining the continuous home effect pattern table shown in FIG. 8B, the continuous home performance pattern random number value is acquired from the effect lottery random number generation means 210, and plural types of continuous home landscaping From the effect patterns, one of the consecutive effect patterns is determined by lottery. Next, the number of the selected consecutive rendering effect pattern selected this time is temporarily stored in the continuous storage effect pattern storage area of the sub main information storage means 260 (S868). Then, the on-hold on-line consecutive-play effect flag of the sub main information storage means 260 is turned on (S870).

(Big hit production replacement process)
Next, the jackpot effect replacement process (S806) will be described. FIG. 33 is a flowchart showing details of the jackpot effect replacement process (S806). In this jackpot effect replacement process, if it is the first special game, the special end demonstration effect is set in S881 to S885 in order to execute the special continuous effect in the form of connecting the first special game and the second special game. If it is a special game after, special start demonstration effects are set in S886-S890.

  First, it is determined whether the special continuous effect flag in the sub main information storage unit 260 is on, that is, whether the special continuous effect is already being executed (S881). If the special continuous effect flag is not on (S881: NO), it is determined whether or not the pending internal connection effect flag of the sub main information storage unit 260 is on (S882). If the on-hold in-line consecutive-play effect flag is not on (S882: NO), information to the effect of "previous big hit (01H)" is set in the special continuous effect status of the sub main information storage means 260 (S883). Thereby, it is determined that the present big hit (special game) is the previous big hit (special game) in the special continuous effect. Subsequently, the normal end demonstration effect pattern number set in S804 is replaced with a special end operation demonstration effect pattern number (S884). Then, in order to generate a special continuous effect, the special continuous effect flag is turned on (885).

On the other hand, if the special continuous effect flag is on (S881: YES), that is, if the special continuous effect is already being executed, the special continuous effect status of the sub main information storage means 260 is "big hit later (02H Information to the effect that ")" is set (S886). Thereby, it is determined that the present big hit (special game) is the next big hit (special game) in the special continuous effect. Next, it is determined whether or not the current big hit is a 16R big hit (high profit big hit) (S 887). If it is a 16R big hit (S887: YES), the normal start demonstration effect pattern number set in S804 is replaced with a special end start demonstration effect pattern number (S888). Subsequently, in order to connect the special continuous effect to the pseudo-count effect, the pseudo-count flag of the sub main information storage unit 260 is turned on (S889). Then, the special continuous effect flag is turned off (S890).

<< Reception interrupt processing of production control command >>
Next, a reception interrupt process of the effect control command will be described. FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing a reception interrupt process of effect control command. In the reception interrupt process of this effect control command, as described above, it is started when an interrupt is generated based on the input of the strobe signal from the main control board 100, and various effect control commands are acquired in this interrupt process It is supposed to be. The effect control command is configured to include 1-byte MODE data and 1-byte EVENT data, and is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the effect control board 200 in the order of MODE data and EVENT data. Hereinafter, for convenience of explanation, MODE data is also referred to as “first command”, and EVENT data is also referred to as “second command”.

  First, when an interrupt based on a strobe signal from the main control board 100 occurs, it is determined whether the input value of the effect control command has been determined (S901). Specifically, the command data is read up to five times, and the input value is determined when the same value is read twice in a row. This is because reading of the effect control command may fail due to noise or the like, and the input value is not determined until the same value is read twice in a row.

  Subsequently, it is determined whether the command received this time is the first command (MODE), in other words, whether it is the first command (MODE) or the second command (EVENT) (S902). If the command received this time is the first command (S902: YES), the first command is temporarily stored in the temporary area (S903). Then, the effect lottery random number is acquired from the effect lottery random number generation means 210, and this random number information is temporarily stored in the effect lottery random number storage area of the sub main information storage means 260 (S904). In addition, as for the acquisition time of the effect lottery random number, it is assumed that the effect control command is received when the effect control command is received, and the effect control command is transmitted at irregular timing such as the start winning of the game ball or the start of fluctuation of the special symbol. Therefore, it is to prevent periodicity at the acquisition time by using it as a trigger. As described above, by making the acquisition time of the effect lottery random number irregular, it becomes difficult to generate inconveniences such as the same effect being repeated unnaturally and repeatedly even in various effect lottery.

  On the other hand, if the command received this time is the second command (S902: NO), it is determined whether the first command has already been received (S905). That is, it is determined whether or not the effect control command is received in the order of the first command (MODE) → the second command (EVENT), and it is confirmed whether or not there is any contradiction in the combination of the effect control commands. If there is no contradiction in the combination of effect control commands (S 905: YES), the address indicated by the write pointer (pointer for writing) is acquired (S 906). Subsequently, the first command and the second command are stored in the effect control command buffer (ring buffer) of the sub main information storage unit 260 according to the address indicated by the write pointer (S 907). The stored command data is read out in the command analysis process (S620) in the main process, and the effect control process corresponding to the type of the effect control command is executed. Next, the address indicated by the write pointer is updated (S908). Further, the command data (first command) temporarily stored in S903 is cleared (S909).

<< Production control timer interrupt processing >>
Next, the effect control timer interrupt process will be described. FIG. 35 is a flowchart showing effect control timer interrupt processing. The timer interrupt process is activated by clock pulses at regular time intervals, and is executed in a form of interrupting the effect control side main process described above.

  When a timer interrupt occurs, the contents of the register in the sub main CPU 201 are saved in the stack area of the RAM 203, and the processes after S911 are sequentially executed. In this timer interrupt process, an interrupt with priority level 2 or higher, such as an effect control command reception interrupt from the main control board 100, a watchdog timer interrupt, etc., is permitted (S911).

  Subsequently, port input / output processing is executed (S912). In this port input / output processing, input processing and output processing of port data in the I / O port circuit 204 are performed. In the input process, various signals input to the I / O port circuit 204 (input port) are read and stored as input information. In the output process, various control signals (motor control signals) temporarily stored in the sub main information storage unit 260 are read out and output from the I / O port circuit 204 (output port).

  Subsequently, device control data output processing is executed (S913). In this device control data output process, drive data for a predetermined time is read out from the drive pattern data specified in the device management process (S619) and set in the drive data storage area of the sub main information storage unit 260. The drive data set in this process is data indicating control for 1 ms corresponding to the interrupt cycle. When drive data is set in this process, the drive data is output from the I / O port circuit 204 (output port) to the motor driver 92 in the next timer interrupt process. Therefore, in the device control data output process, the drive data is switched at every interrupt cycle (1 ms) according to the drive pattern data.

  Next, the effect timer update process is executed (S914). In this effect timer update process, the values of various effect timers used for effect operation control are subtracted and updated for each interrupt cycle (1 ms in the present embodiment). The effect timer includes a timer for managing the variation time of the decorative symbol, and a timer for managing the generation timing of the advance effect. The time schedule in the fluctuation effect pattern is managed by the effect timer, and time management such as the drive timing of the movable object 24 and the lighting timing of the effect lamp LP is performed on the time axis. The effect timer is also used in the device control data output process (S913) and the lamp data update process (S918) in the effect control timer interrupt process.

  Subsequently, a button control timer update process is executed (S915). The value of the effective time management timer for managing the operation effective time of the effect button 15 is subtracted and updated from the interrupt cycle (1 ms in this embodiment). The operation valid time is the time when the operation input of the effect button 15 is valid.

Subsequently, task control counter update processing is executed (S717). In this task control counter updating process, the value ("0" to "15") of the task counter is updated for each timer interrupt. Specifically, if the value of the task counter is “0” to “14”, the value is incremented by one, and if the value of the task counter is “15”, the value is returned to “0”. That is, this task counter can take a cyclic cycle of 16 ms. Then, various tasks (task processing) are allocated corresponding to the value of the task counter updated this time, and the lamp control task (the lamp data update process in S718) and the runaway monitoring according to the value of the task counter. Each process such as a task (image CPU runaway monitoring process in S719) and an error management task (error management timer update process in S720) is executed. In this example, one of the task counter values (“0” to “15”) is assigned to the lamp control task, and the other two values (values at intervals of 8 ms) are for runaway monitoring. It is assigned to a task, and one other value is assigned to an error management task (an explanation of the other tasks is omitted). As described above, the reason why the cycle period of the task counter is set to 16 ms is to match the minimum unit (16 ms) of the switching control of the effect lamp LP. The minimum unit (16 ms) of the switching control of the effect lamp LP corresponds to one frame time of the image frame, and realizes synchronization between the image effect and the lamp effect.

  Subsequently, lamp data update processing is executed (S918). In this lamp data update process, lamp data for a predetermined time is read out and set from the lamp pattern data specified in the device management process (S619) or the like. The lamp data set in this process is data representing lighting control for 16 ms which is the minimum unit of switching control of the effect lamp LP. When lamp data is set, the lamp data is automatically output from the output port (serial port) to the lamp connection board 91 by serial transfer. This lamp data output processing is configured as serial communication interrupt processing, and is realized by sequentially writing the lamp data in the transmission buffer of the serial communication circuit. The serial communication circuit serially converts lamp data of the transmission buffer in units of one byte, and outputs the lamp data to the lamp connection board 91 bit by bit in synchronization with the serial clock. This process is repeated until the transmission buffer becomes empty, whereby all ramp data (all bytes) stored in the transmission buffer are output. Therefore, in the lamp data update process, the lamp data is switched every one frame time (16 ms) according to the lamp pattern, and the lamp data is output to the lamp connection substrate 91 by serial transfer. The lamp data update process is a process that is executed when the task counter value reaches a predetermined value (a value indicating a lamp control task) in the task control counter update process (S917) (that is, executed in a cycle of 16 ms) Processing).

  Subsequently, the image CPU runaway monitoring process is executed (S919). In this image CPU runaway monitoring process, the toggle signal input from the image control board 300 is monitored, and the image control board 300 is not continuously changed for 1600 ms (about 50 to 100 frames). It is determined that the sub-sub CPU 301 is running away, and the effect control board 200 transmits a reset signal to the image control board 300. Thereby, the image control board 300 side executes a predetermined reset process in response to the occurrence of the reset state of the sub-sub CPU 301. The toggle signal is a signal of a waveform in which H level / L level is alternately repeated every one frame time. The image CPU runaway monitoring process is a process executed when the value of the task counter reaches a predetermined value (a value indicating an image monitoring task) in the task control counter updating process (S917).

  Next, an error management timer process is executed (S920). In this error management timer process, the value of the error presentation timer for managing the error presentation time set in the above-mentioned error presentation management process (S617) is subtracted and updated. The error management timer process is a process executed when the value of the task counter becomes a predetermined value (a value indicating an error management task) in the task control counter update process (S917). Then, after making all the interrupts permitted, and restoring the contents of the saved register, the effect control timer interrupt processing is ended, and the processing returns to the original processing before the occurrence of the interruption.

<< Interrupt processing of image control command transmission >>
Next, transmission interrupt processing of the image control command will be described. FIG. 36 is a flowchart showing transmission interrupt processing of an image control command. The transmission interrupt process of the image control command occurs at predetermined intervals (500 μs) set in advance.

In this image control command transmission interrupt process, first, the image control command buffer of the sub main information storage unit 260 is checked (S931). Subsequently, the read pointer is acquired in the image control command buffer (S932). Next, it is determined whether an image control command is stored in the image control command buffer (S933). Whether or not the image control command is stored can be confirmed by, for example, the read pointer and the write pointer. If the read pointer and the write pointer coincide with each other, the image control command is not stored. If the image control command is stored (S933: YES), the image control command is read from the area pointed by the read pointer (S934). The read image control command is set in the output buffer of the serial communication circuit 205 designated as the output destination (S935). As a result, an image control command is serially transmitted to the image control board 300 from the serial port. Next, the command data (command data transmitted in S935) is cleared (S936). Subsequently, the read pointer is incremented by one and updated (S937). Then, the transmission interrupt process of the image command is ended, and the process returns to the original process before the interrupt.

[Effect]
Next, in order to facilitate understanding of the present embodiment, the characteristic operation of the pachinko gaming machine PM will be described.

  First, with reference to FIG. 37, the flow of effects when the on-hold in-line consecutive effects and the special continuous effects are performed will be described. FIG. 37 is a schematic view showing an effect screen of a pending in-line effect and a special continuous effect.

  First, as shown in FIG. 37A, in the round effect (final round) in the special game, the final round number “16 rounds” and the winning prize ball number “1988” in the special game are It is displayed. Then, in this final round, the image of "the book of righteousness" is displayed as the pending inner rown directing effect B, and the specific hold is included in the subsequent operation pending balls, that is, the possibility of the inner edge of the left behind inner rowing Is suggested.

  Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 37 (B), in the end demonstration effect in the special game, the special continuous effect is started along with the occurrence of the pending internal connection effect B in the last round described above. In the illustrated example, an ally character and an enemy character appear as a special end demonstration effect. In addition, in this special end demonstration effect, unlike normal, the character information of "continuation" is displayed instead of the character information of "big hit end" being displayed, as if the special game is continued. I can show it. Then, internally, the special game is ended, and the symbol variation game is resumed in a state in which the special symbol is in a definite variation state and a short time state, and a power chute support state is set.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 37C, in the first symbol change after the end of the special game, the lottery result is lost, and the super-shortened change (2 seconds) is set as the special symbol change effect. In a very short time, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed in the form of "1-2-5". In the illustrated example, in this special variation effect, a battle effect in which an ally character identical to that in FIG. 37B and an enemy character fight is started. This is to display the same character as that displayed in the previous special game in order to give the player the impression that the special game (the first special game) is finished as much as possible. In addition, during this special symbol variation production, it is displayed in the state which shrunk the decorative symbol by which variable display or stop display is carried out toward the edge of a screen. Thereby, the player can be seen as if the previous special game has ended, as if it were continuing. When the special symbol variation effect is not being performed, that is, during the normal symbol variation effect, the decorative symbol is displayed substantially at the center of the screen without being reduced. Further, during the limited period (during special variation effect), a background image of a special background (“star star”) different from normal is displayed, so that the player's expectation for future development can be enhanced. In addition, it is good also as a state which can not recognize symbol variation or it is hard to recognize by making the whole screen into a specific display color.

  Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 37D, in the second symbol change after the end of the special game, the lottery result is a big hit (16R big hit), and the super shortening change (2 seconds) is set as a special change effect. Therefore, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed in the big hit mode "7-7-7" in a very short time. In the illustrated example, in this special variation effect, an effect in which the teammate character beats the enemy character is executed. As described above, in the special variation effect in the special continuous effect, the time required to shift to the later special game is compressed by rapidly digesting the subsequent operation reserving ball in a very short time, and the symbol for the player It is configured to seamlessly connect to a special game later without being aware as much as possible that the variable effect has been executed.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 37E, in the start demonstration effect in the later special game, the special continuous effect continues. In the illustrated example, as the special start demonstration effect, an effect is performed in which the ally character tells the enemy character the line saying “The strongest in the mystery”. In addition, in this start demonstration effect, the character information of "big hit start" is not displayed unlike usual.

  Then, as shown in FIG. 37F, the pseudo count effect is started in the round effect (start round) in the later special game. In this pseudo count production, "17 rounds", which is the cumulative number of rounds from the previous special game, and the cumulative winning prize from the previous special game, in order to make it appear as if it is continuing as an extension of the previous special game. The ball number "1988" is informed. Further, the same teammate character and enemy character as in FIG. 37 (B) are continuously displayed.

  In this way, it is possible to show the previous special game and the subsequent special game by the on-hold Uranzou as a series of effects across the symbol variation effect. Further, since the number of winning balls obtained by the two special games is displayed, it is possible to give the player a satisfaction that a large number of winning balls have been obtained. This makes it possible to artificially create a new special game state exceeding the number of rounds and the number of prize balls limited by the rule.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 38, the relationship between the on-hold in-line continuous effect and the special continuous effect will be described. FIG. 38 is a time chart showing the relationship between the pending and in-line effect and the special continuous effect.

  When the preceding operation reserving ball is digested and the jackpot is won in the determination of yes or no (t11), the processing shifts to a pending internal connection effect A determination process, and the pre-reading determination is executed on the subsequent operation reserving ball. If there is a specific hold (the third is a specific hold in the example shown) in the subsequent operation hold ball, whether or not to execute the hold inside consecutive effect A is determined by lottery, and if it is won during the symbol variation production The on-premises in-house effect A occurs (t12).

  Subsequently, when the symbol variation is stopped and the jackpot symbol is finalized and displayed, thereafter, a special game (a special game ahead) is started. At the start of this special game, the process proceeds to the on-hold on-line consecutive effects B determination process, but since on-off on-line consecutive effects effect A has already occurred in the symbol variation effect, the on-off on-line consecutive effects in this special game B does not occur (t13). The reason for this is that if the pending internal connection effect B is generated again during the special game, the pending internal connection number of times (the number of specific holdings present in the subsequent operation holding ball) is also one. Regardless of whether there are multiple times, there is a fear of causing the player to misunderstand, and in this example, the player is worried about whether the pending in-line resort will occur because it is the on-hold in-zone effect B that is not a fixed notification effect. It is because there is a possibility of making me remember.

Next, special continuous effects are started in the end demonstration effect in the previous special game (t14). In addition, this special continuous effect is continued from the end demonstration effect in the current special game (the previous special game) to the round effect in the next special game (the next special game) (t14 to t18). Then, when the previous special game ends, the symbol variation effect is resumed (t15). In this example, a limited period for staying in the special effect mode Mγ is set with four symbol variations as a limit, and special symbol variation effects are executed within this limited period.

  Then, after the end of the previous special game, the third operation suspension ball (specific suspension notified at t12) is digested, and if you win a big hit in the judgment (t16), within suspension The process proceeds to a continuous play effect A determination process. At this time, a new specific hold exists in the subsequent operation hold ball (the second is a specific hold in the example shown), but this is the third time because special continuous rendition is already being executed. During the symbol change effect, no on-hold in-line consecutive effect A occurs (t16). The reason is that even when trying to show two special gaming states as one special gaming state in conjunction with the generation of special continuous effects, a pending inside consecutive effect A as a symbol variation effect occurs during execution of this special continuous effect The reason is that there is a risk that the intention of concealing that the symbol variation is being produced may be overwhelmed. In addition, when the special continuous rendition is started triggered by the occurrence of the pending inner rendition effect A, the fluctuation time when the subsequent operation reserving ball is digested during this special continuous rendition (within the limited period) is a very short time Since it is set to (2 seconds), the rendering effect is low even if the on-hold on-line continuous effect A is generated within this short time, and the on-time in-on direct on-time effect and the special continuous effect conflict with each other It is because the effect may be diluted.

  Then, when the symbol variation is stopped and the big hit symbol is confirmed and displayed, the later special game is started. In addition, at the start of the special game later, the process proceeds to the on-hold consecutive-run effect B determination process, and the pre-read determination is executed on the subsequent operation-hold ball. At this time, even if a special continuous effect is being executed, if there is a specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball (in the example shown, the second is a specific hold), the possibility of execution of the on-premises continuous effect B is lottery If it is determined that the game is decided on and if it is elected, a pending internal connection effect B can be generated during the special game (t17). The reason is that the player feels that the normal on-hold in-line continuous effect B has occurred if it is generated during the big hit effect even during the special continuous effect, and a sense of discomfort can not be generated. In addition, since the special continuous rendition is to connect at least a series of effects from the end demonstration rendition during the big hit rendition ahead to the start demonstration rendition during the big hit later, after the end of the special continuous rendition (that is, This is because, if the on-hold U-Ran effect is generated at the timing after the round effect in the special game, there is no problem that the on-off U-Ran effect and the special continuous effect conflict with each other.

  As described above, according to the present embodiment, the first on-hold in-line effect A that occurs during symbol variation and the second on-off in-line effect B that occurs during special game are provided, On the other hand, in the case of the second holding in-game effect B, only one specific hold is made in the subsequent operation hold ball, while in the case of the continuous play effect A, the possibility that there is one specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball is informed. By configuring to be able to notify that there is not more than one, through a series of game processes from when the symbol starts to change until the special game is ended, the sense of expectation for the occurrence of the on-hold in-line consecutive effect is sustained In addition to being able to, the player can be taught various information regarding the pending U-linked in response to the occurrence timing of the pending U-in-linking effect in the game process, thereby causing the pending U-in-linked effects to occur. Variations are given to the aspect It may extend the width of the hold in extended game effect, as a result, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

  Also, in this embodiment, during the limited period after the end of the special game, by executing the special symbol variation effect, the next big hit at an early stage after the end of the special game The expectation for the occurrence of a “big hit” related to the present invention can be enhanced, and as a result, it becomes possible to improve the interest of the game. Also, by configuring the special symbol variation effect with a very short time shortening variation, it is possible to suppress the time interval between the first special game and the second special game, and it is possible to prevent the extension until the next big hit. By prohibiting the generation of reserved U-Ran effects within a limited period, it is possible to prevent the effects of the effects from being diluted due to the competition between the special effects and the Pending U-Ran effects during the limited period. it can.

Moreover, in the present embodiment, even when there is a specific hold that makes a big hit, the hold-in-place consecutive-play effect is not necessarily performed, so even if it is not notified, it is expected to the possibility of the hold-in-side-run It can give you a feeling. In addition, when a specific hold exists, you may be comprised so that a reservation inside consecutive house effect may be performed.

  By the way, in the present embodiment, the preceding operation holding ball is a big hit, and the holding internal connection effect B does not occur during the special game, and the subsequent operation holding ball (ending internal connection effect after the end of the special game If a high expectation effect (Super Reach B) is generated during symbol variation, it is possible that the action-retaining ball existing at the time of B occurrence will be removed rather than the possibility of becoming a big hit Is set higher.

  As shown in FIG. 5, in the game of the second special symbol, the probability of becoming a big hit is about 1/40, and the probability of being out is about 39/40 in the definite variation state of the special symbol.

  In addition, as shown in Figure 7, in the special symbol state of variation, if the result of the judgment is a big hit, regardless of the type of big hit, whether it is 16R specific big hit and 8R specific big hit, it is 100% The fluctuation patterns PX7 and PY7 of Super Reach B (high expectation degree effect) are selected with probability. That is, in the special symbol state of probability variation, only the variation pattern PX7 of the super reach B is selected in the case of the 16R specific big hit, and only the variation pattern PY7 of the super reach B is selected in the case of the 8R big hit. On the other hand, in the definite variation state of the special symbol, when the result of the pass / fail determination is a loss, the variation pattern PH7 of super reach B (high expectation degree effect) is selected with a probability of 5%.

  At this time, as described in S 856 in FIG. 32, in this example, when there is a specific hold (16R big hit, 8R big hit) in the subsequent operation hold ball, the winning probability of the execution permission or non-presence of the in-row combination effect B Is set to 80%, so even if there is a specific hold (16R big hit, 8R big hit), the pending inner row effect B is unexecuted with a probability of 20% remaining.

  Under the conditions as described above, under the condition that the pending inner row directing effect B is not executed, the probability X of becoming a big hit by the appearance of Super Reach B and the probability Y of being out of position due to the appearance of Super Reach B are as follows It will be.

X = (probability of becoming a big hit) × (probability of not producing a pending in-house effect B) × (probability of becoming a super reach B)
Y = (probability of becoming out of place) x (probability of becoming super reach B)

  Subsequently, when the probability X of becoming a big hit due to the appearance of Super Reach B and the probability Y of being out of place due to the appearance of Super Reach B are specifically calculated using the above numerical values, the following results are obtained.

X = 1/40 x (100-80) / 100 x 100/100 = 20/400
Y = 39/40 × 5/100 = 195/400
It becomes.

  Therefore, when a high expectation degree effect is generated in the subsequent operation holding ball without generation of the holding inside row sorrow effect B during the special game (when it is developed into the super reach B), a big hit is possible There is a higher possibility of falling off than sex.

In the first embodiment described above, basically, the pre-reading determination relating to the pending inside consecutive effects is performed for the operation reserved ball of the second special symbol acquired while the electric chew support function is activated. However, this is only an example, and for example, the pending special reciprocation ball (or the second special symbol work reserving ball) acquired while the electric support function is inactive is targeted for reserving Pre-reading determination concerning the cho-to effect may be executed.

  Further, in the above-described first embodiment, the determination timing of the pending internal connection effect B is set to the timing of the big hit start time (when the start demo command is received), but this is merely an example, for example It may be set to any timing at the time of big hit start, round game, or big hit end.

  Moreover, in the above-mentioned embodiment, although it was the structure which makes the 1st special winning opening 64 correspond to the 1st special symbol game, and makes the 2nd special winning opening 65 correspond to the 2nd special game, it is limited to this Instead, at least one of the first special symbol game and the second special symbol game is made to correspond to both the first large winning opening 64 and the second large winning opening 65, alternately these large winning openings 64, 65 You may open it. Further, without providing the two large winning openings 64, 65, only one large winning opening may be provided.

  Moreover, in the above-mentioned embodiment, although what is called a preferential digestion which digests the operation reserve ball of the 2nd special symbol preferentially over the operation reserve ball of the 1st special symbol is adopted, it is limited to this Instead, the operation holding ball may be digested by the order of ball entry into the first starting opening 61 or the second starting opening 62. In addition, when this structure is employ | adopted, it is preferable to make both the operation | movement reservation ball of a 1st special symbol, and the operation | movement reservation ball of a 2nd special symbol into the object of notification within reservation.

First Embodiment First Modified Example
Next, a gaming machine according to a first modification of the first embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the first modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine according to the above-described first embodiment, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to parts having the same configuration The explanation will be omitted and mainly the different parts will be explained.

(Relationship between pending Uchizhuang production and ascension production)
In the present modification, when the so-called consecutive units continue a specified number of times, a rare special effect (so-called ascension effect) occurs. "Renso" means that, when a predetermined jackpot occurs during a specific game, the specific game state continues again as the game state after the end of the special game. As described above, the "specific gaming state" is a state in which the transition probability to the special game is increased compared to the normal state, and the probability variation function of the special symbol, the variation time shortening function of the special symbol, the electric chow support function At least one of the functions is activated. In this example, at least the power chute support function (ball-loading easy state) is activated as a specific gaming state. Here, in the present embodiment, during the ST period after the end of the special game, the probability variation function, the variation time shortening function, and the power chew support function are activated (at the same time, the operation is started and the operation is ended). Because of the configuration, it can be said that during the ST period, it is always in the specific gaming state.

As the execution condition of the special effect, it is determined that the consecutive villas continue for a prescribed number of times (20 times in this example), but in addition to the prescribed number of times, for example, the cumulative number of specific jackpots in the consecutive villa state is predetermined When reaching the number of times, the total number of acquisition rounds and the total number of award winning balls in the consecutive villa state reach a predetermined number, and a specific effect (specific effect during symbol variation or special game) is generated during the consecutive villa state And the like may be added to the execution condition. You may add the total number of acquisition rounds and the total number of winning prizes in the consecutive state to the execution condition. In this example, the number of consecutive acquisitions of the special game repeatedly while continuing the specific game state (entering ball easy state) reaches a prescribed number (20 times), and at least the final N-th high profit big hit (16 R Condition that you win the jackpot). The special effect is displayed on the time axis across the variation effect of the decorative symbol and the big hit effect. However, the special rendition ends with the round rendition in the big hit rendition (the final round), and the subsequent end demonstration remarks are not included. As the contents of this special effect, for example, by displaying a special character with high rarity that appears only in the special effect in order, one cut at a time, it is possible to give the player a sense of satisfaction in jackpots being continuous. It can enhance the sense of premium.

  Subsequently, the relationship between the on-hold reservation and the special effect will be described with reference to FIGS. 39 and 40. FIG. 39 and FIG. 40 are time charts showing the relationship between the on-hold on-the-line effect and the special effect. In the following, the number of consecutive units is also referred to as "N" and the specified number is also referred to as "Nset".

(2-1) When a pending in-line resort effect occurs due to a symbol change or a special game pertaining to the previous big hit, a big hit (later big hit) by this pending in-link element is the number of consecutive passes as the occurrence condition of the special effect Is not counted, it does not become a requirement for the occurrence of special effects. That is, as shown in FIG. 39, when the preceding operation reserving ball is digested and a big hit is won in the judgment of yes or no (t21), if it is at the time of the digestion, it shifts to the pending internal connection effect A determination processing and If it is the start time, the process proceeds to the on-premises consecutive-run effect B determination process. If there is a specific hold (the third is a specific hold in the illustrated example) in the subsequent operation hold ball in this hold internal play effect A, B determination processing, whether or not the execution of the hold internal play effect A, B is possible or not If it is decided by lottery, if it is elected, if there is a symbol change, a pending internal connection effect A occurs (t22), and if a special game is under execution, a pending internal connection effect B occurs (t23). Here, assuming that the present jackpot is the number N of consecutive villas = N set-first jackpot, the reserved intra-garden villa effect A (t 2
2) Or when notifying the presence of a specific hold that is the N-th big hit in consecutive loafing at the reserved U-in consecutive loaf effect B (t23), the symbol fluctuation with the big hit in this consecutive loaf N = Nset-th time (t25) ) And the special game round effect (t26) are not generated. The reason is that, in the present embodiment, two special game states (in this example, the special game states of the Nset-first and the Nset-th ones) are triggered by the occurrence of the reserved U-line consecutive effects A and B. In order to generate special continuous effects to be shown as one special gaming state (t24 to t26), the effect is not included in the number of consecutive times as a condition for executing special effects, but the special effect is included in the Nset-time big hit It is because the direction of avoiding execution does not lose the player's sense of satisfaction due to the simulated extension of the special game, and the competition between the special effect and the special continuous effect can be avoided, and the overall effect can be balanced. In addition, internally, even if it is a big hit by pending Urenso, the number of times of Renso has been updated as one sorrow.

(2-2) When special effects are generated across the symbol variation and the special game, regardless of whether or not there is a specific suspension in the subsequent operation suspension ball when the symbol variation is started. There is no on-hold Uchi-Ran effect A in the variable effect. That is, as shown in FIG. 40, the preceding operation holding ball is digested, and as a result of winning the high profit jackpot in the judgment of success (t 31), the number of consecutive nights N = the prescribed number Nset, the said symbol variation and the special game Special effects occur across t (t31 to t3
3) In the case of the symbol change, regardless of whether or not there is a specific hold (with the third specific hold in the illustrated example) in the subsequent operation hold ball in the corresponding symbol variation, the pending inside consecutive villa effect A It does not generate (t32). The reason is that the competition between the special effect in the symbol change and the reserved internal connection effect A avoids the fact that the effect of the two effects becomes relatively thin.

(2-3) When special effects are generated across the symbol variation and the special game, regardless of whether or not there is a specific suspension in the subsequent operation suspension ball when the symbol variation is started. In the said fluctuation production, reservation Uchi rown production B may occur. That is, as shown in FIG. 40, the preceding operation holding ball is digested, and as a result of winning the high profit jackpot in the judgment of success or not (t 31), the number N of consecutive bundling becomes Nset number, and the symbol variation and the special game Special effects occur across (t32 to t3
3) In the case of the special game, regardless of whether or not a specific hold (with a specific hold on the third one in the example shown) is present in the subsequent operation hold ball in the special game, the hold inside consecutive effect B It can be generated (t34). This is because, as described above, the special effect is executed from the symbol variation effect to the special round effect of the special game, so it occurs in the end demonstration effect in which the on-premises consecutive effect B is a round effect or later (t34 The reason is that the situation in which a special effect and a pending internal connection effect B are in competition during the special game is avoided. In addition, if you do not want to generate pending U consecutive villa effect B during the special game, even if there is a specific suspension within the limited period after the end of the special game, the symbol variation effect relating to the specific suspension as a special symbol variation effect Instead of generating it, it is usually a shortening of the big hit fluctuation effect (It is not a special symbol fluctuation effect such as performing over a symbol fluctuation effect relating to the postponement of the digestion schedule, but it is completed only by the symbol fluctuation effect relating to the specific suspension It may be generated as an immediate hit effect).

  Subsequently, the procedure of operation processing in the first modified example of the first embodiment will be described with reference to flowcharts of FIGS.

(Special effect determination processing: first modification)
First, the special effect determination process (S736) according to the subroutine of S736 of FIG. 29 in the first modified example will be described. FIG. 41 is a flowchart showing the details of the special effect determination process (S736).

First, it is determined whether or not the number N of consecutive loaves is smaller than the specified number Nset by 1 with reference to the consecutive loaves counter of the sub main information storage means 260 (S751). Number of consecutive nights N
= When the specified number of times Nset-1 (S751: YES), that is, if the lottery result of the special symbol to be changed this time is a big hit, if the number N of consecutive units is scheduled to reach the specified number Nset , The information stored in the variation effect content determination area of the sub main information storage means 260 in the above S732 (result of the winning lottery and the big hit classification) is analyzed, the lottery result of the special symbol to be the current variation target is 16R It is determined whether there is any (S752). If the lottery result is 16R big hit (S 752: YES), that is, if the number of consecutive times N reaches the specified number Nset, and if the big hit with this number of consecutive times N is to be a high profit big hit, It is determined whether the special continuous effect flag in the storage unit 260 is on (S753).

  If the special continuous effect flag is not on (S753: NO), that is, if the special continuous effect is not being executed, the number of the effect pattern of the special effect is submain information storage means 260 to execute the special effect. It temporarily stores in the special effect pattern storage area of (S754). Then, the special effect flag of the sub main information storage unit 260 is turned on (S755). Here, the special effect flag is a flag that is turned on when the special effect is executed. Although not shown, this special effect flag is turned off when the round effect ends.

  On the other hand, if the special continuous effect flag is on (S753), that is, if the special continuous effect is already being executed, S754 and S755 are skipped to avoid competition between the special effect and the special continuous effect. To complete this process.

(Reserved Uchien effects A judgment processing: first modification)
Next, the on-premises / on-premises presentation A determination process (S737) according to the subroutine of S737 in FIG. 29 in the first modification will be described. FIG. 42 is a flowchart showing the details of the on-premises on-line consecutive effect A determination process (S737) in the first modified example.

  Here, the difference from the first embodiment described above is that the process of S 760 is added, and if the special effect is already being executed, the execution of the pending internal connection effect A is avoided. . In FIG. 42, the processes of S761 to S770 are the same as the processes of the first embodiment, and therefore, the process of S760 which is the difference will be mainly described.

First, it is determined whether the special effect flag of the sub main information storage unit 260 is on (S760). If the special effect flag is not on (S760: NO), that is, if the special effect is not being executed, the process proceeds to the next S761 in order to continue the determination as to whether or not the on-hold on-line consecutive effect A is performed. On the other hand, if the special effect flag is on (S760: YES), that is, if the special effect is already being executed, the processing after S761 is skipped in order to avoid the execution of the pending internal connection effect A. To complete this process.

(Reserved Uchien effects B determination processing: first modification)
Next, the on-premises / on-premises effect B determination process (S805) according to the subroutine of S805 in FIG. 31 in the first modification will be described. FIG. 43 is a flowchart showing the details of the on-premises on-line consecutive-play effect B determination process (S805) in the first modified example.

  Here, the difference from the above-described first embodiment is the processing of S859, S862, and S863, and depending on whether or not the special effect is in execution, It is a point which is different from the effect pattern selection process. In FIG. 43, the processes of S851 to S858 and S868 to S870 are the same as the processes of the first embodiment, and therefore, the processes of S859, S862, and S863 which are differences are mainly described.

  First, when the execution of the on-premises internal connection effect B is determined, it is determined whether the special effect flag of the sub main information storage unit 260 is on (S859). If the special effect flag is not on (S 859: NO), that is, if the special effect is not being executed, the continuous pattern effect pattern selection processing 1 for determining the content of the pending internal connection effect B is executed ( S862). In this consecutive home effect pattern selection process 1, while obtaining the continuous home effect pattern table shown in FIG. 8 (B) described above, a continuous home effect pattern random number value is acquired from the effect lottery random number generation means 210, and plural types of From among the consecutive villa production patterns, one of the consecutive villa presentation patterns is determined by lottery.

  On the other hand, if the special effect flag is on (S859: YES), that is, if the special effect is being executed, the continuous pattern effect pattern selection processing 2 for determining the content of the pending internal continuous effect B is selected. Execute (S863). In this consecutive villa effect pattern selection process 2, while acquiring the consecutive chamber effect pattern table (not shown) different from the above-mentioned FIG. 8 (B), the consecutive villa effect pattern random number value is acquired from the effect lottery random number generation means 210 Among the plural types of multi-story production patterns, one of the multi-story production patterns is determined by lottery. In the non-illustrated twin pattern effect pattern table, only the continuous pattern effect pattern generated in the end demonstration effect is defined, and the continuous pattern effect pattern generated in the start demonstration effect or the round effect is not defined. That is, in the consecutive residence effect pattern selection process 2, only the adjacent passage effect pattern for the end demonstration effect is selected. Since this special effect is executed from the variable effect to the round effect as described above, if the pending internal connection effect B is generated by the end demonstration effect, it is a special game in special game This is because the competition between the effect and the reserved in-line effect B can be avoided.

As described above, according to the first modified example of the first embodiment, after the occurrence of the pending internal row presentation, if a big hit is made by the pending internal row, the number N of consecutive passages reaches the specified number Nset internally Even in the case where it is, the occurrence of the special effect is prohibited, and the effect to be continued in conjunction with the occurrence of the pending in-line effect (in this example, the special continuous effect or the special background effect within the limited period) By avoiding the situation in which the special effect and the special effect compete, it is possible to prevent the effect of the pending in-line effect from becoming thin, and as a result, it becomes possible to improve the interest of the game.

In the first modification described above, the expectation for the special effect is the number of non-delivery times (for example, 5 times, 10 times, 15 times) before the number of consecutive times N reaches the prescribed number Nset (= 20 times). For example, a special route effect may be provided that is configured as part of a special effect. At this time, in the first modified example described above, when the special effect is executed when the number of consecutive times reaches the specified number (20 times), basically, the execution of the pending internal consecutive time effect is limited (end Although it will be permitted only in demonstration effects, in the case of special via effects, even if this special via effect is being executed, it may be configured to be able to simultaneously execute on-hold in-line consecutive effects. .

First Embodiment Second Modified Example
Next, a gaming machine according to a second modification of the first embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the second modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine according to the above-described first embodiment, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to parts having the same configuration. The explanation will be omitted and mainly the different parts will be explained.

(Relationship between on-premise and on-play mode)
In the first embodiment described above, the effect mode on the effect control board 200 side is uniquely determined according to the variation pattern selection state on the main control board 100 side, but in this modification, it is determined by the player. The production mode can be selected with the operation of the production button 15 as a trigger.

  That is, in this modification, when a big hit (first hit) occurs in the normal state, during the big hit effect (during an end demonstration effect), to identify the type of symbol variation effect and big hit effect after the special game is over The player can select one of a plurality of effect modes. In this example, two effect modes (first effect mode M1 and second effect mode M2) having different types of effects are prepared as the probability variation effect mode Mβ during the ST period, and a plurality of types are provided for each effect mode. The variation presentation pattern is stored. About this variation production pattern, even if the variation pattern of the special symbol is the same (even when the variation start command of the same information is received), if the presentation mode is different, the variation presentation patterns of different presentation contents are selected. It will be.

  The first effect mode M1 and the second effect mode M2 are configured as a battle effect mode in which the player-side ally character battles against the enemy character, and for each effect mode, the player-side ally character and the opponent enemy The characters are set to be different from each other.

  While staying in the first effect mode M1, a change effect pattern of effect contents in which the teammate character C1 corresponding to the effect mode M1 plays against the enemy character on the arena is selected as the symbol change effect. In addition, while staying in the first effect mode M1, the first effect mode M1 is selected by selecting a big hit effect pattern of effect contents (attack type) that attack the enemy character with the ally character C1 as a main character as a big hit effect. The relationship between the symbol variation production and the big hit production in has been secured.

  While staying in the second effect mode M2, as the symbol change effect, a change effect pattern of effect contents in which the teammate character C2 corresponding to the effect mode M2 plays against the enemy character on the stage of the enemy's adige is selected. In addition, while staying in the second effect mode M2, as a big hit effect, a big hit effect pattern of the effect contents (defense system) for preventing an attack from the enemy character by using the ally character C2 as a main character is selected. Reciprocity of symbol variation production and big hit production in the production mode M2 is secured.

The selection of the effect mode is performed by displaying a predetermined mode selection screen during the end demonstration effect in the big hit effect when the first hit occurs in the normal state. While the mode selection screen is displayed, an operation valid period in which the operation of the effect button 15 is validated is set. In the mode selection screen, the display area of the effect display device 70 is divided into two right and left, the name of the teammate character C1 is displayed with the related image in the left area, and the name of the teammate character C2 is displayed with the related image in the right area. Ru. Then, effect modes M1, M2 corresponding to the teammate characters C1, C2 selected by the effect button 15 during the operation effective period are set. If no operation is performed during the operation valid period, one of the effect modes is set in the internal lottery.

  Next, the relationship between the on-premises on-hold effect and the effect mode in the second modification will be described.

  (3-1) The execution probability (frequency of occurrence) of the pending in-line consecutive effect A is different between the case where the user is staying in the first effect mode M1 and the case where the user is in the second effect mode M2. It is set. In this example, when staying in the first effect mode M1, for example, execution is performed at a rate of 90% (high probability), and non-execution is determined at a rate of 10%, while staying in the second effect mode M2 If it is, execute at a rate of 10% (low probability) and determine non-execution at a rate of 90%. It should be noted that if the execution probability of the on-premises in-line arrangement effect A is different for each of the effect modes, if one is staying in any one of the effect modes, the on-off in-line association effect A is not executed, that is The execution probability of the sho effect A may be set to 0%.

  (3-2) The execution probability (frequency of occurrence) of the on-hold in-line consecutive effect B is set the same in the case of staying in the first effect mode M1 and in the case of staying in the second effect mode M2 There is. In this example, even when staying in any of the effect modes M1 and M2, for example, execution is performed at a rate of 80%, and non-execution is determined at a rate of 20%. In addition, it is not limited to this, you may make the execution probability of reservation U continuous production effect B different for every production mode similarly to reservation U continuous production A.

  (3-3) If it is determined that the on-hold on-line consecutive-island effect A is determined, the on-hold-on in-line consecutive-on effects A (on-to-long-out effect pattern) are the case of staying in the first effect mode M1 and the second The same setting is made in the case of staying in the effect mode M2. Here, FIG. 44 (A) is a schematic view showing a multi-use effect pattern table of the non-premises-in-one effect A in the present modification. In the present example, in the on-premises consecutive-run effect A, one of the same continuous-action effect patterns PA1 and PA2 is selected regardless of the effect mode. The effect patterns PA1 and PA2 have been described in the first embodiment, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.

  (3-4) When the execution of the pending in-line consecutive-room effect B is determined, the effect contents of the pending-in-period consecutive-state effect B (continuous-up effect pattern) are the case of staying in the first effect mode M1 and the second They are set to be different from each other when staying in the effect mode M2. Here, FIG. 44 (B) is a schematic view showing a multi-use effect pattern table of pending inner-run multi-effect effect B in the present modification. In this example, one of the consecutive rendering effect patterns PB11, PB12, and PB13 is selected in the first effect mode in the on-hold in-line consecutive effects effect B, and in the second effect mode, the continuous effect effects patterns PB21 and PB22 , PB23 is selected. Special effect images “BX11” to “BX13” that do not appear in any scene other than on-hold in-line consecutive effects when the continuous change effect patterns PB11 to PB13 are selected in the first effect mode M1 Is displayed. The effect images BX11 to BX13 correspond to, for example, an attack-based effect content in which an image imitating an "invincible sword" or character information such as "Attack is the maximum defense" appears. On the other hand, in the second effect mode M2, when the continuous pattern effect patterns PB21 to PB23 are selected, a special effect image “BX21” which does not appear in any scene other than the pending in-line continuous effect pattern "BX23" is displayed. As the effect images BX21 to BX23, for example, an effect imposing content of a defense system in which an image imitating an "invincible armor" or character information such as "complete defense" appears.

  Subsequently, the procedure of the operation processing in the second modification of the first embodiment will be described with reference to the flowcharts in FIGS.

(The jackpot effect content determination process: the second modification)
First, the jackpot effect content determination process (S638) according to the subroutine of S638 in FIG. 27 in the second modification will be described. FIG. 45 is a flowchart showing details of the jackpot effect content determination process (S638) in the second modified example.

  Here, the difference from the first embodiment described above is the processing of S829 to S831, and is that the operation of the effect button 15 is set effectively during the end demonstration effect at the time of the first hit. In FIG. 45, the processes of S801 to S826 and S835 to S838 are the same as the processes of the first embodiment, and therefore, the processes of S829 to S831, which are differences, are mainly described.

  First, it is determined whether or not the current big hit is the first hit (S829). If it is the first hit (S829: YES), an operation effective period for measuring the operation effective period of the effect button 15 in order to make the effect mode selectable in accordance with the operation of the effect button 15 by the player. A predetermined value is set to the timer (S830). The operation valid period is a period in which the operation input of the effect button 15 is valid. Subsequently, the effect button valid flag of the sub main information storage unit 260 is turned on (S831). The effect button effective flag is a flag which is turned on when the operation of the effect button 15 is effective.

(Effect button monitoring control process: the second modification)
Subsequently, the effect button monitor control process (S617) according to the subroutine of S617 of FIG. 26 in the second modified example will be described. FIG. 46 is a flowchart showing details of the effect button monitor control process (S617).

  First, it is determined whether the effect button valid flag of the sub main information storage unit 260 is on (S951). If the effect button valid flag is on (S951: YES), it is determined whether the operation valid period of the effect button 15 is in progress, that is, whether the operation valid period timer is not "0" (S952) ). As described above, the operation valid period timer is set to a predetermined value at the start of the end demonstration effect at the first hit, and is decremented by 1 ms each time the timer interrupt process described later occurs. In addition, during the operation effective period, the effect screen (mode selection screen) based on the end demonstration effect pattern set in S804 is displayed, and based on the operation input of the effect button 15, the first effect mode M1, the second effect mode One of M2 can be selected. Specifically, although not shown, two selected images corresponding to each effect mode are displayed on the mode selection screen horizontally, vertically or vertically, and the display mode of the selected image is displayed at predetermined time intervals during the operation valid period. By sequentially switching, one of these two selected images can be selected according to the operation timing of the effect button 15, and the effect mode corresponding to the selected image is set.

  Here, if it is during the operation effective period of the effect button 15 (S952: YES), it is determined whether or not there is an operation input of the effect button 15 (S953). If there is an operation input of the effect button 15 (S953: YES), the operation input information of the effect button 15 is stored in the sub main information storage means 260 (S954). In this example, the operation input information includes information indicating that the first effect mode has been selected and operated, and information indicating that the second effect mode has been selected and operated. Subsequently, an image control command for instructing the operation control information of the effect button 15 to the image control board 300 side is generated, and this is stored in the command storage area of the sub main information storage means 260 (S955). In addition, when there is an operation input of the effect button 15 as described above, the operation valid flag is set to confirm the operation input and set the end of the operation valid period even before the expiration of the operation valid period. Turn off (S956). On the other hand, if the operation effective period is not in progress (S952: NO), that is, if the operation effective period timer is “0”, the effect button effective flag is turned off (S956).

(Effect state transition process: second modification)
Subsequently, the effect state transition process (S632) according to the subroutine of S632 of FIG. 27 in the second modified example will be described. FIG. 47 is a flowchart showing details of effect state transition processing (S632) in the second modified example.

  Here, the difference from the above-described first embodiment is the processing of S714 to S720, and based on the operation input information of the effect button 15 set in the above-mentioned effect button monitor control process (S617) This is a point in which the rendering mode is alternatively determined in response to the pressing operation of the button 15). In FIG. 47, the processes of S701 to S705 and S721 are the same as the processes of the first embodiment, and therefore, the processes of S714 to S720 which are differences will be mainly described.

  First, when the transition destination of the fluctuation pattern selection state is the high probability shortening fluctuation state β (S706: YES), it is determined whether the present big hit is the first hit (S714). If it is the first hit (S714: YES), it is determined whether the operation input information set in S954 is information indicating that the first effect mode M1 has been selected (S715). When the first effect mode M1 is selected (S715: YES), the first effect mode M1 is set as a transition destination of the effect mode (S716). When shifting to the first effect mode M1, first probable variation background data is set in the background data storage area of the sub main information storage means 260 (S717). Then, in the first effect mode M1, for example, the first probable background image of the “fight ground” is displayed on the effect display device 70 from the next symbol variation.

  On the other hand, if the operation input information set in S954 is information indicating that the second effect mode M2 has been selected and operated (S715: NO), the second effect mode M2 is set as the transition destination of the effect mode ( S 718). When shifting to the second effect mode M2, second probable variation background data is set in the background data storage area of the sub main information storage means 260 (S719). Then, in the second effect mode M2, for example, the second probable background image of "enemy agitate" is displayed on the effect display device 70 from the next symbol variation.

  If the current big hit is not the first hit (S714: NO), the effect mode and background image selected at the first hit are maintained (S720). Not only the operation input at the time of the first hit in S714 to S719 but also the effect mode may be switched when a certain condition is satisfied. As a certain condition, for example, when it becomes a specific big hit (including a case where the type of big hit is a specific type, a case where the big hit effect is a specific effect, etc.), a predetermined condition is satisfied regarding the continuous state (The occurrence of the special effect described above) or the case where there is a specific operation input during the big hit (for example, the button 5 times pressed or long pressed as the special operation input at the specific timing of the big hit).

(Pending Uchirenso Effect A determination processing: second modification)
Next, the on-premises / on-premises presentation A determination process (S737) according to the subroutine of S737 in FIG. 29 in the second modified example will be described. FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing the details of the on-premises on-line effect A determination process (S737) in the second modified example.

  Here, the difference from the above-described first embodiment is the processing of S771 to S773, and the execution probability of the on-hold internal consecutive effects A lottery process is set to the effect mode set in the effect state transition process (S632). It is in the point which is different according to it. In FIG. 48, the processes of S761 to S765 and S767 to S770 are the same as the processes of the first embodiment, and therefore, the processes of S771 to S773, which are differences, are mainly described.

First, it is determined whether the effect mode currently being stayed is the first effect mode M1 (S77)
1). When it is the first effect mode M1 (S771: YES), the on-hold in-line consecutive effect A lottery for deciding whether or not to execute the on-hold in-line consecutive effect A in the first effect mode M1 by lottery The process 1 is executed (S772). In this on-hold in-line consecutive effect effect A lottery process 1, referring to the continuous effect effect A lottery table (not shown), the continuous effect effect lottery random number value matches the judgment value of either “execution” or “non-execution” Determine if there is a run. In this example, for example, execution is performed at a rate of 90%, and non-execution is determined at a rate of 10%.

  On the other hand, in the case where the rendering mode during stay is the second rendering mode M2 (S771: NO), it is determined by lottery whether or not to execute the on-premises consecutive rendering A in the second rendering mode M2 by lottery. The on-premises in-line consecutive effect A lottery process 2 is executed (S773). In this on-hold in-line consecutive effect effect A lottery process 2, referring to the continuous effect effect A lottery table (not shown), the continuous effect effect lottery random number value matches the judgment value of either “execution” or “non-execution” Determine if there is a run. In this example, for example, execution is performed at a rate of 10% and non-execution is determined at a rate of 90%.

  As described above, in this modification, the probability that the on-hold on-line consecutive-show effect A is executed in the case of staying in the first effect mode M1 and the case on which it stays in the second on-the-fly mode M2, that is, The occurrence frequency of A is set to be different.

(On Hold U-Ran Effect B Determination Process: Second Modified Example)
Next, the on-premises / on-premises effect B determination process (S805) according to the subroutine of S805 in FIG. 45 in the second modification will be described. FIG. 49 is a flowchart showing the details of the on-premises on-line consecutive effect B determination process (S805) in the second modified example.

  Here, the difference from the above-described first embodiment is the processing of S860, S864, and S865, and the continuous pattern effect pattern table for pending internal continuous effect B is set in the effect state transition process (S632). It is in the point which is different according to the production mode. In FIG. 49, the processes of S851 to S857 and S869 to S870 are the same as the processes of the first embodiment, and therefore, the processes of S860, S864, and S865 which are differences are mainly described.

  First, it is determined whether or not the effect mode currently being stayed is the first effect mode M1 (S860). If it is the first effect mode (S 860: YES), the multi-station effect pattern selection process 1 is executed to determine the content of the on-premise internal multi-room effect B (S 864). In this consecutive home effect pattern selection processing 1, while obtaining the continuous home effect pattern table shown in FIG. 44 (B) described above, the continuous home performance pattern random number value is obtained from the effect lottery random number generation means 210, and plural types of Of the consecutive pattern effect patterns PB11 to PB13, any continuous pattern effect pattern is determined by lottery. As described above, in this consecutive residence effect pattern selection process 1, only the adjacent passage effect patterns PB11 to PB13 of the content of the attack system are selected.

  On the other hand, if the rendering mode during the stay is the second rendering mode M2 (S860: NO), the continuous rendering effect pattern selection process 2 for determining the content of the pending internal rendering B is executed (S865) . In this consecutive home effect pattern selection process 2, while obtaining the continuous home effect pattern table shown in the above-mentioned FIG. 44 (B), a continuous home effect pattern random number value is acquired from the effect lottery random number generation means 210, and plural types of Of the consecutive pattern effect patterns PB21 to PB23, one of the continuous pattern effects patterns is determined by lottery. As described above, in this consecutive residence effect pattern selection process 2, only the adjacent passage effect patterns PB21 to PB23 of the content of the defense system are selected.

  As described above, in the present modification, when the execution of the on-hold in-line consecutive effect B is determined, the on-off in-line consecutive effects in the case of staying in the first effect mode M1 and in the case of staying in the second effect mode M2 The display mode of B (continuous production pattern) is set to be different.

  As described above, according to the second modified example of the first embodiment, it is possible for the player to change the appearance ratio of the on-hold in-line effect and the content of the effect according to the type of effect mode selected by the player himself. It is possible to provide the player with on-hold reservation effect suitable for the preference, and as a result, it becomes possible to improve the interest of the game.

  In the present modification, the special effect mode of staying only within the limited period after the end of the special game is not provided, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a special effect mode may be provided. In this case, a first special effect mode corresponding to the first effect mode and a second special effect mode corresponding to the second effect mode are provided, and the desired special effect mode is operated by the player after the first hit. May be configured to be selectable. In this configuration, for example, when transitioning to the first special effect mode, special continuous effect may be generated, and when transitioning to the second special effect mode, special continuous effect may not be generated. Further, as a further modification, at least one of the one or more subsequent operation holding balls being in a specific holding state makes it possible to carry out the holding inside consecutive effects B in the special game display process. The special game is a trigger for transitioning from the first effect mode M1 to the second effect mode M2 even under the condition that the on-hold in-line consecutive effect execution condition is satisfied and the on-hold in-line consecutive effect effect execution condition is satisfied. In the case of a game (referred to as "special special game"), the frequency of occurrence (execution probability) of the pending internal connection effect B as compared to the case where the special game is not a special special game (referred to as "non-special special game") ) May be configured to be low. In that case, the jackpot type includes at least the first jackpot and the second jackpot, and when the first jackpot is won, transition to the first effect mode after the end of the special game (non-special special game), When the second jackpot is won, the second effect mode is entered after the end of the special game (special special game). At this time, during the execution of the special special game, as a jackpot effect, for example, a special jackpot effect that does not appear in any other scene is executed. Therefore, when a second jackpot is won, a special jackpot effect is generated during the special game (during a special special game), so in order to prevent the competition with the reserved in-house effect B, The frequency of occurrence of Chuang rendition B is set relatively low.

First Embodiment Third Modified Example
Next, a gaming machine according to a third modification of the first embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the third modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine according to the above-described first embodiment, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to parts having the same configuration. The explanation will be omitted and mainly the different parts will be explained.

(Reserved in-house production requiring multiple operations)
In the above-described first embodiment, in the pending inner row directing effect, the configuration is suggested or notified that there is a possibility that a specific hit that will be a big hit exists in the subsequent operation pending ball, but it is not limited to this. Not only the presence or absence of a hold, but also a change presentation aspect of the subsequent operation holding ball may be suggested or notified.

  In this modification, while the suggestion or notification of the change production mode of the subsequent operation holding ball is performed in the hold inside continuous play effect B, the suggestion or the notification of the change production mode of the subsequent operation hold sphere in the hold inside continuous production A Do not do. In addition, the reason for not giving a suggestion or notification of the change production mode in the pending U-Ran effects A, is because the pending U-in-Ran effects A occur within the fluctuation, so special on both sides of the special game due to the big hit in the fluctuation This is because the significance of suggesting or notifying even the change presentation mode after the game is low.

Next, the on-premises-on-line effect B in this modification will be described. FIG. 50: is a schematic diagram which shows an example of the content of an effect of pending internal succession effects B in this modification. In the effect contents of the pending inside continuous effect B in this modification, the treasure box displayed on the screen is opened by the player operating the effect button 15 a plurality of times, so that the obtained point value is obtained. In response, the presence or absence of a specific hold within the subsequent operation hold ball and the variation presentation mode are suggested or notified. As described above, in order to receive the indication or notification of the presence / absence of the specific hold and the change effect mode in the hold internal consecutive effect B, multiple button operations by the player are required.

  In this modification, as shown in FIG. 50, a total of three treasure boxes are arranged in a row on the screen, and one treasure box is opened by one operation of the effect button 15, and this opened treasure box Among them, the acquisition score (0 or 1) appears. And according to the total acquisition score obtained when opening all treasure chests, the presence or absence of specific suspension in the following operation | movement pending ball and a fluctuation presentation aspect will be suggested or alert | reported.

  As will be described in detail later, in the present modification, when the total acquisition score is 0, it indicates that there is a possibility that a working ball with reach effect is present in the following working ball. When the total acquisition score is one, it is informed that the operation-reserved ball with reach effect is present in the subsequent operation-reserved ball. When the total acquisition score is 2 points, it announces definitely that there is a specific suspension which will be a 16R big hit or 8R big hit in the following operation pending ball, that is, that it will hold on to a hold. When the total acquisition score is 3 points, it announces definitely that there is a specific suspension which will be a 16R big hit in the following operation pending ball, that is, it is a high profit big hit that it will be suspended in a row.

  Here, the continuous rendering effect pattern in this modification will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 51 is a schematic view showing an example of a continuous pattern effect pattern table for pending internal continuous effect B in the third modified example. A plurality of consecutive sorrow effect patterns are defined in the consecutive sorrow effect pattern table. In each figure, for convenience of explanation, “selectivity” is described, but in actuality, a judgment value (range of random value values) for determining a continuous effect pattern according to a continuous effect pattern random value. Is set, and based on which judgment value the continuous rendering effect pattern random value belongs to, the continuous rendering effect pattern is determined.

  As shown in FIG. 51, according to each consecutive house effect pattern, according to each continuous house effect pattern, the point for each treasure box that can be acquired by one button operation (the first treasure box, the second The points of the treasure box and the points of the third treasure box are specified (refer to the column of "Production content (acquired points)" in the figure), and each consecutive presentation effect pattern is the total acquisition points of the treasure box (0 points, It is classified into a plurality of pattern types according to one point, two points, three points). That is, when the total acquisition score is “0 point”, only the continuous residence effect pattern PB31 is selected, and when the total acquisition score is “1 point”, any one of the continuous relationship effect patterns PB32 to PB34 is selected, and the total When the number of points acquired is “2 points”, any one of the continuous pattern effect patterns PB35 to PB37 is selected, and when the total number of obtained points is “3 points”, only the continuous pattern effect pattern PB38 is selected. For example, in the case where the multi-station effect pattern PB35 is selected, “0 point” can be acquired by the first operation, “1 point” can be acquired by the second operation, and “1 point” can be acquired by the third operation. Is set, and as a result, the total number of earned points "2 points" is set.

  In this consecutive house effect pattern table, the selection rate of the continuous house effect pattern is set to be different according to the result of the pre-reading determination (pre-judgment). In principle, the selection rate is assigned according to the final total acquisition score, and if the result of the pre-reading judgment is a big hit, the total acquisition score is “0 points” If the result of the pre-judgment is out while the selection rate is higher in the order of 1 point, 2 points, 3 points, the total acquisition score is 0 points, 1 point , “2 points”, “3 points” decrease in selectivity.

Furthermore, even if the result of the pre-reading determination is out, even in the case of a big hit, the selection rate of the continuous play effect pattern differs according to the type (non reach out, reach out) and the type of big hit (8R big hit, 16R big hit). That is, when the result of the pre-reading determination is non-reach out, “1 point” or more is not selected as the total acquisition score, so when the total acquisition score becomes “1 point” or more, the subsequent operation is performed. It becomes definite that there is an operation holding ball with reach effect in the holding ball. Although "1 point" may be selected as the total acquisition score even when the result of the pre-reading determination is a big hit, as shown in FIG. 7 in this example, only reach variation is selected as the variation pattern of the big hit. Therefore, as described above, it is determined that it becomes definite that there is an operation-reserved ball with reach effect in the subsequent operation-reserved ball when the total acquisition score becomes "one or more". Does not occur.

  Similarly, when the result of the pre-reading determination is a big hit, "2 points or more" may be selected as the total acquisition score while the result of the pre-reading determination is out of reach (normal reach out, super reach out) Since there is no selection of "2 points" or more as the total acquisition points, when the total acquisition points become "2 points" or more, there is a specific suspension in the subsequent operation holding ball, that is, It will be definitive to hold on the way. Furthermore, when the result of the pre-reading judgment is 16R big hit, “3 points” may be selected as the total score, while when the result of the pre-reading judgment is 8 R big hit, “3 points” as the total number of points Is not selected, so that when the total score reaches “3 points”, there is a specific hold of 16 big hits in the following operation hold ball, that is, a high profit big hit and a pending ream. It will be definitive to stay quiet.

  The content of the effect of such a pending in-line consecutive effect B will be specifically described using FIG. In this example, the case where the continuous pattern effect pattern PB37 is selected is illustrated. As described above, in this combination pattern, since "0 point" can be acquired by the first operation, "1 point" can be acquired by the second operation, and "1 point" can be acquired by the third operation, the total acquisition score can be obtained. Are two points, that is, the content of the effect that announces the occurrence of the pending U-Ran.

  First, as shown in FIG. 50 (A), with the start of the operation effective period in which the operation of the effect button 15 is made effective, images of three treasure boxes (closed treasure boxes) are displayed on the screen, The text "Let's open the treasure chest by pressing the button" is displayed. Further, on the screen, along with the "remaining time" for which the operation of the effect button 15 can be performed, the "total acquisition score" representing the score acquired at the current stage is displayed. Furthermore, on the screen, a cursor pointing to a treasure box to be operated is displayed, and the cursor is shifted stepwise from the left to the right by one treasure according to the remaining time that can be operated. . In the screen, the left treasure box is also referred to as "first treasure box", the center treasure box as "second treasure box", and the right treasure box as "third treasure box".

  Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 50B, when the effect button 15 is operated when the cursor points to the first treasure box, the first treasure box is opened. At this time, in the case where the treasure box is detached, the letter "Sorry" appears along with the letter "0 point" from the inside of the treasure box.

  Then, as shown in FIG. 50C, when the effect button is operated 15 when the cursor points to the second treasure box, the second treasure box is opened. At this time, when the treasure box is hit, the word "one chance" appears along with the letter "one point" from the inside of the treasure box. At this point, since “one point” or more is committed as the total acquisition score, it becomes definite that there is an operation-reserved ball with a reach effect in the subsequent operation-reserved ball.

  Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 50D, when the effect button 15 is operated when the cursor points to the third treasure box, the third treasure box is opened. At this time, when the treasure box is hit, the word "one chance" appears along with the letter "one point" from the inside of the treasure box. In addition, a character of "two points" is displayed as a "total number of points obtained by adding up the first obtained points and the second obtained points. As a result, the fact that the specific hold is included in the subsequent operation hold ball, that is, the fact that the hold is to be held is definitely notified.

When the effect button 15 is not operated in spite of the occurrence of the pending inside consecutive effect B as described above, the treasure box remains closed, and it is possible to determine whether the subsequent operation pending ball is read ahead. I can not get results. Thereby, it is possible to make the player recognize that each operation of the effect button 15 has a meaning. In addition, although it was set as the structure which requires multiple operations in this modification, it is not limited to this, It is good also as composition which suggests or reports the fluctuation production mode of the following operation pending ball only by one operation. . In addition, if the button operation is performed by the player but the button operation is not performed despite the fact that “three points” is obtained, it is complementarily performed that is different from the on-hold consecutive effects effect B − End 2 may be configured to be performed at the time of demonstration effect. Conversely, if the button operation is performed at a prescribed timing and "3 points" can be obtained, it may be configured not to perform the on-hold on-line consecutive effect B-2.

  As described above, according to the third modification of the first embodiment, not only the possibility that a specific hold exists in the subsequent operation hold ball but also the subsequent operation hold ball is digested in the hold internal connection effect. By suggesting or notifying even the fluctuation presentation aspect of the game, various additional information according to the presentation result can be taught to the player, so that the presentation effect of the on-premises in-house presentation effect is enhanced, and as a result, It becomes possible to improve the interest of the game. Further, the synergetic effect of the on-hold on-line effect and the button effect can further increase the added value when the on-off on-line effect occurs, and can further enhance the player participation type effect. .

[First Embodiment-Fourth Modified Example]
Next, a gaming machine according to a fourth modification of the first embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the fourth modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the above-described first embodiment, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to parts having the same configuration. The explanation will be omitted and mainly the different parts will be explained.

(Confirmed notification timing by pending Uranso effect)
In the above-described first embodiment, when the pending in-line consecutive effect A is generated, the on-off in-line continuous effect becomes definite, but the present invention is not limited to this. It is also possible to configure that the on-hold U-Ran is determined when a predetermined condition is satisfied after the generation of the on-hold U-Ran effect A, without determining the on-Ran.

  For example, in the probability change mode in which the gaming state is a definite variation state of a special symbol, a battle effect is developed as a symbol change effect, in which battle character between an ally character and an enemy character is played. The battle effect in this modification is an effect that suggests the determination of the 16R big hit in the variation by the ally character on the player side winning the enemy character immediately before the end of the symbol variation effect (immediately before the stop of the decoration symbol). It is.

  In the present modification, there may be a case in which the on-premises in-house effect A is generated as a battle effect (special battle effect) during symbol change. In this special battle rendition, special enemy characters that do not appear in ordinary battle rendition appear. If the ally character wins the enemy character in this special battle rendition, it is determined that the 16 big hit in the corresponding change and the specific hold exists in the following operation hold ball, that is, the hold within a row Determine what to do. On the other hand, when the ally character loses the enemy character in this special battle effect, the deviation in the change becomes definite, and furthermore, the occurrence of the pending inside rowing is denied (it becomes so-called gasse effect) ). As described above, in the present modification, it is not determined whether or not the pending inner row will occur until the battle result is notified in the battle production, and therefore, attention is paid to the relevant rendering process and a sense of expectation for the pending inner row Can be enhanced.

It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to only pending on-line consecutive effects A, and even in pending on-line consecutive effects B, the pending on-line consecutive effects are not fixed at the time of occurrence After that, when the predetermined condition is satisfied, the pending reservation may be determined. In the present modification, as the effect contents of the on-hold in-line consecutive effect B, for example, a roulette effect in which the possibility of the on-off in-line consecutiveness is notified by the stopping result of the roulette is exemplified. In this roulette effect, a total of three stop positions of “弐”, “弐”, and “参” are provided, and when the roulette stops at “壱”, the pending inside row is denied and stops at “で” If it does, it is suggested that there is a possibility of holding Uchiso, and if it is stopped at "Go," it will be notified that the holding Uchiso is decided. As described above, in this modification, it is not determined whether or not the pending inner row will occur until the lottery result is notified in the roulette effect. It can be enhanced. The roulette may be stopped on condition of the player's button operation.

  As described above, according to the fourth modification of the first embodiment, it is taught to the player whether or not the on-hold on-hold state is decided until the predetermined condition is satisfied even if the on-hold on-line continuous effect is generated. Because it is not, it is possible to maintain interest in the contents of the effect until the final timing when the on-hold in-line effect is finished, and as a result, it becomes possible to improve the interest of the game.

First Embodiment Fifth Modification
Next, a gaming machine according to a fifth modification of the first embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the fifth modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine according to the above-described first embodiment, and hereinafter, portions having the same configuration will be assigned the same reference numerals. The explanation will be omitted and mainly the different parts will be explained.

(A button announcement effect including a pending Uranso effect)
In the first embodiment described above, the on-hold in-line consecutive effect A is configured to display the effect image according to the in-line effect pattern, but a button advance effect that causes a preview effect image to be displayed in association with a button operation by the player It is good also as composition including reservation Uchi-Ran effects A as one mode.

  Here, in the first embodiment described above, the notice effect pattern corresponding to the change effect pattern is selected, and a notice effect is generated during the symbol change effect, but one of the notice effects is a button operation by the player. There is a button preview effect required. The button preview effect is a preview effect that indicates or notifies that there is a possibility of a big hit by displaying a predetermined effect image on condition of a button operation by the player. In the present modification, the pending in-line consecutive effect A is generated in a form included in the button advance effect. At this time, in the normal button preview effect, a plurality of items A, B and C appear on the screen, and any one item can be selected. On the other hand, in the button advance notice effect as the pending inside consecutive effect A, in addition to the normal items A, B and C, a special item D can appear on the screen and this item D can be selected. . In this manner, the appearance of the special item D during the button preview effect notifies of the possibility of the on-hold reservation.

  As described above, according to the fifth modification of the first embodiment, it is possible to further enhance the added value when the on-hold on-line effect is established, by the synergetic effect of the on-hold on-line effect and the button advance effect. The player participation type effect can be enhanced, and as a result, the interest of the game can be improved.

First Embodiment Sixth Modification
Next, a gaming machine according to a sixth modification of the first embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the sixth modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine according to the above-described first embodiment, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to parts having the same configuration. The explanation will be omitted and mainly the different parts will be explained.

(A combined image of a pending Uchiso effect and a symbol change effect)
In the above-described first embodiment, only the effects that do not appear in any other scenes are illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the effect image of the on-premises in-house effect B is displayed during the symbol variation effect It may be configured to be shared with any effect image to be played. For example, in a battle effect during a symbol change effect, when there is a case where an effect image in which an ally character delivers a special move appears in some cases, this effect image may be used also as the effect image of the on-hold consecutive effect B effect. In addition, the reason for not combining the effect image of pending inside consecutive villa effect A and the effect image in the symbol variation effect is that, when the combination image is displayed during the symbol variation effect, this combined image is a normal battle effect Because it is difficult to identify whether it is displayed as one process or as displayed in the pending in-line consecutive effect A, there is a possibility that the possibility of not being able to notify the player of the possibility of the in-pending in-line condition to the player properly Because it is expensive.

  As described above, according to the sixth modification of the first embodiment, since the effect image of the symbol variation effect and the effect image of the on-hold in-line consecutive effect are partially shared, the limited hardware of the gaming machine It is possible to prevent wasteful consumption of resources.

  In addition, you may provide the turning production | presentation in order to hear generation | occurrence | production of pending inside consecutive production effect B during a big hit production. In this case, while in the big hit effect, the pending inner row effect can be generated only once, but the beat effect can be generated multiple times. For example, in the case where it is intended to display the above-mentioned combined image in a predetermined round during a big hit, for example, in the pending U-link consecutive effect effect B, the pending U-link continuous effect effect B (relevant) over a plurality of rounds prior to the predetermined round. In order to recognize the occurrence of the combined image), a scattered image may be displayed that associates or foresees the occurrence of the combined image, such as the shadow of the friend character and the afterimage of the special move.

First Embodiment Seventh Modification
Next, a gaming machine according to a seventh modification of the first embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the seventh modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine according to the above-described first embodiment, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to parts having the same configuration. The explanation will be omitted and mainly the different parts will be explained.

(The number of announcements for pending Uranso)
In the above-described first embodiment, the configuration is such that the possibility of the presence of a plurality of specific suspension may be notified in the subsequent operation suspension ball in the suspension internal linkage effect B. When teaching the possibility that there are multiple specific reservations within the operation reservation ball, the maximum value of the number of specific reservations that can be notified by the reservation internal arrangement effect (“the number of announcements within reservation”) is determined in advance In addition, it is good also as composition which can be informed of the number of specific pending present in the following operation pending ball in the range which does not exceed this maximum value.

  In the above-described first embodiment, the maximum value of the number of on-hold notification in the on-hold in the on-the-off row consecutive effect A is “1”, and the maximum value of the on-hold in-position notification on the on-hold notification in B It is "2". In other words, in the on-premises multiple-run effect A determination process, the pre-reading determination is performed for only the first specific suspension among the subsequent operation suspension balls, and the presence of one specific suspension is notified, while Of the subsequent operation holding balls, the pre-reading judgment that targets not only the first specific holding but also the subsequent specific holding among the subsequent operation holding balls is executed to notify the existence of two or more specific holdings. It is configured to earn.

In this modification, when executing such a pending internal connection presentation A, B determination process, the number of specific suspension (called the "on-going application connection number") present in the subsequent operation pending ball is counted. In order to do so, set up a number of on-premises consecutive residences counters. The on-hold on-premises number counter is sequentially updated within a range not exceeding the predetermined maximum value of on-premises on-line notification numbers. The maximum value of the number of on-premises in-line notification is set larger in the on-off in-line consecutive direction effect B than in the on-time in-line consecutive direction effect A. Specifically, the maximum value for the number of on-premises in-store notifications in the on-premises in-store effect A is "1", and the maximum value of the on-hold in-station notification numbers in on-off in-line effects B is "3" . In addition, the maximum value of the number of notification of pending reservation can be set in the range which becomes less than the maximum value of the number of operation pending balls of the second special symbol.

  As the notification mode of the number of pending consecutive units in the pending internal consecutive direction effect, as in the first embodiment described above, the number of pending internal consecutive units is "1" when "one book" appears Informing the possibility of being, in the case where "two books" appears "informed book" announces the possibility of being "2" in the number of pending inside consecutive houses, in the case where "three books" appeared "inside book" The aspect which alert | reports the possibility that it is "3" of consecutive villas is illustrated.

  In addition, the maximum value of the number of pending in-line consecutive villas in this modification is only an example, and the maximum value of the number of in-pending intra-range alertings in the in-position in-between sequential effects A may be “2” or more, The maximum value of the number of on-premises in-line announcements in the on-premises in-line succession effect B may be “4”.

  As described above, according to the seventh modified example of the first embodiment, the maximum values of the number of on-hold in-row notification numbers for on-hold in-row effect A and on-off in-row effect B are set to be different from each other. By updating the number of pending U-Ran units individually within the range that does not exceed N, the display mode of the Pending U-Ran effects A and B can be made rich and rich in content according to the number of R-in announcements, As a result, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

Second Embodiment
Next, a gaming machine according to the second embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the second embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine according to the first embodiment described above, and in the following, parts having similar configurations are given the same reference numerals. Descriptions are omitted and mainly different parts are described.

  In the gaming machine of the first embodiment, the gaming state after the special game is determined based on the stop symbol (symbol group) of the special symbol, but in the gaming machine of the second embodiment, the stop symbol of the special symbol (symbol group) The game state after the special game is determined on the basis of the game mode in the special game and the special game. That is, in the gaming machine of the second embodiment, the game ball enters the special winning opening (in this example, the second large winning opening 65 in this example) having the specific area in the special game and passes the specific area. It is configured as a so-called ball check type game machine that decides to shift to a definite change state after the end of the special game.

  FIG. 52 is a schematic view showing a configuration of the second big winning opening 65 in the second embodiment. As described above, the second large winning opening 65 is provided with a second large winning opening switch 651 for detecting entry of the game ball into the second large winning opening 65, and the second large winning opening A second special motorized symbol 652 for opening and closing 65 is provided. In addition, a distribution device 654 is provided in the second big winning opening 65, located downstream of the second big winning opening switch 651, for determining the gaming state after the end of the special game. The sorting device 654 is provided with a specific area 658 and a non-specific area 659 to which the gaming balls having entered the second big winning opening 65 are distributed. In addition, the sorting device 654 is provided with a wing member 655 for selectively guiding the game ball entered in the second big winning opening 65 to the specific area 658 or the nonspecific area 659, and opens and closes the wing member 655. A specific area solenoid 656 is provided for this purpose. When the wing members 655 are in the closed position, the specific area 658 is closed by the wing members 655, and the gaming balls are distributed to the non-specific area 659. On the other hand, when the wing member 655 is in the open position, the specific area 658 is opened, and the gaming balls are distributed to the specific area 658. In the specific area 658, a specific area switch 657 for detecting gaming balls having flowed into the specific area 658 is provided. The specific area switch 657 functions as a probability change switch for shifting the gaming state after the end of the special game to the state (high probability state) in which the probability variation function of the special symbol is activated.

In this example, the opening / closing operation of the second special motorized product 652 and the opening / closing operation of the blade member 655 are synchronously controlled in synchronization, and the second big winning opening 65 is open and the specific period 658 is temporally open. It is configured to overlap. Therefore, when the second large winning opening 65 is opened, the specific area 658 is also opened, and when the second large winning opening 65 is closed, the specific area 658 is also closed. The drive control of the blade member 655 (specific area solenoid 656) is executed by the main control board 100 (electric combination control means 160).

  Based on the detection information from the specific area switch 657, the main control board 100 (the ball entrance determination means 110) determines whether the gaming ball has entered the specific area 658 of the second big winning opening 65 or not. Then, when entering the specific area 658 is detected, the main control board 100 (entering ball determining means 110) produces an effect control command (“specific area entering ball command”) including the specific area entering ball information. Generate).

  Then, the stop symbol (big hit classification) of the special symbol in the second embodiment will be described.

  The upper part of FIG. 53 is a view schematically showing a symbol table per first special symbol in the second embodiment. In the first special symbol per symbol table, operation patterns of a stop symbol, a symbol group, and a special winning opening 64, 65 are respectively associated with a special symbol per symbol random number value. In this table, stop symbols “1” to “8” of the first special symbol are classified into two types of symbol groups A and B according to the type of the big hit. Specifically, the symbol group A (16R length open big hit symbol) has symbols “5”, “6”, “7”, “D” for the symbols “1”, “2”, “3” and “4”. The symbol group B (8R short open jackpot symbol) is associated with 8 ′ ′.

  The lower part of FIG. 53 is a view schematically showing a symbol table per second special symbol in the second embodiment. In the second special symbol per symbol table, operation patterns of a stop symbol, a symbol group, and a special winning opening 64, 65 are respectively associated with a special symbol per symbol random number value. In this table, the stop symbols "11" to "18" of the second special symbol are classified into two types of symbol groups C and D according to the type of the big hit. Specifically, the symbol group C (16R length open big hit symbol) has the symbols "15", "16", "17", and "11", "12", "13" and "14". The symbol group D (8R length open jackpot symbol) is associated with 18 ".

  The “long open jackpot” is a big hit with a round game in which the second big winning opening 65 is long opened, and entry of the game ball into the specific area 658 is relatively easy. The “short open jackpot” is a big hit with a round game in which the second large winning opening 65 is short-opened, and it is relatively difficult for the game ball to enter the specific area 658. In this embodiment, if the first special symbol is a big hit, it corresponds to long open big hit (16R long open big hit) at 50% ratio, and short open big hit at 8% ratio (8R short open big hit) It corresponds to). On the other hand, when the second special symbol is a big hit, it corresponds to long open big hit (16R long open big hit, 8R long open big hit) at a rate of 100%.

  Here, FIG. 54 is a time chart for describing an operation pattern of the special winning opening 64, 65 in the special game in the second embodiment. In the drawing, the state changes of the first large winning opening 64 and the second large winning opening 65 in the special game are shown in time series from left to right. Between each round, an interval time (waiting time) in which the closed state of the big winning opening 64, 65 is maintained is provided. In the operation pattern of the large winning opening 64, 65 in the present embodiment, it is determined that the second large winning opening 65 (specific area 658) is opened and closed only in a specific round (also referred to as a "specific round") of the special game. ing. In the present embodiment, the specific round is defined as the seventh round and the eighth round. However, the present invention is not limited to this, a specific round may be changed to another round number, and three or more specific rounds may be set.

  FIG. 54A shows a 16R long open pattern which is an operation pattern by the 16R long open big hit. In the 16R long opening pattern, in the rounds other than the specific round, the first large winning opening 64 is continuously opened for 29 seconds, while in the seventh round and the eighth round, which are the specific rounds, the second large winning opening 65 It is determined to open continuously for 29 seconds.

  FIG. 54B shows an 8R long open pattern which is an operation pattern by the 8R long open big hit. In the 8R long opening pattern, in the rounds other than the specific round, the first large winning opening 64 is continuously opened for 29 seconds, while in the seventh round and the eighth round, which are the specific rounds, the second large winning opening 65 It is determined to open continuously for 29 seconds.

  Thus, when the 16R long open big hit or the 8R long open big hit is selected, the open period of the second big winning opening 65 is set to a long time of 29 seconds in the specific round, and the second big winning opening 65 Since the opening period and the opening period of the specific area 658 overlap in time, the gaming ball entered from the second large winning opening 65 easily wins the specific area 658. As a result, passage of the game ball to the specific area 658 is maintained in an easy state.

  FIG. 54C shows an 8R short open pattern which is an operation pattern by the 8R short open big hit. In the 8R short opening pattern, in the rounds other than the specific round, the first large winning opening 64 is continuously opened for 29 seconds, while in the seventh round and the eighth round, which are the specific rounds, the second large winning opening 65 It has been decided to open for only 0.2 seconds.

  As described above, when the 8R short opening big hit is selected, the second big winning opening 65 is only opened for a very short time of 0.2 seconds in the specific round, so the gaming ball is in the second large winning opening 65. The possibility of entering the specific area 658 is extremely low. As a result, it is possible to maintain a state in which passage of the gaming ball to the specific area 658 is difficult or substantially impossible.

  When the game ball enters the specific area 658 in the specific round, after the end of the special game, it shifts to the special symbol oddity change state (high probability state). In addition, when it shifts to the special variation state of the special symbol, it simultaneously shifts to the time shortening state and the electric chow support state of the special symbol, and as long as the positive variation state of the special symbol continues, the time shortening state of the special symbol and the electric chow support state also continue. In addition, after the end of the special game, when the next big hit does not occur in the number of times of variation of the special symbol within the ST number (100 times), the definite variation state of the special symbol is ended and it shifts to the normal state.

  On the other hand, when the game ball does not enter the specific area 658 in the specific round, after the end of the special game, it becomes the time saving state (low probability state) of the special symbol. In addition, when it shifts to the time saving state of the special symbol, it shifts to the power chow support state at the same time, and as long as the time shortening state of the special symbol continues, the power chow support state also continues. In addition, after the end of the special game, when the number of times of variation of the special symbol reaches a predetermined number (70 times), the time saving state of the special symbol is ended, and the state shifts to the normal state.

Next, the on-premises-on-pending effect in the second embodiment will be described. In the present embodiment, it is determined whether or not the on-premises in-store effect B as a big hit effect can be performed at timings after the specific round in the special game. This is not the timing after the specific round has passed (at least after the game ball enters the specific area), the game state after the end of the special game transitions to the high probability state or the low probability state This is because it is difficult to report the occurrence of the pending U-Ran in this unconfirmed state. In other words, according to the game state after the end of the special game, the lottery result whether or not the subsequent operation holding ball existing in the special game will be a big hit depends, so whether or not to execute the pending internal consecutive effects B By making the lottery of the specific round or later, the confirmation notification of the pending Uranso is possible. Therefore, in the present embodiment, on the premise that the game ball has entered the specific area in the specific round, that is, the transition of the special symbol to the definite change state is committed after the end of the special game, The execution of B is determined. Therefore, in addition to the fact that there is a specific suspension that will be a big hit in the subsequent operation suspension ball in the present embodiment, the game state after the special game is a definite variation state (high probability state) of the special symbol and It has significance as an effect that announces that it will become definite. That is, in the seventh round, the eighth round, or the subsequent rounds, if there is no entry into the specific area 658, the on-premise-on-line effect B does not occur, in other words, the seventh round or the eighth In the case where the reserved in-line consecutive effect B is generated in the round, it can be said that it is the same timing as the game ball entering timing to the specific area 658 or a timing after that.

  As described above, in the second embodiment, at the timing after the specific round (the timing after entering the specific area), the current determination is being performed with reference to the result of the prior determination (the prior determination number) from the main control board 100. Perform a read-only readiness decision in the gaming state after the special game is over (become a definite change state by entering a specific area) on the subsequent operation holding ball, and there is a specific hold that will be a big hit Only the pending inside consecutive villa effect B can be executed by the lottery. Now, specific processing will be described below.

(Big Hit Effect Content Determination Process: Second Embodiment)
Next, the jackpot effect content determination process (S638) according to the subroutine of S638 in FIG. 27 in the second embodiment will be described. FIG. 55 is a flowchart showing details of the jackpot effect content determination process (S638).

  Here, in the above-described first embodiment, the on-premises internal connection effect B determination process (see S805 in FIG. 31) is executed in response to the reception of the start demonstration command, but this second embodiment In this case, the on-premises-in-line effect B determination process is executed when the specific area entry command is received. This is because, as described above, it is made consistent with the timing after the game ball enters the specific area 658 that the execution availability of the on-hold reservation effect B is entered. In FIG. 55, the processes of S801 to S818 and S821 to S838 are the same as the processes of the first embodiment, and therefore, the processes of S841 to S843 which are differences will be mainly described.

  First, it is determined whether or not a specific area entry command is stored in the sub main information storage unit 260 (S841). If the specific area entry command is stored (S841: YES), the specific area entry flag of the sub main information storage unit 260 is turned on (S842). The on-premises in-line consecutive effect B determination process is executed (S843). In addition, the details of the on-hold in-line consecutive effect effect B determination process (S842) will be described later with reference to FIG. Subsequently, the jackpot effect replacement process is executed (S844). In this jackpot effect replacement process, the normal end demonstration effect pattern is replaced with the special end demonstration effect pattern, when the on-hold internal consecutive effect B (special continuous effect) is executed. In the preceding big hit effect replacement process (S806), when the special continuous effect is executed, the normal start demonstration effect pattern is replaced with the special start demonstration effect pattern. On the other hand, when the specific area entry command is not stored (S841: NO), S842 and S843 are skipped, and the process proceeds to S821.

  Although not shown, when a specific area entry command is received during the special game, the game ball enters the specific area 658, that is, it shifts to the special symbol oddity state after the end of the special game. Determine the effect pattern of the notification effect (referred to as “specific area entry notification effect”) to notify that the number of the effect pattern of this specific area entry notification effect the specific area of the sub main information storage means 260 Temporarily store in the ball entering effect pattern storage area.

(Pending U-Ran Effect B Determination Process: Second Example)
Subsequently, the on-premises / on-premises effect B determination process (S843) in the second embodiment will be described. FIG. 56 is a flowchart showing the details of the on-premises on-line consecutive effects B determination process (S843) in the second embodiment.

  Here, the difference from the above-described first embodiment is the processing of S850 and S869, and the processing of S850 and subsequent steps is executed when the specific area entering command is received. In FIG. 56, the processes of S851 to S868 and S870 are the same as the processes of the first embodiment, and therefore, the processes of S860 and S869, which are differences, are mainly described.

  First, it is determined whether the specific area entering flag in the sub main information storage unit 260 is on (S850). When the specific area entry flag is on (S850: YES), in the processing after S851, the on-premises consecutive-island effect B lottery process (S856), the continuous-state effect pattern selection process (S861), etc. are executed . In addition, in this example, since the on-premise internal connection effect B determination processing is performed on the assumption that the game ball enters the specific area in the specific round, the round effect after the specific round is selected in this connection effect pattern selection processing. Only a series of rendition effects patterns generated in a specific round or including an end demonstration effect can be selected. Then, in the second half of this process, the specific area entering flag in the sub main information storage unit 260 is turned off (S869).

  In addition, in the specific round (the 7th round-the 8th round) in the special game under execution this time, when there are two or more entering balls to the specific field 658, this processing based on the first entering ball (S850) Since the on-hold in-line consecutive effect flag is turned on in ~ S870), even if the main processing based on the subsequent entry is executed, a negative determination is made in S731 (NO), and the on-off in-line consecutive effects effect is repeated again The lottery process of B is to be avoided.

  As described above, according to the second embodiment, entering the specific area 658 can acquire the right to transition to the definite variation state of the special symbol, and the sense of expectation for the occurrence of the on-premises in-store effect is enhanced. It is possible to further enhance the staging effect of the continuous play effect, and restrict the execution of the on-hold continuous running effect in the situation where the gaming state after the end of the special game is undecided, and is reflected as a result of the pre-reading judgment By preventing the occurrence of wrinkles in the display mode and the actual result of the pending in-line consecutive effect, it is possible to improve the reliability of the pending in-line consecutive effect as the advance notice, and as a result, the taste of the game It is possible to improve the excitement.

  In the second embodiment described above, the open pattern in which the open period of the second big winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 is completely overlapped is exemplified, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the second big winning The mouth 65 and the opening period of the specific area 658 may partially overlap without completely overlapping. In addition, the opening period of the specific area 658 is delayed with respect to the opening period of the second big winning opening 65, taking into consideration the delay time until the gaming ball entered the second big winning opening 65 reaches the specific area 658. May be

Second Embodiment First Modified Example
Next, a gaming machine according to a first modification of the second embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the first modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine according to the above-described second embodiment, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to parts having the same configuration. The explanation will be omitted and mainly the different parts will be explained.

  In the above-described second embodiment, the on-premise internal connection effect B determination process is executed at the timing when the gaming ball enters the specific area 658 in the specific round, but the present invention is not limited thereto. A configuration may be adopted in which the on-premises-in-line effect B determination process is executed before the gaming ball enters the specific area 658.

First, in describing the configuration, a predetermination number, which is the result of the preliminary determination of acceptance or rejection on the main control substrate 100 side, will be described. FIG. 57 is a view schematically showing a success / failure determination table, in which (A) is a table referred to in the success / failure determination of the first special symbol lottery, and (B) is referred to in the success / failure determination of the second special symbol lottery Table. This FIG. 57 has contents corresponding to the special symbol acceptance lottery table (FIG. 5) referred to in the first embodiment.

  In the prior judgment of the first special symbol lottery, as shown in FIG. 57 (A), when the random number value falls within the range of “0 to 163”, the prior judgment number “1” and the random number value “164 to 1639 When it corresponds to the range of “2”, the judgment number corresponds to the range of “65208 to 65535” when the random number value falls within the range of “1640 to 65207”. When the predetermination number "4" is set as the predetermination result. This prior determination number is included in the contents of the yes or no prior determination command together with the information indicating that it is the prior determination result of the first special symbol and the information indicating the order of the operation holding ball, and is transmitted to the effect control board 200 side (See S213 in FIG. 13).

  In the prior judgment of the second special symbol lottery, as shown in FIG. 57 (B), when the random number value falls within the range of “0 to 163”, the prior judgment number “1” and the random number value “164 to 1639 When the random number falls under the range of “1640 to 65535”, the preliminary determination number “3” is set as the preliminary determination result. This prior determination number is included in the contents of the yes or no prior determination command together with the information indicating that it is the prior determination result of the second special symbol and the information indicating the order of the operation holding ball, and is transmitted to the effect control board 200 side (See S213 in FIG. 13).

  As can be seen by comparing the special symbol equivalence lottery table of FIG. 5 and the yes / no pre-judgment table of FIG. 57, the prior decision number “1” always depends on the “big hit” regardless of the gaming state (normal state / probability state). It is a judgment result derived | led-out becoming. On the other hand, in the determination result that the prior determination number “2” is “big hit” in the probability variation state (high probability state) but “off” in the normal state (low probability state) is there. Also in this example, as in the above-described first embodiment, the target of the pre-reading determination relating to the pending internal connection effect is only the operation reserving ball (pre-judgment result) of the second special symbol, but the first special You may include the operation holding ball (predetermination information) of the symbol.

  In the pending inner consecutive effects effect A determination process and the pending internal distance effects B determination process, the pre-reading determination whether or not the specific hold to be a big hit is included in the subsequent operation pending ball (the operation pending ball of the second special symbol) Is determined based on this prior determination number. At this time, it is determined whether or not to execute the pending internal connection effect B before the specific round, that is, before the game ball enters the specific area (for example, before the start of the special game, at the start demonstration effect, the specific round Consider the case of playing in the previous round game etc.).

  First, in the case of executing the pending inside consecutive directing effect B determination process before the specific round, if there is an operation pending ball whose pre-decision number is "1" in the subsequent operation pending ball, with respect to this operation pending ball Since the result of the judgment is a big hit regardless of whether the special game state (high probability state) or the normal state (low probability state) is switched to after the end of the special game, the game ball enters the specific area 658 At this point, the pending Uranso is decided, regardless of the presence or absence of Therefore, in this case, it is possible to generate the on-hold on-line effect B as the confirmation notification on the on-hold on-line.

On the other hand, in the case where there is an operation holding ball for which the predetermination number is "2", with regard to this operation holding ball, whether or not the success or failure judgment result is a big hit depends on the gaming state after the end of the special game Therefore, considering that the gaming state changes in accordance with the presence or absence of the game ball entering the specific area 658, the pending reservation is not determined at this time. Therefore, in this case, it is not possible to generate the on-hold on-line effect B as the confirmation notification of on-off on-line, it only indicates the possibility of on-hold on-line.

  Therefore, regardless of whether or not there is a game ball entering the specific area 658 (regardless of which game state is transitioned), the result of determination of success or failure of the point at which the operation holding ball is actually digested is accurate If it can be specified to (in the case of prior judgment number "1"), it is possible to notify the decision of the pending Uranzou, conversely, accurately identify the pass / fail judgment result of the point at which the operation holding ball is actually digested If this can not be done (in the case of the predetermination number "2"), it may only be suggested to indicate the possibility of a pending Uranzou. Therefore, in the present embodiment, it is preferable to prepare a fixed notification effect and a suggested effect of the pending inner row in different effect modes.

  As described above, according to the first modification of the second embodiment, when the pre-reading determination is performed under a situation where the gaming state after the end of the special game can not be identified accurately, the big hit winning is uniquely derived regardless of the gaming state If it is something to be done, while pending on-line consecutive-effect effect B is generated in a mode to notify the on-off on-line on-line, if the result of the judgment changes depending on the gaming state, Even when it is the timing before the game ball enters the specific area, the notification content by the on-hold in-row effect and the actual judgment result by generating the on-hold in-row effect B in a manner that suggests the possibility In this way, it is possible to prevent a notification effect that is against the expectation of the player, such as causing wrinkles, and as a result, it becomes possible to improve the interest of the game.

  In addition, similarly, as pre-reading advance notice other than reservation inside consecutive house production, for example pre-reading decision whether or not there is specified reservation which becomes big hit inside the operation reservation sphere also in pre-reading announcement such as reservation change, this pre-judgment It is done based on the number. At this time, under the situation where the preceding operation reserving ball is a big hit, when the pre-reading judgment is executed on the subsequent operation reserving ball, the prior judgment number is a pre-judgment result of the pre-reading target's operation reserving ball. If it is "1", a presentation mode (for example, a "rainbow-colored" reserved image representing a big hit decision) may be made to appear to notify a big hit decision as a pending change previewing effect based on this action pending ball. That is, with regard to this operation-reserved ball, the operation-reserved ball is actually in effect regardless of whether the gaming state after the end of the special game is the special symbol's probability change state (high probability state) or the normal state (low probability state). Because it is scheduled to be a big hit when it is digested, regardless of the presence or absence of the game ball to the specific area 658, at this point the pending Uranzou is decided, the result of the pre-reading judgment is reflected There is no possibility that wrinkles will occur between the display mode of the reserved image and the actual result (for example, if the prior determination number is "2", the gaming ball does not enter the specific area 658, and after the end of the special game In the normal state, even if a reserved image representing a big hit decision is made to appear, a big hit does not occur.

  In this modification, only the pass / fail predetermination table is illustrated as the predetermination table, but the predetermination number may be allocated to the random number range of each determination value also regarding the symbol predetermination table and the variation pattern predetermination table. Can be expressed by

Third Embodiment
Next, a gaming machine according to the third embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the third embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine according to the first embodiment described above, and in the following, parts having similar configurations are given the same reference numerals. Descriptions are omitted and mainly different parts are described.

  Although the gaming machine of the first embodiment has been described by exemplifying a gaming machine called a so-called "ST machine" which has a probability variation rush rate of 100%, the gaming machine of the first embodiment has been described by way of example. In this case, it is a so-called normal probability variation type gaming machine in which the probability variation function of the special symbol continues from the end of the special game until the next big hit occurs.

Here, FIG. 58 is a view schematically showing the special symbol odds lottery table in the third embodiment, (A) is referred to in a normal state (low probability state), (B) is a probability variation state (high probability) State)
Referenced by As can be seen from FIG. 58, in the success or failure lottery of the special symbol game, in the normal state (low probability state), it is a big hit only when the random number value falls within the range of 0 to 163. On the other hand, in the probability variation state (high probability state), the range of the big hit is expanded, and it becomes a big hit not only when the random number value falls within the range of 0 to 163 but also when it falls within the range of 164 to 1639. That is, when the probability variation function of the special symbol is activated, the lottery probability of the big hit is varied from the low probability state (1 / 399.6) to the high probability state (1 / 39.96). As described above, the range corresponding to the big hit changes according to the game state, but the winning probability of the big hit is equal between the first special symbol lottery and the second special symbol lottery. Here, even if the random value per special symbol does not fall within the range of the big hit, it will be a small hit if it falls within the predetermined range. In this example, the winning lottery of the first special symbol is a higher probability of being a small hit with a higher probability than the winning lottery of the second special symbol.

  Subsequently, the upper part of FIG. 59 is a view schematically showing a symbol table per first special symbol in the third embodiment. This first special symbol per symbol table, for a special symbol per symbol random number, stop symbol, symbol group, contents of big hit (number of operations of probability variation function of special symbol and variation time shortening function, the first big prize The operation patterns of the mouth 64 are associated with one another. In this table, stop symbols “1” to “8” of the first special symbol are classified into three types of symbol groups A to C according to the type of the big hit.

  Specifically, symbol groups A (16R specific short-period fixed symbols) are displayed for symbols "1", "2", "3" and "4", and symbol group B is displayed for symbols "5" and "6". A symbol group C (2R normal time short symbol special symbol) is associated with each of the symbols “7” and “8”.

  Subsequently, the lower part of FIG. 59 is a view schematically showing a symbol table per second special symbol in the third embodiment. This second special symbol per symbol table, for a special symbol per symbol symbol random number, stop symbol, symbol group, contents of big hit (number of operations of probability variation function and variation time shortening function of special symbol, second big prize The operation patterns of the ports 65 are associated with one another. In this table, the stop symbols "11" to "18" of the second special symbol are classified into three types of symbol groups D to F according to the type of the big hit. Specifically, symbol groups D (16R specific short-period fixed symbol symbols) are attached to the symbols "11", "12", "13" and "14", and symbol group E is attached to the symbols "15" and "16". A symbol group F (2R normal time short symbol special symbol) is associated with each of the symbols “17” and “18”.

  The symbol groups A, B, D, and E are special symbols indicating the so-called "probable big hit" which causes the gaming state after the end of the special game to transition to the special variable state (high probability state). The symbol variation function and the time saving function, and the electronic chew support function are provided. When the symbol groups A and D (16R probability variation big hit) are selected, the specified number of rounds of special game is 16 rounds, and the maximum opening time of the big winning opening 64 in one round game is about 30 seconds. When the symbol group B or E (2R probability variation big hit) is selected, the number of specified rounds of special game is 2 rounds, and the maximum opening time of the big winning opening 64 in one round game is about 0.05 seconds . The symbol groups C, F are normal symbols indicating the so-called "normal hit", which shifts the gaming state after the end of the special game to the normal state (low probability state), and limited to only 100 times after the end of the special game The special symbol, time saving function and electronic chew support function are provided. When the symbol group C, F (2R normal big hit) is selected, the special game has a defined number of rounds of 2 rounds, as in the case of the symbol group B, E (2R positive variation big hit), a big prize in one round game The maximum opening time of the ports 64, 65 is about 0.05 seconds.

  Next, FIG. 60A is a diagram schematically showing a hit variation pattern table. The upper part (A1) is a normal variation pattern table, and the lower part (A2) is a probability variation variation table. In this example, the selected fluctuation pattern is set to be different according to the fluctuation pattern selection state or according to the jackpot type even in the same fluctuation pattern selection state.

  In the normal variation pattern table of (A1), when the big hit type is 16R big hit, either one of the variation pattern PX2 (normal reach A) or the variation pattern PX3 (super reach A) is selected and 2R big hit. One of the fluctuation pattern PZ2 (normal reach A), the fluctuation pattern PZ3 (super reach A), and the fluctuation pattern PZ4 (super reach D) is selected. On the other hand, in the case of a small hit, the variation pattern PK4 (Super Reach D) is selected.

  In the probability variation variation pattern table of (A2), when the big hit type is 16R big hit, only the variation pattern PX7 (Super Reach B) is selected, and when it is 2R big hit, variation pattern PZ7 (Super Reach B), variation One of the patterns PZ8 (Super Reach D) is selected. On the other hand, in the case of a small hit, only the variation pattern PK8 (super reach D) is selected.

  FIG. 60B is a view schematically showing an example of a variation pattern table for disconnection. The upper (B1) is a normal variation pattern table, and the lower (B2) is a probability variation variation table. In this example, the selected fluctuation pattern is set to be different according to the fluctuation pattern selection state.

  In the normal fluctuation pattern table of (B1), any of fluctuation pattern PH1 (non-reach A), fluctuation pattern PH2 (normal reach A), fluctuation pattern PH3 (super reach A), and fluctuation pattern PH4 (super reach D) is selected Ru. In the probability variation variation pattern table of (B2), any one of variation pattern PH5 (non-reach B), variation pattern PH6 (normal reach B), and variation pattern PH8 (super reach D) is selected.

  Here, in this probable variation variation pattern table for outliers, only variation patterns which are variation modes of non-reach B, normal reach B and super reach D can be selected (in other words, variation of super reach B) The variation pattern which is the aspect is different from the above-mentioned probability variation pattern table for hitting in that the variation pattern is not selected. Therefore, in the special variation state of the special symbol, the variation pattern to be selected in the big hit and the off time is clearly distinguished in terms of whether or not the variation pattern becomes the super reach B, and the super reach B ( In the present example, when a variation mode that develops into battle reach) appears, the big hit is configured to be definite.

  In this embodiment, so-called battle specs are adopted, and in a state where the player stays in the probability variation production mode Mβ as a production mode, battle reach production occurs when the symbol variation production is developed to super reach B. As described above, this battle reach effect (Super reach B) is selected only when the result of the success or failure judgment is a big hit, so when the battle reach effect occurs during the symbol change effect The jackpot is definitive. Note that this battle reach effect is a reach effect in which the ally character and the enemy character fight to determine the outcome, and when the ally character finally wins the enemy character, the 16R hit and the ally character finally loses the enemy character. Then 2R big hit is decided.

Subsequently, the on-premises-on-pending effect in the third embodiment will be described. In the above-mentioned first embodiment, the operation pending ball to be prefetched for the pending in-line consecutive effects A and B is the specified pending (16R big hit, 8R big hit) or out-of-date holding, but in the third embodiment The action holding ball to be prefetched for the effects A and B is a specific hold (16R big hit) or a small hit hold (does not include release hold). The reason for including a small hit is that, in general, if the result of the judgment is a failure, a large number of variation patterns are prepared, so any of the following operation holding balls can not be held against In the case of small hits, there are fewer types of variation patterns to be selected than in the case of designing whether to carry out the staging of Gasse (pending in a row), and due to the nature of the lottery results of small hits. This is because it is suitable to be used as a garbled effect, so it is possible to reduce the number of judgment elements for performing the pre-reading determination and to perform the simplified processing.

  FIG. 61 (A) is a continuous pattern effect pattern table to be referred to when selecting a continuous effect pattern of the on-time continuous continuous effect A in the third embodiment, and FIG. 61 (B) is a on-time continuous sequence in the third embodiment It is a continuous pattern effect pattern table to be referred to when selecting a continuous pattern effect pattern of flat effect B. Since these consecutive play effect pattern tables are basically the same as the continuous play effect patterns in the first embodiment (see FIG. 8), detailed description will be omitted, but as described above, the pending inner consecutive trains It differs in that small hit retention is included as an operation retention ball of pre-reading object in chou rendition A and B. Now, specific processing will be described below.

(Pending U-Ran Effect B Determination Process: Third Example)
Subsequently, the on-premises / on-premises effect B determination process (S843) in the third embodiment will be described. FIG. 62 is a flowchart showing the details of the on-premises on-line consecutive effects B determination process (S843) in the third embodiment.

  Here, the difference from the above-described first embodiment is the processing of S871 to S874, in which small hit retention is included in the operation pending ball which is the pre-read target of the pending internal connection effect B. In FIG. 62, the processes of S851 to S854 and S858 to S870 are the same as the processes of the first embodiment, and therefore, the processes of S871 to S874 which are differences will be mainly described.

  First, when the specific suspension exists in the operation suspension ball of the second special symbol (S 854: YES), it is determined whether this specific suspension indicates the 16R big hit (high profit big hit) (S 871) . When the specific suspension corresponds to the 16R big hit (S871: YES), the intra-parking inter-station effect B lottery process 1 is executed to determine whether or not to execute the inter-station internal-riso effect B by lottery ( S872). In this on-hold in-line consecutive effects effect B lottery process 1, referring to unshown continuous effects effect B lottery table 1, the in-time effects effect lottery random number value matches any judgment value of "execution" or "non-execution" If there is a problem, decide whether to execute. In this example, for example, execution is performed at a rate of 70%, and non-execution is determined at a rate of 30%.

  On the other hand, when there is no specific suspension in the operation reserve ball of the second special symbol (S 854: NO), it is determined whether small hit suspension is included in the operation reserve ball of the second special symbol (S 873) . If small hit hold is included (S 873: YES), a pending hold continuous play effect B lottery process 2 is executed to determine whether or not to execute the hold within continuous play effect B by lottery (S 874) . In this on-hold in-line consecutive effect B lottery process 2, with reference to unshown in-line effect B lottery table 2, a continuous period effect lottery random number value matches with any of the judgment values of "execution" and "non-execution" If there is a problem, decide whether to execute. In this example, for example, execution is performed at a rate of 0.1%, and non-execution is determined at a rate of 99.9%.

  When the player is elected in the on-hold in-row effect B lottery process (S 872, S 874), while selecting the on-off effect pattern for determining the content of the in-hold in-row effect A (S 861), After temporarily storing the sub main information storage means 260 in the continuous play effect pattern storage area (S868), the on-hold internal continuous play effect flag of the sub main information storage means 260 is turned on (S870), and this processing is ended.

By the way, as a point to be noted in the present embodiment, no pending internal connection effect B occurs during the execution of the special game, and after the end of the special game, the following operation pending ball (onward connection internal effect B is generated If the high expectation degree effect (Super Reach B) occurs by the action-retaining ball existing at the time being digested, the high profit jackpot is higher than the probability of the low profit jackpot (2R probability variation jackpot, 2R normal jackpot) The probability of becoming (16R probability variation big hit) is set higher.

  As shown in FIG. 59 (B), as the allocation of jackpot type in the second special symbol game, the 16R probability variation big hit with 70% probability, 2R probability variation big hit with 20% probability, 2R usual big hit with 10% probability It has become. In the present example, the 16R probability variation big hit is also referred to as "16R big hit", 2R probability variation big hit and 2R normal big hit collectively.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 60, in the special symbol state of variation, if the result of the acceptance determination is a big hit, if it is a 16R big hit, the fluctuation of Super Reach B (high expectation degree effect) with 100% probability When the pattern PX7 is selected and the 2R big hit (2R specified big hit, 2R normal big hit), the variation pattern PZ7 of the super reach B (high expectation degree effect) is selected with a probability of 60%.

  At this time, as described in S872 in FIG. 62, in this example, when there is a specific hold (16R big hit) in the subsequent operation hold ball, the probability of winning the possibility of execution of the on-premises consecutive effect B is 70% Since it is set to, even when there is a specific hold (16R big hit), the pending inside consecutive effect B becomes unexecuted with a probability of 30% remaining.

  Under the conditions as described above, under the condition that the pending Uranzou rendition B is not executed, the probability of becoming a 16R jackpot by the appearance of Battle Reach (Super Reach B) X, the appearance of Battle Reach (Super Reach B) The probability Y of becoming a 2R jackpot according to is as follows.

X = (probability of becoming a 16R jackpot) × (probability of not producing a reserved in-house consecutive effect B) × (probability of becoming a super reach B)
Y = (2R big hit probability) × (super reach B probability)

  Subsequently, using the above numerical values, the probability X of becoming a 16R jackpot due to the appearance of Super Reach B and the probability Y of becoming a 2R jackpot due to the appearance of Super Reach B are specifically calculated as follows.

X = 70/100 × (100-70) / 100 × 100/100 = 21/100
Y = (20 + 10) / 100 × 60/100 = 18/100

  Therefore, when a high expectation degree effect is generated in the subsequent operation reserving ball (when it is developed into the super reach B) without the occurrence of the pending inner row directing effect B being generated, it is more likely than the possibility of becoming a low profit jackpot , The possibility of becoming a big hit other than this low profit big hit (ie, high profit big hit = 16R big hit) is higher.

  As described above, according to the third embodiment, even if the on-premise-on-park effect B does not occur during the special game, the player holds a high profit with respect to the high expectation degree effect after the end of the special game. It is possible to enhance the player's sense of expectation by the occurrence of the high expectation degree effect without losing the sense of expectation to the big hit, and as a result, it becomes possible to improve the interest of the game.

Fourth Embodiment
Next, a gaming machine according to the fourth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine of the fourth embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and in the following, parts having similar configurations are given the same reference numerals. Descriptions are omitted and mainly different parts are described.

In the above-described first embodiment, regardless of the jackpot type, the ST machine with a probability change rate of 100% (time cut probability change machine) which shifts to the high probability state (special symbol change state) uniformly after the end of the special game. Although adopted, it is not limited to this, including a jackpot to shift to a low probability state (time saving state of special symbol or normal state) after the end of the special game in a part of the jackpot type, a predetermined ratio (for example, probability variation You may adopt ST machine which shifts to the special symbol's definite change state by the rush rate 80%).

  In such a model, when it is usually a big hit in the special game oddity state (high probability state), or when transition to the time saving state (low probability state) of the normal state or special symbol after the end of the special game, The game state may change, for example, when transitioning to the time saving state (low probability state) of the normal state or the special symbol after reaching the ST period in the definite gaming state (high probability state) of the special game.

  In this modification, when the presentation control board 200 performs the pre-reading determination based on the information of the pre-determination result from the main control board 100, the operation holding ball (referred to as "target reserving") to be the target of the pre-reading determination is When the gaming state is scheduled to change before being digested (high probability state → low probability state, etc.), the information on the predetermination result relating to the operation holding ball is ignored. That is, although it was determined to be a "big hit" in the pre-reading judgment of the target reserve, it usually becomes a big hit (non-probable variation big hit) as a result of the operation reserve ball (preceding hold pending) stored prior to the target reserve being digested. If the game state reaches the normal state after the end of the special game, or if the ST period ends after the pre-reading determination and before the trigger hold is digested, this trigger hold is actually digested Occasionally, situations may arise where it is determined to be an outlier. Therefore, in order to prevent such a situation, when the gaming state is scheduled to change, the information of the preliminary determination result is not to be the target of the prefetch determination. Note that "ignore" includes the meaning of "receiving but not using the sent information" and the meaning of "not receiving the sent information".

  As an example in which this configuration is applied to the pre-reading determination relating to the pending in-line effect, the present gaming state (previous in the following pending ball) if it becomes a big hit as a result of the preceding pending ball being digested In the gaming state at the time when the operation holding ball is digested, even if there is one that is determined to be a specific hold, if the game state is scheduled to change before the specific hold is digested, this specification It is configured to ignore the information of the predetermination result relating to the suspension. Here, if there is a possibility that the game state may be switched before and after execution of the special game (special game when the previous operation holding ball is a big hit) that "the game state is scheduled to change". For example, as a result of the previous operation holding ball being digested in the special symbol oddity state, the game state is usually a big hit, and after the end of the special game and before the subsequent operation holding ball is digested, the game state is This is the case, for example, when it is planned to switch to the normal state. In addition, it is not limited to this, When switching from the definite variation state of a special symbol to the time saving state of a special symbol, the case where it switches from the time saving state of a special symbol to a normal state etc. may be included. Now, specific processing will be described below.

(Reserved U-Ran Effect A Judgment Process: Fourth Example)
Subsequently, the on-premises-and-non-play effect A determination process (S737) in the fourth embodiment will be described. FIG. 63 is a flowchart showing the details of the on-premises on-line consecutive effect A determination process (S737) in the fourth embodiment.

  Here, the difference from the first embodiment described above is the process of S771, and when the gaming state is scheduled to change, the advance determination information relating to the specific suspension is present regardless of whether or not there is the prior determination information. The point is to ignore the judgment information. In FIG. 63, since the processes of S761 to S770 are the same as the processes of the first embodiment, the process of S771 which is the difference will be mainly described.

First, in the case where the prior determination information of the operation reserve ball of the second special symbol is stored in the pre-read information storage area of the sub main information storage means 260 (S763: YES), before the operation reserve ball is digested It is determined whether the current gaming state is scheduled to change (S771). In addition, based on the information of the effect control command from the main control board 100, the effect control board 200 may individually manage the game state as to whether or not the game state is scheduled to change, or the advance determination command The determination may be made based on the information of the prior determination command by adding information (detailed next statement) concerning the gaming state to. If there is no plan to change the gaming state (S771: NO), then if there is a specific hold (16R big hit) (S 764, 765), a draw is made to determine whether or not to execute the hold inside row effect A Is selected (S766), and the consecutive residence effect pattern for determining the content of the pending internal connection effect A is selected (S768), and this is temporarily stored in the adjacent character effect pattern storage area of the sub main information storage means 260. After storing (S769), the on-hold on-line consecutive-play effect flag of the sub main information storage means 260 is turned on (S770), and this processing ends.

  On the other hand, when the gaming state is scheduled to change (S771: YES), regardless of whether or not there is a specific hold, the predetermination information relating to the operation holding ball is ignored, and this processing is ended. . In the present example, as the case where the gaming state is scheduled to change, (1) when it is usually a big hit in the specific gaming state (probability change state), (2) is a definite variation big hit, and specific suspension (probability change It is assumed that there is a specific hold for a jackpot that is scheduled to be a big hit, but a specific hold for a jackpot that is usually a big hit precedes the specific hold. However, it is possible to change the gaming state by the ST period ending after a predetermined number of times of change, etc., in pre-reading advance notice effects such as simple holding change, etc., as well as pending holding arrangement effect.

(Pending U-Ran Effect B Judgment Processing: Fourth Example)
Subsequently, the on-premises-and-non-play effect B determination process (S843) in the fourth embodiment will be described. FIG. 64 is a flowchart showing the details of the on-premises on-line consecutive-play effect B determination process (S843) in the fourth embodiment.

  Here, the difference from the above-described first embodiment is the processing of S875, and when the gaming state is scheduled to change, regardless of whether or not the prior determination information relating to the specific hold exists. The point is to ignore the prior decision information. In FIG. 64, the processes of S851 to S870 are the same as the processes of the first embodiment, and therefore, the process of S875 which is the difference will be mainly described.

  First, in the case where the prior determination information of the operation reserve ball of the second special symbol is stored in the pre-read information storage area of the sub main information storage means 260 (S853: YES), before the operation reserve ball is digested It is determined whether the current gaming state is scheduled to change (S875). If the gaming state is not scheduled to change (S875: NO), it is determined by lottery whether or not to execute the on-premises in-store effect B by lottery (S856, S857). The sub main information storage means 260 is selected after temporarily storing it in the sub main information storage area of the sub main information storage means 260 (S 861). This process is ended by turning on the on-hold in-line consecutive effect flag (S870).

  On the other hand, when the gaming state is scheduled to change (S875: YES), regardless of whether or not there is a specific hold, the predetermination information relating to the operation holding ball is ignored, and this processing is ended. .

  As described above, according to the fourth embodiment, it is possible to prevent a notification effect betraying the player's expectation that a wrinkle is generated between the result notified in advance by the pending inner row effect and the actual lottery result, As a result, it becomes possible to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, if the configuration of the fourth embodiment described above is, for example, a gaming machine capable of mutually transitioning a plurality of types of gaming states such as a normal state (low probability state) and a special symbol oddity state (high probability state), The present invention is not limited to the ST machine, and may be applied to a game machine according to the second embodiment (ball check type) or the third embodiment (normal probability change type).

Fourth Embodiment First Modified Example
Next, a gaming machine according to a first modification of the fourth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the first modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine according to the fourth embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to parts having the same configuration. The explanation will be omitted and mainly the different parts will be explained.

  In the fourth embodiment described above, when the gaming state is scheduled to change, the information on the predetermination result from the main control board 100 is ignored regardless of whether or not the specific hold exists. Even if the gaming state is scheduled to change by adding the information related to the gaming state to the prior determination command, the effect control is not performed based on the prior determination information to which the information on the gaming state is added. The pre-read determination may be performed on the side of the substrate 200, and the on-premises-in-one effects A and B determination process may be performed. Here, “pre-judgment information to which information on gaming state is added” is correct under the gaming state at the time when the operation holding ball which is the target of the pre-reading judgment on the effect control board 200 is actually digested The mode is not particularly limited as long as the information can specify the pre-judgment result. For example, (1) prior determination results in the current gaming state, (2) prior determination results in the next gaming state, (3) the number of remaining continuations of the current gaming state (variation number), (4) The remaining number of continuations (the number of fluctuations) before changing to the next gaming state, (5) that the gaming state is scheduled to change within the predetermined number of fluctuations, (6) the hold information in the predetermination command is actually digested A combination of one or two or more of the information such as information on the planned gaming state after deriving the gaming state at the scheduled time is adopted. Furthermore, as described in the above-mentioned pre-decision table of FIG. 57, according to the gaming state (normal state / probability state, more specifically, normal state / probability state / short time state), as a lottery result It may be information related to the prior determination number that the meaning of the random number value changes or does not change.

  As described above, according to the first modification of the fourth embodiment, even if the game state is scheduled to change, the change is made based on the information relating to the game state included in the pre-judgment result without disregarding the pre-judgment result. By performing the pre-read determination under the later gaming state, it is possible to prevent the notification effect betraying the player's expectation that there is a gap between the result notified in advance by the pending inner row effect and the actual lottery result. While being able to do, it is possible to increase the execution opportunity of reservation inside consecutive relief production, as a result it becomes possible to improve the interest of game.

Fourth Embodiment Second Modified Example
Next, a gaming machine according to a second modification of the fourth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the second modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine according to the above-described fourth embodiment, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to parts having the same configuration. The explanation will be omitted and mainly the different parts will be explained. In the second modification, the following configuration can be added in any of the above-described fourth embodiment and the first modification.

  In this modification, in the case where the preceding operation-reserved ball is a big hit in the on-hold consecutive-run effect A determination process, when a plurality of specific-retentions are included in the subsequent operation-reserved ball, the first first one The specific hold is treated as an operation hold ball (hereinafter referred to as “target hold”) that is the target of the pre-reading determination in the hold inside consecutive effects effect determination process (hereinafter referred to as “target hold”). It is not treated as a target hold of the Chuang rendition A determination process, and the prior determination information of the subsequent specific hold is ignored. Note that "ignore" includes the meaning of "receiving but not using the sent information" and the meaning of "not receiving the sent information".

The operation of this modification will now be described with reference to FIG. It is assumed that when the preceding operation reserving ball X0 is digested, there are two specific retentives X1, X3 in the subsequent operation reserving balls X1, X2, X3. At this time, if it becomes a big hit as a result of the previous operation holding ball X0 is digested, it is possible to execute the on / off effect of the in-row consecutive effect A only in relation to the first specified holding X1 of the two specified holdings X1 and X3. judge. This is, as described above, in the pre-reading determination according to the pending inside consecutive effect A, the pre-reading determination is performed in order from the first one among the subsequent action holding balls, and a plurality of identifications in the subsequent action holding balls If there is a hold, the reason is to determine whether or not the on-premises on-hold effect can be performed only in relation to the first specific hold. Therefore, the subsequent specific suspension X3 of the two specific suspension X1 and X3 existing in the subsequent operation suspension ball is not a target of the suspension internal arrangement effect A, and the prior determination information of the specific suspension X3 is not ignore. As described above, in this modification, when the preceding operation holding ball is digested and becomes a big hit, the on-hold in-line consecutive effect A is executed based on the existence of the advance-specific identification suspension, but the later-generation identification suspension is present. The on-premises in-house consecutive effect A is not executed based on that.

  As described above, according to the second modification of the fourth embodiment, when there is a plurality of specific reservations in the subsequent operation reservation ball, the on-premises consecutive connection effect is executed only in relation to the first specific suspension. By enabling it, it is possible to prevent the target of the originally intended pending union from fluctuating due to the presence of other specific suspension (for example, a specific suspension which is usually scheduled to be a big hit) existing between them As a result, the sense of satisfaction when the on-hold reservation effect is generated can be enhanced, and as a result, it becomes possible to improve the interest of the game.

Fourth Embodiment Third Modified Example
Next, a gaming machine according to a third modification of the fourth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the second modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine according to the above-described fourth embodiment, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to parts having the same configuration. The explanation will be omitted and mainly the different parts will be explained. In the third modification, the following configuration can be added in any of the above-described fourth embodiment and the first modification.

  In this modification, in the case where the preceding operation reserving ball is a big hit in the reserving internal consecutive effects A determination process, when a plurality of specific reservings are included in the subsequent operation reserving ball, it relates to the preceding operation reserving ball Although there may be occurrences of pending U-Ran effects A in the relationship between the jackpot and the advance specific identification hold, and the pending U-in connection effects A in the relation between the big hit and the late departure specific Pending pertaining to the advanced identification hold. When comparing the prior determination information of the specific hold of the advance and the prior determination information of the specific hold of the late on the basis of the player's advantage, the specific reserve with high relative priority is only compared. To indicate or inform.

  The operation of this modification will now be described with reference to FIG. It is assumed that when the preceding operation reserving ball X0 is digested, there are two specific retentives X1, X3 in the subsequent operation reserving balls X1, X2, X3. At this time, if the first specific hold X1 is "8R big hit" and the second specific hold X3 is "16R big hit", the second specific hold X3 has a higher priority than the first specific hold X1 with a specific hold. Become. Therefore, if the leading activated holding ball X0 is a big hit as a result of being digested, the leading specified holding X1 is a specific holding with a relatively low degree of advantage, so the jackpot and leading of the leading activated holding ball X0 There is no occurrence of a pending internal connection effect A in relation to the specific suspension X1. On the other hand, if it is a big hit as a result of digestion of the advance-action holding ball X1 is a big hit, the specific hold X3 of the late start is a specific hold with a relatively high degree of advantage. A pending internal connection effect A in relation to the pending X3 may occur.

  As described above, according to the third modified example of the fourth embodiment, it is possible to prevent the continuous occurrence of the highly reserved reserved in-line effect and to perform only the notification of the highly retained in-position big hit, which is truly advantageous. , It is possible to increase the interest in the occurrence of the pending in-line effect, as a result, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

Fifth Embodiment
Next, a gaming machine according to the fifth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine of the fifth embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and in the following, the same reference numerals are given to parts having the same configuration. Descriptions are omitted and mainly different parts are described.

  Like the gaming machine of the first embodiment, the gaming machine of the fifth embodiment is a gaming machine known as a so-called "ST machine", which has a probability changing rush rate of 100% when a big hit with a special symbol. Machine.

  In the fifth embodiment, 16R special games, 8R special games and 4R special games are prepared as in the first embodiment described above. Each round game in the special game is divided into a long open round game in which the large winning opening 64 (65) is long opened and a short open round game in which the large winning opening 64 (65) is short opened. The “long open round game” is a round game in which the big winning opening 64 (65) is opened for only 30 seconds and then closed or closed with a prescribed number (10 balls) of ball entry for less than 30 seconds. is there. Similarly, the "short opening round game" is closed after opening the big winning opening 64 (65) for only 0.2 seconds, or even if it is less than 0.2 seconds, with a prescribed number (10 balls) of balls It is a round game of the aspect to close. As described above, in this example, the long opening round game is a round game in which a prescribed number (maximum ball entry number) can be expected to enter during the opening period of the big winning opening 64 (65), while the short opening round game is , It is a round game in which entering the game ball is practically difficult during the opening period of the big winning opening 64 (65). In this example, during the execution of the special game, a round effect including the current number of rounds, the number of winning balls, a message prompting a right strike, etc. is executed during each round game.

An award winning ball number informing effect in the fifth embodiment will be described. FIG. 66 is a schematic diagram for explaining the contents of the award winning ball number informing effect in the special game. In the drawing, the contents (display contents and types of sound effects) of the winning prize ball number notification effect are associated with the winning prize ball number obtained by the player. In this example, in each round in the special game, an award winning ball number informing effect of notifying the number of winning balls until the present is executed. In the present example, “the number of winning balls” means the total number of winning balls obtained by the player based on the entry to the large winning opening 64 (65) in the special game during the so-called continuous state. In the case of a so-called over winning (in this example, over winning exceeding 10 balls, which is the prescribed count below), the number of winning balls for the over winning may be counted as the winning winning ball number, Or, it is not necessary to count. Further, in the case of winning in each winning opening other than the large winning opening 64 (65), it is not counted as the winning prize ball number. Here, the special game is executed by becoming a predetermined big hit in the specific game state, and the specific game state is again as the game state after the end of the special game in the "connected state". It means to continue. The specific gaming state in this example is, as described above, a state in which at least the power chew support function (open extension function) is operating. In this example, since the ST machine (100% number cut probability variation machine) is adopted, it is a specific gaming state during a fixed period (during the ST period) after the end of the special game. In the winning prize ball number notification effect, the current winning number ball number is displayed on the screen of the effect display device 70 during the execution of each round game. In this example, each time the effect control board 200 (big hit effect determining means 227) receives a command from the main control board 100 by the game ball entering the large winning opening 64 (65) during execution of the special game. Then, the winning prize ball number counter is updated, and the winning prize ball number informing effect is executed. The winning prize ball counter is reset when the continuous state ceases. In addition, in the award winning ball number informing effect, each time the specific number “2500” is obtained as the winning number of prize balls, enlarged display of the number of winning prize balls is performed (expanded display than the normal display mode). That is, each time the winning prize ball reaches an integral multiple of 2500 (2500, 5000, 7500,...), The winning prize ball is displayed enlarged at the center of the screen. Also, in this case, a predetermined sound effect (normal sound effect) is generated simultaneously with the enlarged display of the winning prize number of balls. In addition to the normal sound effects, special sound effects are generated each time a fixed number “10000” is acquired as the winning prize ball number. That is, every time the number of award winning balls reaches an integral multiple of 10000 (10000, 20000, 30000,...), A special sound effect is generated together with the normal sound effect. In this example, basic sound effects (SE) such as explosions and metal sounds are output as normal sound effects, and sounds such as "Kitakita ~" and "best condition ~" are output as special sound effects.

  In this example, “15” winning balls are set to be paid out for the entry of one ball into the special winning opening 64 (65). Therefore, basically, the winning prize ball number (winning prize ball number counter) is updated in “15” units. In addition, the maximum number of winning balls that can be won by the player in one big hit (special game) (maximum winning ball number) is set to "2400". That is, when winning a maximum profit big hit (16R big hit), in the special game (16R special game), since 16 long open round games are executed, the number of winning balls is 16 rounds (round number) × 10 counts (prescribed count number) × 15 (unit winning number of balls) = 2400.

  Next, the on-premises-on-pending effect in the fifth embodiment will be described. In this example, the first on-hold in-line effect (during in-line effect A) that occurs during symbol variation and the second on-off in-line effect (during on-line effect B) that occurs during special games Of the two, the second on-hold in-line rowing effect (off-line in-line rowing effect B) is targeted. As described above, the pending Uranzou occurs on the premise that the gaming state when the preceding operation retaining ball hit is the specified gaming state (in this example, at least the power-chute support function is activated) Do. Moreover, the following operation | movement reservation ball (specific suspension) used as object of reservation inner row house is an operation reservation ball of the 2nd special symbol which arises based on the ball entering the 2nd starting opening 62. Then, whether or not the on-hold on-line consecutive effect B is executable is determined by drawing when a predetermined execution condition is established at the timing before the start of the special game. In this example, it is assumed that the preceding operation holding ball is high profit big hit (16R big hit), and the specified execution condition is satisfied when there is a specific holding (big hit holding) in the subsequent operation holding ball. It shall be. Therefore, in the present example, the pending Uchi-Ran effects are executed only as "the true effect" which definitely announces the establishment of the pending U-in-Ranchos, but as a modification, the Pending-Uran-Tanso is actually You may include the "production of a caste" which does not hold. In this example, as one of the execution conditions of the pending U-Ran effect, it is defined that the preceding operation pending ball is the specific pending of the high profit big hit (16R big hit), but it is limited to this Instead, the preceding operation holding ball may be a specific holding other than the high profit big hit (16R big hit), that is, the specific holding corresponding to a jackpot less than 16R.

  Also in this example, when a predetermined execution condition is satisfied before the start of the special game (big hit start demonstration), the effect lottery process is performed to determine whether or not the on-hold on-line consecutive effect B is to be performed by lottery. Do. When the effect lottery process is won, the reservation flag of the on-hold on-line consecutive effects is turned on, and the on-off on-line consecutive effects are executed when the preset execution timing comes. The execution timing of the on-premises in-line effect is set to the timing at which the above-described enlarged display of the number of winning balls is performed. That is, every time “2500” is acquired as the number of winning prize balls, the execution timing of the on-premises on-hold effect comes. Therefore, if the enlarged display timing of the winning prize ball number comes during one special game, the on-hold on-line on-row effect is executed, provided that the on-off on-off in-line on-the-off reservation flag is turned on. . On the other hand, even if the reservation flag for on-hold in-line effect is turned on, the on-off in-line effect will be canceled if the enlarged display timing of the number of winning balls is not reached during one special game. . In addition, as a modification, it is also possible to determine whether or not to execute the on-premises in-house effect every time the "2500" award balls are obtained, and in that case, the specific on-hold in the subsequent on-action on-hold ball It may include the determination of whether or not the jackpot is present.

FIG. 67 is a schematic view showing an example of effects of on-hold internal consecutive effects in the fifth embodiment. In the present example, it is assumed that the execution of the effect is determined (the reservation flag is turned on) in the on-hold consecutive connection effect lottery process at the start of the special game. Note that, under the condition that the reservation flag for on-hold in-line effect is turned on, in the case of normal display (non-enlarged display) of the number of winning prize balls, on-hold in-line effect is not executed. First, as shown in FIG. 67 (A), in a predetermined round (eighth round in this example) during the special game, the number of winning balls is 30,000 by the winning of the gaming ball to the big winning opening 64 (65). When the number (2500 pieces × 12 times) is reached, the number of winning balls is enlarged and displayed at the center of the screen. In this example, a character image "GET 30000" is enlarged and displayed at the center of the screen, and it is informed that 30000 prize balls have been acquired. At this time, under the situation where the reservation flag for on-hold in-row effect is turned on, the execution timing of the on-off in-in-action effect comes by displaying the number of winning prize balls in an enlarged manner.

  Then, as shown in FIG. 67 (B), the entire screen is blacked out for only a moment. Then, as shown in FIG. 67 (C), a special effect image that does not appear in any scene other than the on-hold on-line on-link effect is displayed as on-hold on-line on-link effect. In this example, character information "BONUS + 1" is displayed as a special effect image, and the establishment of the pending on-the-run sequence is notified. In addition, you may display "BONUS + 1" when there is one or more specific pending (big hit pending) in the subsequent operation pending ball as a display mode of pending internal consecutive effects, or specific pending (big hit pending) Depending on the number of specific pending (big hit pending) present in the subsequent operation pending ball, such as “BONUS + 1” if there is one, “BONUS + 2” if there are 2 specific pending (big hit pending), etc. The display may be different. Here, in the case where there are two (plural) specific retentions in the subsequent operation retention ball, it is desirable that the two (pluralitys) both be specific retentions corresponding to the high profit jackpot (16R big hit) Each may be a specific suspension corresponding to the jackpot of the different prescribed number of rounds, and may be a specific suspension corresponding to the jackpot less than 16R.

  In the above-described fifth embodiment, the number of winning prize balls reaches a specific number (integer multiple of 2500) in any of the special game rounds, triggered by the establishment of the pending internal connection. If the winning prize ball number informing effect and the pending in-line consecutive directing effect may be executed, while in the final round, the winning award ball number informing effect is executed, but the pending in-going in-line moment directing effect is not executed, May be In that case, in place of the final round, it may be possible to execute the on-premises on-hold effect in the big hit end demonstration immediately thereafter. In addition, when the number of winning prize balls reaches an integral multiple of "2500" at the end of the special game (for example, 10th count in the final round or entering the ball immediately before the specified time in the final round), then the big hit ends In order to be in a demonstration state, it is preferable to configure so as not to execute the on-premises on-hold effect during the current round (during the final round). In that case, it is premised that the enlarged display of the winning prize ball number (multiple of 2500) is not performed during the big hit end demonstration. On the other hand, if it is other than the final round, even if it is a ball entry etc. just before the end of the said round, since execution of the next round is secured, it becomes possible to carry out on-premises consecutive kanso effect without any trouble .

As described above, according to the fifth embodiment, there is no regularity at the timing when the number of award winning balls reaches the specific number during the execution of the special game, and the on-premises consecutive prize effect is executed in any round during the special game As it can make it difficult to predict whether it will be played, it is possible to give unexpectedness to the occurrence timing of the pending U-link presentation and to attract the interest of the player for all rounds, as a result , It becomes possible to improve the interest of the game. In the present example, the character information "BONUS + 1" is displayed as one mode of the pending U-n-line effect, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the number of winning prize balls (2500 A character color of multiples is changed to a special color (such as rainbow color), an effect display is added, and a direction different from the ordinary award winning ball number notification presentation (enlarged display of winning number ball) in this way Aspects may be revealed. Further, in the present example, as described above, the maximum number of winning balls obtainable in one special game is set to "2400", and the highest winning balls are in a holding Uchizo effect (acquired Because it is set smaller than the specific number “2500”, which also triggers execution of the award ball number).
The award winning ball number notification effect and the pending Uranzou effect are not executed twice or more each during one special game, but the maximum winning number ball number is set larger than the specified number "2500", or By configuring the specific number to be smaller than the maximum winning prize ball number "2400", it is configured that the winning prize ball notification effect and the pending internal connection effect are executed twice or more in one special game. May be

Sixth Embodiment
Next, a gaming machine according to the sixth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine of the sixth embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and in the following, parts having similar configurations are given the same reference numerals. Descriptions are omitted and mainly different parts are described.

  The gaming machine according to the sixth embodiment, like the gaming machine according to the first embodiment, has a probability changing rush rate of 100% when it is a big hit with a special symbol. Machine.

  In the sixth embodiment, 16R special games, 8R special games and 4R special games are prepared as in the first embodiment described above. As described above, each round game in the special game is divided into a long open round game in which the big winning opening 64 (65) is long opened and a short opening round game in which the big winning opening 64 (65) is short opened. Ru.

  Subsequently, the pending change previewing notice effect in the sixth embodiment will be described. FIG. 68 is a schematic view for explaining a reserved image in the sixth embodiment. With the pending change pre-reading advance notice effect, it is possible to notice that the pending may be a big hit by changing the pending image (the pending image corresponding to the trigger pending) targeted for pre-reading from the normal display mode to the special display mode This is a kind of pre-reading notice effect mentioned above.

As described above, in the predetermined area in the screen of the effect display device 70, the first suspension display portion 701 for displaying the number of operation suspension balls of the first special symbol, and the number of operation suspension balls of the second special symbol A second hold display unit 702 for displaying is provided. In the normal display mode, when the operation retention ball of the special symbol is generated, the retention image of the white circle mark “o” is displayed, while the corresponding retention image is lost when the operation retention sphere is digested. In addition, the normal display mode "white" of the reserve image is expressed by "whiteout" in the drawing. The reserved images are displayed in order according to the generation order of the operation reserved balls of the special symbol (the order of ball entry), and can be displayed on each of the reserved display portions 701 and 702 at a maximum of four each. Therefore, the first hold display unit 701 includes four hold display areas X11, X12, X13, and X14 that can respectively display the hold images, and the second hold display unit 702 includes four hold apparatuses that can display the hold images. It consists of display areas X21, X22, X23 and X24. In the reserve display section 701, a reserve image is additionally displayed one by one from the reserve display area X11 on the leftmost side each time the reserve ball for the first special symbol is generated, and the reserve ball for the first special symbol is also displayed Every time the image is digested, the first hold image displayed in the leftmost hold display area X11 disappears and the subsequent hold images displayed in the hold display area X12 ̃ are one by one to the left hold display area Be shifted. Similarly, in the reserve display unit 702, each time the operation reserve ball of the second special symbol is generated, one reserve image is additionally displayed one by one from the reserve display area X21 on the leftmost side, and the second special symbol Every time the operation holding sphere is digested, the headmost holding image displayed in the leftmost holding display area X21 is lost and the subsequent holding images displayed in the holding display area X22 are held one by one on the left It is shifted to the display area. On the other hand, when the hold change look-ahead notice effect described next is executed, the hold display unit 701, 702 displays the hold image subjected to the look-ahead notice in a special display mode (from the normal display mode (white display) Changed to a special color display). Here, in the state where the open extension function is operating (electric chew support state, time saving state), the hold change relating to the operation hold ball (hold image) of the second special symbol is executed, but the first special symbol While the hold change related to the operation hold ball (hold image) is not executed (the hold change look-ahead is prohibited), the open special function is not activated (non-power-on state, non-short time state), the first special The hold change related to the operation hold ball (hold image) of the symbol is executed, but the hold change related to the operation hold sphere (hold image) of the second special symbol is not executed (to prohibit hold change look-ahead) However, it is preferable when adopting preferential digestion. Also, when the open extension function is operating (electric chew support state, time saving state), only the reserved image corresponding to the operation reserved ball of the second special symbol is displayed or to the operation reserved ball of the second special symbol It is desirable to highlight the corresponding hold image more than the hold image corresponding to the operation hold ball of the first special symbol, and in the state where the open extension function is not activated (non-electric chew support state, non-short time state) (1) Only the reserved image corresponding to the operation reserved ball of the special symbol is displayed, or the reserved image corresponding to the operation reserved ball of the first special symbol is highlighted rather than the reserved image corresponding to the operation reserved ball of the second special symbol Is desirable. In addition, in the hold change pre-reading, it is preferable that only one hold image is changed in the same special symbol type (first special symbol, second special symbol). However, although two or more pending images may be changed, in such a case, the preceding pending change may indicate a big hit, and the subsequent pending change may indicate a big hit. It is preferred that there is no complete set. Moreover, when it transfers to a special game in the state which leaves the said hold | hold image which carried out holding change, it is desirable for the said hold image which held change to return to a default image (white) after the end of a special game.

  In the pending change pre-reading advance notice effect, based on the result of the above-described predetermination, among the pending images displayed on the pending display portions 701 and 702 of the effect display device 70, the pending image targeted for prefetching (corresponding to trigger pending) An effect of changing the reserved image) from the normal display mode to the special display mode is performed. In this example, during execution of the hold change look-ahead notice effect, the display color of the hold image corresponding to the trigger hold is one of four colors of “blue”, “green”, “red”, and “rainbow color”. You can take one. In the drawing, four display modes of "blue", "green", "red" and "rainbow" are expressed by "grid pattern", "hatching", "shaded" and "filled out" respectively. Do. The above four types of display modes used in this pending change look-ahead announcement effect are related to the reliability (called “big hit reliability”) that the lottery result becomes a big hit, “blue”, “green”, “red” "," Iridescent "is set so that the big hit reliability becomes high one by one in order. Note that the “rainbow-colored” hold image means a hold image in which a jackpot is decided. Therefore, when the "rainbow color" reserve image appears or when the reserve image changes to "rainbow color", it is promised that a big hit will be won in the symbol variation display related to the reserve image (operation reserve ball) Ru. Note that in the pending change pre-reading advance notice effect, the change in the display mode of the pending image may be expressed not by the display color but by a shape, a pattern, or the like.

  In this example, the hold change look-ahead announcement effect may be executed during symbol change and during special games. That is, basically, the hold change look-ahead notice effect is executed during the symbol change, but in the present example, the hold change look-ahead notice effect is executed during the special game as one mode of the hold within a row effect. There are cases (more on this later). In addition, the execution time of the prefetch notice lottery process is set to the timing before the start of symbol variation and the start of the special game. Then, at that timing, the execution availability of the hold change look-ahead preview effect and the hold change look-ahead notice pattern are drawn. In the hold change look-ahead preview effect, control is performed to change the display mode of the hold image based on the hold change look-ahead notice pattern selected from a plurality of types.

Next, the on-hold on-line consecutive-play effect in the sixth embodiment will be described. In this example, the first on-hold in-line effect (during on-line effect A) occurring during symbol variation and the second on-off in-line effect (during a special game) that occurs during symbol variation The target is the on-premises in-house production B). Whether or not the pending in-line effect A is to be executed is determined by drawing if the first execution condition is satisfied at the timing at which the preceding operation pending ball is digested. In this example, on the premise that the preceding operation reserving ball is a high profit jackpot (16R big hit), there is a case where a specific holding to be a high profit jackpot (16R big hit) is present in the subsequent operation reserving ball, and the leading The first execution condition is satisfied even in the case where the action-retention ball of (1) is dismounted (in this case, the presence or absence of the specific retentiveness in the subsequent action-retention ball does not matter). Therefore, at the time when the pending U-Ran effect A occurs during the symbol change, the establishment of the Pending-in-U-Ran is not determined, and the so-called “Gasse” effect (false effect is the result of “off” in the variable display. May be In other words, if the result of the change display becomes a "big hit" after the occurrence of the pending Uchienso effect A, establishment of the pending Utaiso (the specific hold exists in the subsequent operation pending ball ) Is decisive. On the other hand, whether or not to execute the on-premises on-line effect B is determined when the second execution condition is satisfied at the start of the special game. In this example, on the premise that the preceding operation reserving ball is a high profit big hit (16R big hit), if there is a specific hold to be a high profit big hit (16 R big hit) in the subsequent operation reserving ball, It is assumed that the second execution condition is satisfied when the continuous effect A is generated as a true effect. That is, the execution of the on-hold U-link production effect B is determined in response to the fact that the on-hold U-link production effect A is generated as a true effect of notifying the establishment of the on-hold U-link connection. Therefore, during the symbol change, when there is no occurrence of pending internal connection effect A, and even when occurrence is pending effect A, if it is the production of a gusset (in the above variable display In the case of (3), there is no on-hold in-line production B. In this example, in the case of the symbol variation when the preceding operation reserving ball is digested in this way, the pending intra-training effect A occurs, and when it becomes a big hit in the variation, the establishment of the pending intra-training is determined In the form of taking over the reserved in-line consecutive effect A, the in-dest effect B is generated during the execution of the special game after the change (after the big hit change). Then, the reserved U-link consecutive effect A and the pending U-link continuous effect B are configured as continuity and related effect content across the symbol variation and the special game.

FIG. 69 is a schematic view showing an example of effects of on-hold internal consecutive effects in the sixth embodiment. In the drawing, (A) to (D) are examples of effects during symbol variation display (including on-hold in-line consecutive effect A), and (E) to (H) are in special games in progress (on-hold in-line consecutive effect B Is included. In the normal gaming state (non-special gaming state) and the special gaming state, the position of the hold display area, the hold display mode (
It is preferable to configure them so as to differ in size and the like. As the reason, it is for emphasizing pending U-Ran effect B to be described later.

  First, as shown in FIGS. 69 (A) and 69 (B), the screen is blacked out momentarily at a predetermined timing during symbol variation display. Then, as shown in FIG. 69 (C), a special effect that does not appear in any scene other than the on-hold on-line on-off effect is displayed as a on-hold on-line on-run effect A (premium movie is reproduced) . For example, as this premium movie, a video until the main character learns the ultimate mystery and reaches an unthinkable zone is reproduced. In this example, since the on-premises in-line consecutive effect A also includes the effects of a gasse, the establishment of the on-off in-line consecutive passages is not necessarily determined only by the occurrence of the on-time in-line continuation effects A (premium movie). In addition, during symbol fluctuation, the reservation image corresponding to the operation reservation ball of the special symbol is displayed. In this example, as shown in the drawing, it is assumed that all four reserved images (the operation reserved balls of the second special symbol) are displayed in the normal display mode (white).

  Next, as shown in FIG. 69 (D), after the end of the premium movie, the decorative symbol is displayed in the big hit symbol "7, 7, 7" after reaching the reach state, and the big hit (the big hit pertaining to the previous operation hold ball ) Occurs. As described above, after the on-hold in-line consecutive effect A (premium movie) is executed, a jackpot occurs due to the change, and the establishment of the on-off in-line consecutiveness (presence of the specific on-hold) is assured. In this example, when a big hit is won, a "hyper bonus" is usually generated as a big hit effect in the special game, but as described above, when the pending hold is established due to the change, the special As a jackpot effect in the game, "non-reminiscent rebirth bonus" will occur.

As shown in FIG. 69 (E), when the special game is started, the “non-reminiscent rebirth bonus” is started as the jackpot effect. At this time, even during the execution of the special game, the hold image (the hold image corresponding to the operation hold ball of the second special symbol) is continuously displayed. In this example, it is assumed that the hold image is displayed in substantially the entire period of the jackpot start demonstration to the round game to the jackpot end demonstration. It should be noted that while the special game is being executed, the reserved image may not be displayed during the round game but may be displayed only at the big hit start demonstration and the big hit end demonstration, or may be displayed only at the big hit end demonstration .

  As shown in FIG. 69 (F), when the round game is started, a “non-inspiring reincarnation plate” appears as the pending internal connection effect B. The “non-reminiscence plate” is, for example, an image in which text information “non-reminiscence” is displayed in a rectangular plate of white (at least a color other than rainbow color). In the present example, the “non-inspired inversion plate” is displayed in the entire period from the first round to the sixteenth round.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 69 (G), in the big hit end demo, the “non-reminiscence plate” changes to a rainbow effect, and the hold image related to the trigger hold (the read ahead result is determined to be a specified hold Fly towards the image).

  Then, as shown in FIG. 69H, the rainbow effect changes the display mode of the reserved image from white to rainbow. With the appearance of such rainbow colored reserved images, it is possible to visually convey to a player the establishment of the reserved pavers.

  In the above-described sixth embodiment, a rainbow colored reserved image appearing even during symbol change is used as a reserved internal row arrangement effect during special games, but the present invention is not limited to this, A special reserved image (for example, a reserved image of a giraffe pattern) which does not appear during pattern variation may be used. Moreover, in the above-mentioned 6th Embodiment, although it is mentioned on the conditions that a preceding operation | movement pending ball is won by high profit big hit (16R big hit) as execution conditions of pending inside consecutive residence effect, it is limited to this Instead of the above, it may be configured to satisfy the above execution condition even if the preceding operation reserving ball is any big hit (16R big hit, 8R big hit, 4R big hit).

  As described above, according to the sixth embodiment, the reserved image is changed from the normal mode in which the big hit expectation is low to the special mode in which the big hit expectation is high as the reserved inside row effect in the special game. Since it is possible to teach the player visually that the establishment is visually understandable, and by making the holding change occur even during the special game, it is possible to give the player surprise or unexpectedness, so that the holding Uchirenso The effect of the effect can be further enhanced, and as a result, the interest of the game can be improved. In addition, when you execute the pending Uchinso effect during the special game, a special effect (for example, the pending Uchienso effect is generated as the effect of the symbol change (up to the change related to the specific hold) after the special game is over An effect that does not appear in the symbol change after the end of the special game when there is no may be executed.

Seventh Embodiment
Next, a gaming machine according to a seventh embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the seventh embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine according to the first embodiment described above, and in the following, the same reference numerals are given to parts having similar configurations. Descriptions are omitted and mainly different parts are described.

Like the gaming machine of the second embodiment, the gaming machine of the seventh embodiment depends on whether or not the gaming ball wins in a specific area (so-called "V area") in the big winning opening during execution of the special game. Thus, it is configured as a so-called ball check type gaming machine that determines whether or not the gaming state shifts to a definite changing state after the end of the special game. In addition, a definite change state may be continued until symbol variation of a predetermined number of times (ST number of times) is performed, and may be continued until the next big hit occurs. In this case, if it is the former, it is easier to win the big hit type in which entering the specific area 658 is easier if the big hit with the second special symbol is larger than the big hit with the first special symbol, and (2) When a big hit with a special symbol, it is desirable to win a big hit type that makes it easy to enter the specific area 658 with a probability of 100%. If it is the latter, it is easier to win the big hit type when entering the specific area 658 is easier if you hit the big with the second special symbol than when you hit the big with the first special symbol, and the second special symbol When it is a big hit, it is desirable to win a big hit type that makes it easy to enter the specific area 658 with a probability of less than 100%.

  FIG. 70 is a front view of a pachinko gaming machine PM according to a seventh embodiment. As shown in FIG. 70, in the seventh embodiment, only a single large winning opening 65 (a ball probability attacker having a specific area 658) is mounted in the game area PA. That is, in the second embodiment described above, the second large winning opening 65 having the specific area 658 is opened only in the specific round, and the first large winning opening not having the specific area 658 in the rounds other than the specific round. In the fifth embodiment, the big winning opening 65 having the specific area 658 is opened in all the rounds. The configuration of the special winning opening 65 has already been described in the above-described second embodiment, and thus the description thereof will not be repeated.

  In addition, the gaming machine of the seventh embodiment adopts so-called preferential digestion in which the variable display of the second special symbol is preferentially executed over the variable display of the first special symbol, similarly to the game machine of the first embodiment. Therefore, it is configured to preferentially digest the operation retaining ball of the second special symbol while the operation retaining ball of the second special symbol is present, regardless of the presence of the operation retaining ball of the first special symbol. There is.

  Subsequently, the big hit type (big hit breakdown) in the seventh embodiment will be described. FIG. 71 shows the big hit breakdown of the special symbol lottery in the seventh embodiment.

  The upper part of FIG. 71 is a view schematically showing a symbol table per first special symbol in the seventh embodiment. In the first special symbol per symbol table, a symbol group, a big hit attribute, the number of times of operation of a probability variation short function, and an operation pattern of a big winning opening are respectively associated with a special symbol per symbol random number (this example So, for the sake of convenience, the description of the stop symbol is omitted). In the symbol table per first special symbol, three kinds of symbol groups A, B and C are set according to the type of the big hit. Specifically, it is divided into symbol group A (16R length open big hit), symbol group B (6R length open big hit), and symbol group C (6R length short open big hit).

  The lower part of FIG. 71 is a view schematically showing a symbol table per second special symbol in the seventh embodiment. In the second special symbol per symbol table, a symbol group, a big hit attribute, the number of times of operation of a probability variation short function, and an operation pattern of a big winning opening are respectively associated with a special symbol per symbol random number (this example So, for the sake of convenience, the description of the stop symbol is omitted). In the second special symbol per symbol table, two types of symbol groups D and E are set according to the type of the big hit. Specifically, it is divided into symbol group D (16R length open big hit) and symbol group E (8R length open big hit).

As described above, each big hit is roughly classified into "long open big hit" and "long short open big hit". The long open big hit means a big hit where only a long open round game exists as a round game in the special game. The long and short opening big hit means a big hit where a long opening round game and a short opening round game are mixed as a round game in the special game. As shown in FIG. 71, the big hit of the first special symbol is classified as long open big hit or long short open big hit, and the big hit of the second special symbol is all classified as long open big hit. In this example, the long open round game is a round game set to open over a reference time (eg, 30 seconds over 20 seconds which is a reference time), and the short open round game is less than the reference time It is a round game set to open (for example, 0.5 seconds less than 20 seconds which is a reference time). However, in the specific round (the specific number of rounds in which the distribution device of the specific area 658 operates), the open pattern may be different from the other normal rounds (of course, the open pattern is the same as a variation thereof) May be As an example, in a long open round game in a specific round, it is not 30 seconds open but 0.5 seconds open → 2 seconds closed → 29 seconds open (total value of open time is 29.5 seconds, from 30 seconds And so on). Moreover, in the short opening round game in a specific round, it is good also as 0.2 second opening (it is shorter than 0.5 second opening).

  Further, as shown in FIG. 71, each of the above jackpots is classified into "conditional specific jackpot" and "conditional normal jackpot" as attributes of the jackpot. "Conditional specific big hit" is set to be easy or possible to win a specific area 658, basically it is a specific big hit (probable variation big hit) on condition that the game ball wins in the specific area 658. Say a big hit to be finalized. The reason for "conditional" is that even if the specified area 658 is a long open jackpot, when the game ball does not actually win in the specified area 658, it usually becomes a big hit (non-probable variation big hit) It is because there is a possibility. Also, "conditional normal big hit" is set to difficult or impossible to win a specific area 658, basically on condition that the gaming ball does not win in the specific area 658, usually a big hit (non-deterministic variation big hit A big hit that is determined to be). The reason for "conditional" is that even if the specific area 658 is a short hit, if the gaming ball actually wins the specific area 658, it may result in a specific big hit (probable variation big hit). It is because there is. Here, as shown in the upper part of FIG. 71, in the first special symbol lottery, the winning probability of the conditional specific big hit is 60%, and the winning probability of the conditional normal big hit is 40%. Further, as shown in the lower part of FIG. 71, in the second special symbol lottery, the winning probability of the conditional specific big hit is 100%.

  Here, the following relationships (1) to (3) are established regarding the breakdown of the jackpot in the present example.

(1) High Profit Big Hit Expectation In this example, the ratio for winning the high profit big hit (the highest hit for winning prize winning value) is set higher in the first special symbol lottery than in the second special symbol lottery. It is done. Specifically, while the percentage winning in the high profit big hit (16R big hit) in the first special symbol lottery is 40%, the percentage winning in the high profit big hit (16R big hit) in the second special symbol lottery is It is 25%, and the first special symbol lottery is configured to have a higher expectation of acquiring a high profit jackpot (16R big hit) than the second special symbol lottery.

(2) Expected degree of conditional specified big hit In this example, the percentage of winning a specific big hit (corresponding to a probability change big hit) as a big hit attribute is higher in the second special symbol lottery than in the first special symbol lottery It is set. Specifically, while the ratio of winning a conditional specific jackpot in the first special symbol lottery is 60%, the percentage of winning a conditional specific jackpot in the second special symbol lottery is 100%, the first (1) The second special symbol lottery is configured to have a higher expectation for the probability change transition than the special symbol lottery.

(3) Average number of rounds In this example, the average number of rounds of special games to be executed by one big hit occurrence is a big hit in the first special symbol lottery and a big hit in the second special symbol lottery It is set equally. Specifically, while the average number of rounds of special games in the case of a big hit in the first special symbol lottery is "10 rounds", the special game in the case of a big hit in the second special symbol lottery The average number of rounds is “10 rounds”, and each average number of rounds is configured to be the same.

Subsequently, FIG. 72 is a time chart for describing an operation pattern of the special winning opening 65 in the seventh embodiment. In the present example, a total of four types of operation patterns are prepared corresponding to the above-described jackpot types. In the drawing, the state change of the special winning opening 65 in the special game is shown in time series from left to right. Each operation pattern shown in FIG. 72 conceptually shows the execution state of each round game, and each time width and ratio of opening time and closing time (including interval time) of each round game is an actual time. It does not correspond to the width and ratio. In the figure, "L" is added to the long open round game, and "S" is added to the short open round game.

  In this example, even if it corresponds to any of the above five types of big hit, in the special round in the special game, the special game ends based on whether the gaming ball enters the specific area 658 or not The presence or absence of a definite change transition in the later is distributed. In the specific round in this example, the distributing member (the blade member 655) opens and closes, and the specific area 658 becomes effective (detects entering the ball into the specific area 658 as effective, ie, to the specific area 658) The probability change transition is determined by entering the In addition, below, the other round except a specific round is also called a "normal round." In this example, the specific round is set to the sixth round, regardless of which of the jackpots. In this specific round, the special winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 are synchronized (linked), and the special area 658 is opened with the opening of the special winning opening 65 (after the opening of the special winning opening 65) The specific area 658 is opened), and the specific area 658 is closed in response to the closing of the big winning opening 65 (the specific area 658 is closed after the big winning opening 65 is closed). Therefore, basically, if the special winning opening 65 is long open, the specific area 658 is also long open, and if the special winning opening 65 is short open, the specific area 658 is also short open. In addition, in one special game, the number of times of execution of a specific round is not limited to one, and may be set a plurality of times. In the following, for convenience of explanation, the specific area 658 is long-opened and the V-prize is easy or possible round among the specific rounds is also referred to as "V-round", and the specific area 658 is short-opened and the V-prize difficult or not Possible rounds are also referred to as "non-V rounds".

  First, FIG. 72A shows a 16R long open pattern. In the 16R long opening pattern, a long opening round game is executed in all rounds (normal round, specific round). That is, since the large winning opening 65 is long-opened in any round game, the 16R long open jackpot becomes a big hit equivalent to 16 rounds in practice. In addition, since a long open round game is performed, a specific round (sixth round) is set as V round which is easy or possible to enter the ball into the specific area 658.

  FIG. 72 (B) shows a 6R long open pattern. In the 6R long opening pattern, the long opening round game is executed in all the rounds, as in the above-mentioned 16R long opening pattern. That is, since the large winning opening 65 is long-opened in any round game, the 6R long open jackpot becomes a big hit equivalent to six rounds in practice. In addition, the specific round (sixth round) is set as V round which is easy or possible to enter the specific area 658.

  FIG. 72C shows the 6R long and short open pattern. In the 6R long short open pattern, a long open round game is executed in a normal round, and a short open round game is executed in a specific round. That is, since the large winning opening 65 is long-opened only in the normal round, the 6R long short open big hit is a big hit equivalent to five rounds. In addition, since a short open round game is performed, the specific round (sixth round) is set as a non-V round in which entering the specific area 658 is difficult or impossible.

FIG. 72D shows an 8R long open pattern. In the 8R long opening pattern, a long opening round game is executed in all rounds, as in the above-mentioned 16R long opening pattern. That is, since the big winning opening 65 is long-opened in any round game, the 8R long opening big hit becomes a big hit equivalent to 8 rounds. In addition, the specific round (sixth round) is set as V round which is easy or possible to enter the specific area 658.

  Subsequently, promotion effects during the special game in the seventh embodiment will be described. In this example, as a plurality of types of promotion effects, a first promotion effect (a probability change promotion effect) and a second probability change promotion effect (a round promotion effect) are provided. The promotion effect in this example refers to the actual profit related to the jackpot during the jackpot regarding the profit aspect (for convenience, referred to as “provisional profit mode”) related to the jackpot suggested or notified before or at the start of the jackpot. The aspect is an instruction to suggest or notify whether the degree of profit is higher than the provisional profit aspect. In other words, it indicates or announces whether the jackpot benefit aspect suggested or informed before or at the start of the jackpot is true (a true profit aspect) or false (a higher profit aspect), It is an effect that shows whether the profit aspect of the jackpot is promoted (changed) or not through the process. Furthermore, it is an effect to indicate or notify whether the advantage is a relatively high jackpot or a relatively low jackpot through a series of processes before or at the start of the jackpot from the start of the jackpot. In addition, it is good also as composition which does not indicate information (true or false information) concerning the above-mentioned profit mode as a form other than suggesting or notifying true or false information concerning the profit mode before or at the start of the big hit. . For example, when "challenge bonus" appears, until the challenge success or failure, 1) whether the specific round is V round or non-V round, 2) the number of special game regulation rounds is 16 rounds as its profit aspect Any one of the eight rounds may be concealed. The promotion effect is executed as one mode of the jackpot effect during the special game.

  Here, FIG. 73 is a diagram schematically showing the relationship between the jackpot type and the promotion effect. In this example, according to the type of special symbol, the type of big hit, the big hit symbol (decorative symbol), the gaming state at the time of big hit occurrence, etc., the type of promotion effect or the possibility of execution is decided. As will be described in detail later, in this example, when the big hit with the first special symbol, if the gaming state at the time of the big hit occurrence is the normal state (low probability / no open extension), a definite change as the first promotion effect The promotion effect is executed, and the probability change promotion effect is not executed when the gaming state at the time of the big hit is the probability change state (with high probability / open extension). In addition, when the game state at the time of big hit occurrence is a definite change state (with high probability / open extension), the execution of the definite change promotion effect at least before the specific round is prohibited, and it is configured to allow the execution of the definite change promotion effect after the specific round You may On the other hand, when it becomes a big hit in the second special symbol, if the gaming state at the time of the big hit occurrence is a definite change state (high probability / with open extension), round promotion effect is executed as a second promotion effect, a big hit If the gaming state at the time of occurrence is the normal state (low probability / no open extension), the round promotion effect is not executed.

Here, the jackpot symbol (stop symbol) of the decorative symbol in this example is basically “1 · 1 · 1”, “3 · 3 · 3”, “5 · 5 · 5”, “7 · 7・ 7 ”,“ 9/9/9 ”and other oddly-decisive symbols (odd symbols) that indicate a big-hit big hit,“ 2 · 2 · 2 ”,“ 4 · 4 · 4 ”,“ 6 · 6 · 6 ”,“ It distinguishes with an indeterminate symbol (even symbol) which usually shows a big hit or a definite variation big hit such as 8/8. Hereinafter, for convenience of explanation, among the above odd symbols, “3 · 3 · 3” and “7 · 7 · 7” are also referred to as first odd symbols, “1 · 1 · 1”, “5 · 5 -"5" and "9-9. 9" are also referred to as second odd symbols. In this example, in either of the first special symbol lottery and the second special symbol lottery, when the 16R long opening big hit (high profit big hit) is won, as the first odd symbol (big hit symbol) 3 • 3 • 3 ”or“ 7 · 7 · 7 ”is selected, and the appearance of the jackpot symbol teaches that high-profit jackpot (16 rounds won) and definite transition after special game is definite . And in this example, various promotion effects can be performed using the big hit design other than that. In this example, when a big hit is won with the second special symbol, only the odd symbol is selected as the big hit symbol (decorative symbol), and the even symbol is not selected, but it is limited to this Second, second
Even when a big hit is won with a special symbol, an even symbol may be selected as the big hit symbol (decorative symbol). In that case, it is preferable that in the normal state, "eight round determined effect" and "V determined effect" are performed, and even in the positive change state, "eight round determined effect" and "V determined effect" are performed. In addition, in addition to "16 round fixed production" and "8 round fixed production", "V fixed production" is configured to execute "big round winning with the second special symbol in normal state" It is also good.

  In the case of a big hit with the first special symbol, V finalization effect or probability variation promotion effect may be executed during the special game. V finalization effect is an effect that announces that the probability change acquisition is definite before or at the start of the special game, that is, it is decided that the specific round is executed as V round (long open round game) It is an effect to inform. With the probability change promotion effect, in the round prior to the specific round during the special game, the effect that indicates the expectation of the probability change acquisition in this specific round, that is, the V round (long open round game) It is an effect that suggests the possibility of being executed. At this time, when it becomes a big hit in the first special symbol, which of the V finalization effect and the probability change promotion effect is to be executed in the special game is the type of stop symbol (big hit symbol) of the decorative symbol, and It is decided according to the game state etc. at the time of big hit.

  As shown in FIG. 73, when the gaming state is the normal state, when the 16R long opening big hit is won with the first special symbol, that is, the big hit symbol becomes the first odd symbol (for example, “7 · 7 · 7”) In the case, the V finalization effect is selected. On the other hand, when the gaming state is the normal state and the 6R long opening jackpot is won by the first special symbol, if the big hit symbol becomes the second odd symbol (for example, "1.1.1"), the V set effect is If the jackpot symbol is selected and becomes an even symbol (for example, "2.2.2"), then the probability variation promotion effect is selected. In addition, when the game state is normal state and wins the 6R long short open jackpot with the first special symbol, ie, when the big hit symbol becomes an even symbol (for example, "2.2.2"), the probability change promotion effect is It is selected.

  On the other hand, when the game state is a definite change state and the 16R long opening big hit is won with the first special symbol, that is, when the big hit symbol becomes the first odd symbol (for example, "7 · 7 · 7") , V finalization effect is selected. On the other hand, when the game state is a definite change state and the 6R long opening big hit is won with the first special symbol, ie, the big hit symbol becomes the second odd symbol (for example, “1 · 1 · 1”), V is decided An effect is selected. In addition, when winning a 6R long short opening jackpot with the first special symbol when the gaming state is a definite change state, that is, when the big hit symbol becomes an even symbol (for example, "2.2.2"), V finalization effect also Certain variable promotion effect is not selected either. That is, when the gaming state is a definite change state, if the conditional specified big hit (16R length open big hit, 6R length open big hit) is won as the big hit attribute, V finalization effect is executed, but conditional If a normal big hit (6R long short open big hit) is won, neither V definite production nor definite change promotion production is executed.

  Here, when becoming a big hit in the first special symbol, the probability variation promotion effect is executed, as described above, when the gaming state at the time of the big hit occurrence is a normal state (low probability / no open extension), ie It is the time of so-called first hit. The "first hit" means a jackpot generated by being won in the special symbol determination at least when the power support function is not activated (the open extension function is not activated). Therefore, the first special symbol to be a big hit is typically at the time of the first hit, and the player pays attention to whether or not the gaming state after the first hit will be a definite change state. By suggesting that the specific round may be V-round (long open round game) in the promotion effect, the player's sense of expectation in the special game can be maintained.

Then, when it becomes a big hit in the second special symbol, during the special game, a round finalization effect or a round promotion effect may be executed. The round finalization effect is an effect in which the number of rounds (16 rounds or 8 rounds) of the big hit is notified definitely before or at the start of the special game. Specifically, in this example, sixteen rounds of fixed effect and eight rounds of fixed effect are prepared. The round promotion effect is an effect (also referred to as “round up effect”) which suggests that the prescribed number of rounds or more may be continued in the round game before the specified number of rounds during the execution of the special game. At this time, if it becomes a big hit with the second special symbol, which of the final game effect and the round promotion effect are to be executed in the special game is the kind of stop symbol (big hit symbol) of the decorative symbol, and the big hit It is decided according to the game state etc.

  As shown in FIG. 73, when the gaming state is the normal state, when the 16R long opening big hit is won with the second special symbol, that is, the big hit symbol becomes the first odd symbol (for example, “7 · 7 · 7”) In the case, 16 round finalization effects are selected. On the other hand, when the game state is normal state and 8R long opening big hit is won with the second special symbol, that is, when the big hit symbol becomes the second odd symbol (for example, “1 · 1 · 1”), 8 rounds The fixed effect is selected.

  On the other hand, when the game state is a definite change state and the 16R long opening big hit is won with the second special symbol, if the big hit symbol becomes the first odd symbol (for example, "7 · 7 · 7"), 16 rounds If the final effect is selected and the jackpot symbol becomes the second odd symbol (for example, “1 · 1 · 1”), the round promotion effect is selected. On the other hand, when the game state is a definite change state and wins the 8R long opening big hit with the second special symbol, that is, when the big hit symbol becomes the second odd symbol (for example, "1 · 1 · 1"), round promotion An effect is selected.

  Here, when it becomes a big hit with the second special symbol, the round promotion effect is executed when the gaming state at the time of the big hit occurrence is a definite change state (with high probability / open extension), that is, It's time. As mentioned above, when it is in a state where at least the electric chow support function is operating (operating state of the open extension function), the result of the judgment of the special symbol is a big hit, and the special game is that special game It means that the state (the open extension function operating state) continues to be activated again as the gaming state after the end of. In other words, the second special symbol is a big hit when it is typically at the time of consecutive villas, and it is generally promised that a definite change state will be continuously provided at the time of the consecutive villas, and the player In order to focus on the number of special game winning rounds (the number of payouts) rather than the presence or absence of definite variation, it is possible to maintain the player's sense of expectation during the special game by suggesting the possibility of continuing the second half round .

In addition, the above-mentioned effect contents (promotional effect, finalization effect) may be configured to be executed only in the non-electric chew support state if it is a game of the first special symbol, and a game of the second special symbol In this case, it may be configured to be executed only in the power-on state. Furthermore, the probability change promotion effect may be configured as in the following (1) to (3). (1) In the case of a big hit with the first special symbol in the non-electric chew support state, while performing a definite change promotion effect during the special game (during a big hit), the second special in the non-electric chew support state When it is a big hit with a symbol, you may be configured to execute a definite change promotion effect before the start of the special game (before the big hit) instead of during the special game (while playing the big hit) (as the aspect, the change related to the big hit The combination of decorative symbols changes from "6, 6, 6" to "7, 7, 7" during display, suggesting that the probability change has been promoted. (2) If the first special symbol is a big hit in the state of electric chew support, execute the definite change promotion effect before the start of the special game (before the big hit) and the definite change promotion effect during the special game (big hit) Will not run, and if the second special symbol is a big hit in the state of electric Chu support, perform a definite change promotion effect before the start of the special game (before the big hit) Because it is a big hit that will be, it will definitely be promoted to a certain degree)). (3) However, when the above (2) is applied, even if it is a big hit with the first special symbol in the electric chow support state, the player's sense of expectation also during the special game (during the big hit) In order to sustain the game, you may execute a definite change promotion effect during a special game (during a big hit).

(First promotion effect)
First, the probability change promotion effect (first promotion effect) will be described with reference to a specific effect example. FIG. 74 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the effect contents of the probability change promotion effect. If the game condition is a normal condition and a big hit is made with the first special symbol, then the probability change promotion effect spans the second round to the fifth round of the special game, and the next sixth round (specific round ) Is an effect that suggests or notifies the possibility of becoming a V round (long open round game). The probability change promotion effect in this example is based on the ball entering effect (also referred to as the “first ball entering effect”) performed in the second to fourth rounds and the V round acquisition effect performed in the fifth round Become.

  The first ball entering effect is displayed in the second round to the fourth round, as shown in FIGS. 74 (A) to (C). The first ball entry effect is an effect in which various objects are sequentially displayed on the screen in response to the game ball entering the big winning opening 65, and to the V prize round according to the display mode of the specific object Transition expectation (ie probability change expectation) is suggested.

  First, as shown in FIG. 74 (A), when the second round is started, a meter image (a meter image for the second round) is displayed on the screen of the effect display device 70. The meter image is displayed in a horizontally long band, and a scale is attached to the inside of the meter image. The scale of the meter image is “0” at the start of each round game (the second round to the fourth round), and each time the game ball enters the big winning opening 65, an object for one scale in the meter image ( An object representing a color is displayed, and the meter image is increased by one division (the graduation is cleared to zero when moving to the next round). The meter image is set to all nine graduations, which corresponds to the maximum number of ball entry (10) of the big winning opening 65 in each round game. That is, when there is a maximum number of ball entry (10) to the big winning opening 65 in the round game, the scale of the meter image is obtained by accumulation of objects for 10 scales (objects for one scale × 10) Is full. In this example, as a display mode of an object for one scale of the meter image, any one of two colors of "white" and "giraffe pattern" can be taken. In the drawings, two types of display modes of white and giraffe are expressed by "plain" and "hatched", respectively. At this time, one star (an image resembling a star) is displayed (one star can be acquired) each time a giraffe pattern object for one scale appears. On the other hand, even if a white object of one division appears, the star is not displayed (the star can not be acquired). In this example, three stars can be displayed at the maximum, and it is suggested that the specific round may become V round (long open round game) according to the number of acquired stars. In the illustrated example, in this second round, by entering seven gaming balls into the large winning opening 65, the meter image has increased to seven divisions, but the giraffe pattern object does not appear, and the star is displayed. It shows the condition that could not be acquired.

  Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 74 (B), when the third round is started, a new meter image (meter image for the third round) is displayed on the screen. In the illustrated example, in the third round, a giraffe pattern object appears at the fifth entry to the special winning opening 65, and one star has been acquired.

Next, as shown in FIG. 74 (C), when the fourth round is started, a new meter image (meter image for the fourth round) is displayed on the screen. In the illustrated example, in the fourth round, a giraffe pattern object appears at the seventh entry into the big winning opening 65, and another star has been acquired. Then, at the end of the fourth round, the total number (two) of the stars acquired in the first entering effect is determined. In the present example, although the number of acquired giraffe pattern objects in one round game is one, the present invention is not limited to this, and a plurality of giraffe pattern objects can be acquired in one round game It may be configured.

  Next, the V round acquisition effect is displayed in the fifth round as shown in FIGS. 74 (D) to (F). The V-round acquisition effect is closely related to the display mode (rendering result) of the first entering game, and is an effect for which the contents of the rendering corresponding to the effect result of the entering game (the display mode of the object) are derived. According to the contents of the rendition, an expectation (accurate expectation to shift to V round) of definite variation acquisition is suggested.

  As shown in FIG. 74 (D), in the fifth round, with the start of the V-round acquisition effect, the title image is notified. In the present example, a title image of “permanent change promotion chance time” is displayed on the screen. According to the attribute (in this example, a plurality of display colors are prepared in this example) of the display mode of the title, the transition expectation to the V round is predicted. Although the details will be described later, in this example, the display color of the title is set to be higher in the transition expectation to the V round in the order of “blue” <“green” <“purple” <“red”. The attribute (display color) of this title is different according to the number of acquired stars in the entering effect. The illustrated example shows the case where the display color of the title is "purple", corresponding to the number "2" of acquired stars. Further, on the screen, a message “Let's push the button and see the result!” Is displayed, and the player is prompted to operate the effect button 15. In response to this, when the player operates the effect button 15, the effect result is displayed.

  As shown in FIG. 74E, in the case where the pseudo variable promotion has succeeded (when the next round is a V round), the characters “V round acquisition success” are displayed on the screen. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 74 (F), when the probability variable promotion has failed (when the next round becomes a non-V round), the characters “V round acquisition failure” are displayed on the screen . However, in practice, since the type of the big hit (presence or absence of execution of the V round) is determined in advance at the time of the success or failure lottery, the effect is developed (representation result) according to the type. In other words, when 6R long open big hit (conditional specific big hit) is won, it becomes definite change promotion success, when 6R long short open big hit (conditional usual big hit) is elected, it becomes definite change promotion failure.

  And although illustration is omitted, in the next sixth round (specific round), a round game (long open round game or short open round game) according to the notification result by the probability change promotion effect will be executed. At this time, when the sixth round is a long open round game, a predetermined effect image in which a message such as "Aim for V" appears is displayed to urge the player to win a prize in the specific area 658. However, in the case of the short open round game, the predetermined effect image is not displayed. However, even if it is a short opening round game in which entering the specific area 658 is difficult or impossible, if it is possible to win in the specific area 658 as a result, the game state after the end of the special game changes to a definite change state It will be migrated.

  The effect content (representation pattern) of such a probability change promotion effect is selected with reference to the probability change promotion effect pattern table. FIG. 75 is a schematic view showing an example of the probability variation promotion effect pattern table. In the probability variation promotion effect pattern table, a plurality of probability variation promotion effect patterns are defined. In each figure, for convenience of explanation, “Selection ratio” is described, but in fact, according to the probability variation promotion effect pattern random number value, the judgment value (range of random number value) for determining the probability variation promotion effect pattern Is set, and the probability variation promotion effect pattern is determined based on to which determination value the probability variation promotion effect pattern random number value belongs.

In the probability variation promotion effect pattern table, according to the probability variation promotion effect pattern, the contents of the entering effect (presence or absence of appearance of the giraffe pattern object, the number of acquired stars) and the content of the V round acquisition effect (display color of the title) Is defined (see the section "Production Content" in the figure). In Figure 75,
The presence or absence of the appearance of the giraffe pattern object in each round is determined, “○” means that the giraffe pattern object appears, and “−” means that the giraffe pattern object does not appear. The number of acquired stars is determined according to the number of ○ marks (that is, the number of appearances of the giraffe pattern object). Then, the display color of the title in the V round acquisition effect is determined in accordance with the number of stars acquired in this ball entry effect. Specifically, for the number of acquired stars "0", the display color of the title "blue", for the number of acquired stars "1" the display color of the title "green", for the number of acquired stars "2" The display color of the title "red" is specified for the display color of the title "purple" and the number of stars acquired "3". In the example of the effect shown in FIG. 74 described above, the case where the probability variation promotion effect pattern PS107 is selected is illustrated.

  In this probability change promotion effect pattern table, the selection rate of the probability change promotion effect pattern is set to be different according to the jackpot type. Basically, each rendering pattern is assigned a selection rate according to the number of final stars acquired and the display color of the title. That is, when the jackpot type is 6R long open jackpot (when it is a jackpot with V round), the number of acquired stars is high in the order of “0” <“1” <“2” <“3” The selection rate increases in the order of “blue” <“green” <“purple” <“red” in the display color of the title. On the other hand, if the big hit type is 6R long short open big hit (if it is a big hit with non-V round), the total acquisition score is high in the order of "3" <"2" <"1" <"0" The selection rate increases in the order of “red” <“purple” <“green” <“blue” in the display color of the title. Therefore, in this example, the total acquisition points are in the order of “0” <“1” <“2” <“3” ”and the display color of the title is“ blue ”<“ green ”<“ purple ” <The degree of expectation for transition to V round (long open round game) is higher in the order of “red”. In addition, it is good also as a specification which long opening big hit (V round acquisition) decides by appearance of "red" as a display color of a title. In this case, for example, the selectivity of “red” in FIG. 75 is set as long open big hit: long short open big hit = 20: 0.

(Second promotion effect)
Subsequently, the round promotion effect (second promotion effect) will be described. FIG. 76 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the effect contents of the round promotion effect. When the round promotion effect is a big hit with the second special symbol, it suggests the possibility that the ninth and subsequent rounds (that is, the last eight rounds) will be executed over the seventh to eighth rounds of the special game. It is an effect to inform. In other words, this round promotion effect is, for example, at the stop of the decorative symbol, it is as if it is 8R big hit, and it is actually 16R big hit (high profit big hit) during the round. It is a kind of effect that appears to have been promoted to The round promotion effect in the present example is composed of the ball entering effect (also referred to as “second ball entering effect”) performed in the seventh round and the second half round acquisition effect performed in the eighth round.

  The second ball entering effect is displayed in the seventh round, as shown in FIGS. 76 (A) to (C). The second entering effect is an effect in which various objects are sequentially displayed on the screen in response to the game ball entering the big winning opening 65, and the second half of the eight rounds according to the display mode of the specific object Continuity expectations (ie round up expectations) are suggested. In addition, in the first entering effect, according to the number of appearances of a specific object (the giraffe pattern object) among multiple types of objects, the transition expectation to V round (long open round game) was suggested, In the second entering effect, round-up becomes definite when a special object (golden object) of a plurality of types of objects appears. In the drawing, the golden display mode is expressed by "filling". As a modification, the second entering game may be configured with the same effect pattern (showing contents) as the first entering game, and in that case, depending on the number of acquired giraffe objects The degree of expectation for round promotion may be configured differently.

First, as shown in FIG. 76 (A), when the seventh round is started, a meter image is displayed on the screen of the effect display device 70. Also in this example, the scale of the meter image is “0” at the start of each round game, and each time the game ball enters the big winning opening 65 in the round game, an object for one scale (white) An object or a gold object is displayed, and the meter image is increased by one division. In addition, the description is abbreviate | omitted about the part which is common in the above-mentioned 1st ball-in-place effect in the following.

  As shown in FIG. 76 (B), in this example, it is assumed that no gold objects appear and only white objects appear only until the sixth entry to the special winning opening 65. Then, as shown in FIG. 76 (C), in the present example, a gold object appears by the seventh entry into the big winning opening 65, and it is determined that the round-up for the last eight rounds is final at this time. Become. At this time, three stars can be acquired at a time by the appearance of the golden object (three stars are lit).

  Next, the second half round acquisition effect is displayed in the eighth round as shown in FIG. 76 (D) to (F). The latter half round acquisition effect is closely associated with the display mode (display result) of the ball entering effect, and is an effect in which the effect image corresponding to the display mode (display mode of the object) of the ball entering effect is displayed. According to the image, it is suggested that the latter 8 rounds of acquisition expectation. In this example, as shown in FIG. 76 (D), when a golden object is acquired, three stars acquired in the previous round are continuously displayed in order to give satisfaction of round promotion. A rendering image (gold effect) related to the gold object is displayed.

  Then, as shown in FIG. 76E, as the round-up success effect, characters of “second-half round acquisition success” are displayed on the screen. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 76F, when the golden object can not be acquired by the seventh round, characters of “round acquisition failure” are displayed on the screen as round-up failure presentation effects in the eighth round. That is, in the eighth round, the acquisition results of the last eight rounds (ninth to sixteenth rounds) are displayed definitively. However, in practice, since the type of the big hit (ie, the presence or absence of the last eight rounds) at the time of the lottery for success or failure is determined in advance, the effect is developed (representation result) according to the type. That is, the round promotion success is achieved when the 16R long opening jackpot is won, and the round promotion failure occurs when the 8R long opening jackpot is elected.

  The effect contents (effect pattern) of such round promotion effect is selected with reference to the round promotion effect pattern table. FIG. 77 is a schematic view showing an example of a round promotion effect pattern table. In the round promotion effect pattern table, a plurality of round promotion effect patterns are defined. In each figure, for convenience of explanation, “selection rate” is described, but in fact, the judgment value (range of random value values) for determining the round promotion effect pattern according to the round promotion effect pattern random number value The round promotion effect pattern is determined based on which judgment value the round promotion effect pattern random number value belongs to.

  In the round promotion effect pattern table, presence / absence of appearance of a special object (golden object) in the entering game and display results in the second half round acquisition effect are specified according to the round promotion effect pattern (in the figure See the section "Production content"). In FIG. 77, the presence or absence of the appearance of the golden object in the seventh round is determined, “○” indicates the occurrence of the golden object, and “−” indicates the absence of the golden object. Therefore, if "○" is attached to any of the round fields in the figure, the round promotion effect pattern becomes effect contents that become a round-up success, and "「 "is attached to any round field. If not, the round promotion effect pattern will be the effect contents of the round-up failure.

In this round promotion effect pattern table, the selection rate of the round promotion effect pattern is set to be different according to the big hit type. Basically, in each effect pattern, a selection rate is assigned according to the display mode (appearance presence / absence and appearance timing) of the golden object. That is, when the big hit type is 16R long open big hit (when the total number of rounds is 16 rounds), a round promotion effect pattern PS 202 in which a golden object appears and round up is successful is selected. On the other hand, when the big hit type is 8R long open big hit (when the total number of rounds is 8 rounds), a round promotion effect pattern PS201 in which no gold object appears and round up fails is selected. As described above, since the golden object is selected only when the result of the determination is 16R long open big hit (in the case of 8R long open big hit it is not an object of selection), the appearance of the golden object is 16R big hit confirmation, that is, the latter half 8 rounds Show the securing of As a modification, even if it is not possible to acquire a gold object in the round promotion effect, the round promotion may be successful. In addition, even in the round promotion direction, the giraffe pattern object is made to appear, and when the gold object is acquired, the round promotion is decided, and even if the gold object can not be acquired, the round promotion is performed according to the number of giraffe pattern objects acquired. It may be configured to indicate the degree of expectation.

  As described above, in this example, as the big hit attribute of the first special symbol, conditional specified big hit (corresponding to probability variation big hit) and conditionally normal big hit (corresponding to non probability variation big hit) are provided, and conditional specified big hit If so, while the specific round is set to V round (long open round game), the specific round is set to non-V round (short open round game) if the conditionally normal big hit is won. Therefore, regardless of which jackpot attribute, the presence or absence of V winning (probability variation acquisition) is distributed in the specific round. Therefore, the probability change promotion effect in this example is whether or not the specific round becomes a V round (long open round game) until the specific round starts, that is, an expectation of the probability change promotion in the specific round Suggest or report a degree. On the other hand, as the big hit attribute of the second special symbol, only the conditional specified big hit is provided, and the specific round is set to V round (long open round game). In the case of the conditional specific jackpot, basically, the V winning (probability variation acquisition) is almost promised in a specific round. For this reason, it can be said that the significance of performing the probability change promotion production is low until the specific round is started. Therefore, instead, if it becomes a big hit in the second special symbol, as information on the expected winning ball winning value in the special game, the possibility that the round game will continue after the predetermined round, that is, the degree of expectation of the round promotion Suggest or inform.

  As described above, according to the seventh embodiment, there are provided two types of promotion effects that are executed according to the type of the big hit before the predetermined round in the special game, and part of the two types of promotion effects different from each other are input in the same system. If it is configured with a ball effect and a big hit with the first special symbol, the first promotion effect suggests the expected degree of probability change acquisition after the predetermined round (the expectation for acquiring the V round), while the second special In the case of a big hit in the pattern, the second promotion effect, by suggesting the degree of expectation of the continuation of the round after the predetermined round (expected degree of acquisition in the second half round) While securing the frequency of occurrence of the ball effect, variations in the promotion effect can be provided to enhance the effect of the big hit effect, and as a result, it becomes possible to improve the interest of the game.

Although the above-described seventh embodiment exemplifies a configuration having only a single large winning opening 65 (only a large winning opening 65 having a specific area 658) in the gaming area PA, the present invention is limited to this configuration. For example, as in the second embodiment described above, the two large winning openings 64 and 65 (a large winning opening 64 having no specific area 658 and a special The present invention may be applied to a configuration provided with a mouth 65). At this time, in the second embodiment described above, the first large winning opening 64 and the second large winning opening 65 are arranged to be vertically adjacent to the lower right area in the gaming area PA, and while the special game is being executed. In the specific round, the lower second large winning opening 65 (and the specific area 658) is opened, and in the rounds other than the specific round, the upper first large winning opening 65) is opened. It is not limited to the configuration. For example, while adopting the arrangement of the big winning opening 64, 65 similar to the second embodiment described above, the opening pattern of the big winning opening 64, 65 may be different from that of the second embodiment. As an example, when the 16R special game is executed, the upper first large winning opening 64 is opened in the odd number (1R, 3R, 5R ...) round game, and the even number (2R, 4R, 6R ...) In the round game, the lower second large winning opening 65 is opened. Then, in the odd number of round games, the large winning opening 64 is opened long (open for 29 seconds) in any round game. On the other hand, in the round game of the even number of times, in the rounds other than the specific round, the big winning opening 65 is opened long (29 seconds open) and the specific area 658 is always closed, while in the first specific round (1R), The big winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 are short-opened (0.5 seconds open), and in the second specific round (7R), the big winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 are long-opened (29 seconds open). At this time, by opening and closing the first big winning opening 64 and the second big winning opening 65 alternately every one round, at the same time one big winning opening is closed in a certain round, the other big winning opening Will be released and the next round will begin. Therefore, in one round, one big winning opening is closed and the game ball which was not able to enter the ball or the game ball which did not enter the ball increased the opportunity for the ball to enter the other big winning opening adjacent to this to increase. Do. Further, since the first large winning opening 64 and the second large winning opening 65 are close to each other in the vertical direction, the player may aim at the same position, and a game can be made without changing the launch strength of the gaming ball. As a result, the entry efficiency into the special winning opening is enhanced, and the player's sense of gain is improved. At this time, even in the case of long open short hit or short open big hit, in the rounds other than the specific round, any big winning opening 64, 65 becomes long open (29 seconds open), and the ball entry efficiency is enhanced as described above As a result, the player gets more chances to get out balls than before, which also benefits the player. In addition, as a modification, the operation round of the big winning opening 64, 65 is reversed with the above, and the first big winning opening 64 is opened in an even number of round games (2R, 4R, 6R ...), and a second winning The mouth 65 may be opened in odd-numbered (1R, 3R, 5R,...) Round games.

Further, in the seventh embodiment described above, a special round is set to distribute whether or not to shift to a definite change state after the end of the special game according to the presence or absence of entering the specific area 658 during the special game execution, Certain area entering a ball directing instruction to enter the specific area 658 by launching a game ball aimed at the large winning opening 65 (specific area 658), or definite variation after the end of the special game by having entered the specific area 658 A specific area entry notification effect (see the second embodiment) or the like for notifying transition to a state is performed. As an example of the effect of the specific area entry effect, it is possible to display a message such as “Aim for V!” Or “If it enters V, it is a definite change!”. In addition, as an example of the effect of the specific area entry notification effect, it is possible to display a message such as “V winning!” Or “probable change get” on the screen. At this time, if a big hit with the first special symbol in the non-specific gaming state (in this example, when the opening extension function is not activated), the second special in the specific gaming state (in this example, when the opening extension function is activated) The configuration is such that at least one of the specific area entering instruction and the specific area entering effect has a lower execution probability than when the big hit is made with the symbol, or at least one of the specific area entering instruction and the specific area entering effect It may be configured not to execute. That is, in this example, when a big hit in the first special symbol (ie, in the case of the first hit), it is uncertain whether or not a definite change has been obtained (in the case of 16R or 6R long open big hit, possibility of obtaining a definite change) High probability, 6R long short open big hit is unlikely to get a probability change), and the player pays attention to the probability change gain, so the specific area 658 will be open in a specific round when the specific area is open. By executing the instruction effect and the specific area entry notification effect, it is possible to enhance the sense of expectation and satisfaction of the probability change acquisition. On the other hand, in the case of big hit with the second special symbol (that is, in the case of continuous state), basically, there is a possibility of probability variation acquisition with a definite variation acquisition (16R or 8R length opening jackpot and a definite hit) (High) and the player's interest in the odd variation acquisition is not so large, so at least one of the specific area entering instruction and the specific area entering notification effect may not be executed, or even if the instruction is executed The display may be small or the display mode may be simplified. Also, there are 2 specific rounds
When the above (in any case V round) is set, if you win a V in the previous specific round, it is not necessary to execute the specific area entry effect (“Aim for V”) in the later specific round (However, In the previous specific round, perform a specific area entering ball presentation).

Further, in the seventh embodiment described above, when so-called consecutive units are continued for a prescribed number of times, a special effect with a rarity (so-called ascension effect) may be generated. Also in this example, as in the first embodiment described above, it is determined whether or not special rendering (so-called ascension presentation) is performed when a predetermined condition is satisfied in the so-called continuous state. In addition, with predetermined conditions, for example, the number of consecutive acquisitions reaches a predetermined number of times, the number of accumulations of specific big hits in a continuous connection state reaches a predetermined number of times, the number of accumulated winning awards in a continuous connection state reaches a predetermined number, There may be a case where a specific effect (specific effect during symbol variation or special game) is generated during the quiet state. This special effect is executed across the symbol variation effect relating to the big hit of the consecutive number of times N = Nset number (Nset: prescribed number of times) and the special game relating to the Nset number big hit. In addition, as a modification, even if the special effect does not cross the symbol variation effect relating to the big hit of N = Nset times (N set: specified number of times) of consecutive villas, and the special game relating to the big hit of Nset times Good (can be run on either side). At this time, when the special effect is executed, the probability of executing at least one of the specific area entering instruction instruction and the specific area entering effect is lower in the specific round in the special game than when the special effect is not executed. Alternatively, it may be configured not to execute at least one of the specific area entering instruction and the specific area entering effect. Further, even if the specific area entering instruction or the specific area entering effect is executed, the message may be displayed small or simplified. The reason is that the competition between the special effect during the special game and the specific area ball entry instruction effect (specific area ball entry notification effect) is to avoid that both the effect of the both become thin. In this case, giving priority to the execution of the special effect with high rarity is a result that the player is satisfied with the result.

Eighth Embodiment
Next, a gaming machine according to the eighth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine of the eighth embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and in the following, parts having the same configuration are given the same reference numerals. Descriptions are omitted and mainly different parts are described.

  Like the gaming machine of the seventh embodiment, the gaming machine of the eighth embodiment depends on whether or not the gaming ball wins a specific area (so-called "V area") in the big winning opening during execution of the special game. Thus, it is configured as a so-called ball check type gaming machine that determines whether or not the gaming state shifts to a definite changing state after the end of the special game. In addition, a definite change state may be continued until symbol variation of a predetermined number of times (ST number of times) is performed, and may be continued until the next big hit occurs.

  Further, the gaming machine of the eighth embodiment is equipped with only a single big winning opening 65 (a ball probability attacker having a specific area 658) in the gaming area PA, as in the gaming machine of the seventh embodiment. ing. That is, also in the eighth embodiment, the big winning opening 65 having the specific area 658 is opened in all rounds. The configuration of the special winning opening 65 has already been described in the above-described second embodiment, and thus the description thereof will not be repeated.

  Subsequently, the big hit type (big hit breakdown) in the eighth embodiment will be described. In FIG. 78, the big hit breakdown of the special symbol lottery in the eighth embodiment is shown. In the following, for the convenience of description, the description of "small hit" will be omitted except in a special case.

The upper part of FIG. 78 is a view schematically showing a symbol table per first special symbol in the eighth embodiment. In the first special symbol per symbol table, a symbol group, a big hit attribute, the number of times of operation of a probability change / time saving function, and an operation pattern of a big winning opening are respectively associated with a special symbol per symbol random number In the example, for convenience, the description of the stop symbol is omitted). In the first special symbol per symbol table, as a symbol group A (16R long opening big hit), a symbol group B (12R long short opening big hit 1), and a symbol group C (12R) as three kinds of symbol groups according to the type of big hit Long and short opening jackpot 2) is set. As shown in the upper row of FIG. 78, in the first special symbol lottery, the probability of winning a conditional specified big hit (corresponding to a probability change big hit) is 50%, and the winning probability of a conditional normal big hit (corresponding to a non probability change big hit) is 50% It is.

  The lower part of FIG. 78 is a view schematically showing a symbol table per second special symbol in the eighth embodiment. In the second special symbol per symbol table, a symbol group, a big hit attribute, the number of times of operation of a probability variation / time saving function, and an operation pattern of a big winning opening are respectively associated with a special symbol per symbol random number In the example, for convenience, the description of the stop symbol is omitted). In the second special symbol per symbol table, symbol group D (16R length open big hit) and symbol group E (7R length open big hit) are set as two types of symbol groups according to the type of big hit. As shown in the lower part of FIG. 78, in the second special symbol lottery, the probability of winning a conditional specified big hit (corresponding to a probability variation big hit) is 100%.

  In this example, the average number of rounds of special games to be executed by one big hit occurrence is set equal to the big hit in the first special symbol lottery and the big hit in the second special symbol lottery. Specifically, while the average number of rounds of special games in the case of a big hit in the first special symbol lottery is "12.4 round", the special number in the case of a big hit in the second special symbol lottery The average number of rounds of the game is “12.4 rounds”, and each average number of rounds is configured to be the same.

  Subsequently, FIG. 79 is a time chart for describing an operation pattern of the special winning opening 65 in the eighth embodiment. In the present example, a total of four types of operation patterns are prepared corresponding to the above-described jackpot types. In the drawing, the state change of the special winning opening 65 in the special game is shown in time series from left to right. Each operation pattern shown in FIG. 79 conceptually shows the execution state of each round game, and each time width and ratio of opening time and closing time (including interval time) of each round game is an actual time It does not correspond to the width and ratio. That is, in the figure, the time width of each round and each interval is equally described in order to express the progress of each round in an easy-to-understand manner, but in actuality, the time width of each round and each interval is It differs depending on the opening mode and the like. In the figure, "L" is added to the long open round game, and "S" is added to the short open round game.

Here, one opening / closing operation (opening operation) of the special winning opening 65 is a long opening (also referred to as a “long opening operation”) in which the opening time is relatively long depending on the length of the opening time. And short opening (which is also referred to as “short opening operation”) in which the opening time is relatively short. In one round game, regardless of the length of the opening time, the opening and closing operation of the special winning opening 65 is performed only once, and the opening and closing operation of the special winning opening 65 is performed multiple times, and There is. Here, the round game is divided into a long open round game and a short open round game. In the long opening round game, after the round game is started and the big winning opening 65 is opened, or when the number of winning game balls to the big winning opening 65 reaches a prescribed number ("10 balls" in this example), or , When the opening time of the big winning opening 65 (if it is opened multiple times during one round, the total opening time of the opening several times) has passed the first prescribed time, the winning opening 65 is closed , This round game is over. The first predetermined time is a time width in which the number of winning game balls to the special winning opening 65 may reach a predetermined number (10 balls), and in this example, “29 seconds” is set. In this example, in the long opening round game, one long opening operation may be performed, or one long opening operation and one short opening operation may be performed. That is, in the long opening round game, when the first specified time is reached by one long opening operation (29 seconds), one long opening operation (28.8 seconds) and one short opening operation (0. The first specified time may be reached by 2 seconds). Note that, as a modification, the single long opening operation may not always be 28.8 seconds, and may always be 29 seconds regardless of the presence or absence of the combination with the short opening operation. On the other hand, in the short opening round game, after the round game is started and the big winning opening 65 is opened, when the opening time of the big winning opening 65 has passed the second prescribed time ("0.2 seconds" in this example) , The special winning opening 65 is closed, this round game ends. The second specified time is a time range in which the game ball itself can not easily win the big winning opening 65, and in this example, “0.2 seconds” is set. Therefore, in the short opening round game, it is substantially impossible to obtain a prescribed number of winnings on the big winning opening 65. In addition, the short opening round game may be accompanied by a plurality of short opening operations in one round. In the following, "long opening round game" means that at least one long opening operation is included in one round, and whether or not a short opening operation is performed (a short opening operation may be included) . The "short opening round game" means including at least one or more short opening operations in one round, and does not include a long opening operation. Here, in this example, as shown in FIGS. 79 (B) and (C), the 12R long short open patterns 1 and 2 (12R long short open big hit 1 and 2) are all set to seven rounds ing.

  First, FIG. 79A shows a 16R long open pattern. In the 16R long opening pattern, a long opening round game is executed in all rounds (normal round, specific round). That is, since the large winning opening 65 is long-opened in any round game, the 16R long open jackpot becomes a big hit equivalent to 16 rounds in practice. In addition, since a long open round game is performed as above-mentioned, a specific round (the 5th round) is set as V round which the ball entering to the specific area | region 658 is easy or possible.

  FIG. 79 (B) shows a 12R long and short open pattern 1. In 12R long short open pattern 1, long open round game in the first to third round, short open round game in the fourth round, long open round game in the fifth to eighth round, short open round in the ninth to twelfth round A game is executed. The 12R long short open jackpot 1 is a big hit corresponding to substantially 7 rounds since the big winning opening 65 is opened long in 7 round games out of 12 round games. In addition, since a specific round (the 5th round) is a long open round game as mentioned above, it is set as V round which the ball entering to the specific field 658 is easy or possible.

  FIG. 79C shows a 12R long and short open pattern 2. In 12R long short opening pattern 2, long opening round game in the first to fourth round, short opening round game in the fifth round, long opening round game in the sixth to eighth round, short opening round in the ninth to twelfth round A game is executed. Like the above 12R long short open big hit 1, 12R long short open big hit 2 will be a big hit equivalent to 7 rounds since the big winning opening 65 is long open in 7 round games out of 12 round games. . In addition, since a short open round game is performed as above-mentioned, a specific round (the 5th round) is set as a non-V round in which entering into the specific area 658 is difficult or impossible.

  First, FIG. 79 (D) shows a 7R long open pattern. In the 7R long opening pattern, a long opening round game is executed in all rounds (normal round, specific round). That is, since the large winning opening 65 is long-opened in any round game, the 7R long open jackpot becomes a big hit equivalent to 7 rounds. In addition, since a long open round game is performed as above-mentioned, a specific round (the 5th round) is set as V round which the ball entering to the specific area | region 658 is easy or possible.

Here, the opening and closing operation of the special winning opening 65 in the 12R long and short opening patterns 1 and 2 will be described in more detail. First, in each of the first to third rounds and the seventh to eighth rounds of the 12R long and short open patterns 1 and 2, the special winning opening 65 is opened long only once, and in each of the ninth to twelfth rounds. The special winning opening 65 is opened short only once. Therefore, in the 12R long and short opening patterns 1 and 2, the opening and closing operation of the special winning opening 65 matches in each of the above-mentioned rounds. On the other hand, in the 12R long and short open patterns 1, 2, the opening and closing operations of the big winning opening 65 are different in each of the fourth to sixth rounds. Specifically, in the 12R long and short open pattern 1, one short open in the fourth round, one long open in the fifth round, one short open and one long open in the sixth round Is done. That is, in the 12R long and short open pattern 1, the big winning opening 65 opens and closes in the order of “short open → long open → short open → long open” in the sections from the fourth to the sixth round. On the other hand, in the 12R long and short open pattern 2, one short open and one long open in the fourth round, a short open in the fifth round, and a single long open in the sixth round . That is, in the 12R long and short open pattern 2, in the section from the fourth round to the sixth round, the special winning opening 65 opens and closes in the order of "short open → long open → short open → long open". That is, when comparing the 12R long and short opening patterns 1 and 2 and looking at each of the fourth to sixth rounds individually, the opening and closing operation of the special winning opening 65 is different, but the fourth to sixth rounds The total opening and closing operation of the special winning opening 65 is the same when the section of is totally viewed as a series of flows. In the drawing, for convenience of explanation, since the time width of each round is equally divided, the interval period is represented variously in a long and short, but in actuality, the interval period is set to be substantially the same. Therefore, as indicated by the broken arrows in the figure, each operation (corresponding operation) in the sections from the fourth to sixth rounds described above is set at substantially the same timing on the time axis. There is. As a modification, in FIGS. 79 (B) and 79 (C), the above-mentioned opening pattern may be set up to the fifth round, and a short opening round game may be performed on all rounds after the sixth round (that is, substantially) May be finished in 5 rounds). Further, in FIG. 79B, the opening operation in the sixth round is a combination of the short opening and the long opening, but it is not limited to this, and only the long opening operation may be performed.

  Subsequently, the jackpot effect in the eighth embodiment will be described. In this example, as in the embodiments described above, when the first special symbol or the second special symbol is a big hit, various special effects as a big hit effect (big hit effect according to the big hit type) in the special game, various A movie image, instruction information for prompting striking to the big winning opening 65 (right hitting), the number of winning prize balls in the big hit, and the like are displayed. On the other hand, if the first special symbol is a big hit (typically in the case of the first hit), in each round during the special game, what number round the current round is (more specific Round number display effect to notify the round number information that can be determined whether or not it is a round, and V acquisition to notify that the game ball has passed the specific area 658 and acquired a definite variation (that is, having won V) The execution of the display effect is not set. Alternatively, an object may be displayed that indicates the number of long open rounds that have been executed (executed), or an object that indicates the number of long open rounds that are scheduled to be performed. In the former case, the object is increased each time the long release round is executed, and in the latter case, the object is decreased each time the long release round is executed. In other words, the object does not increase or decrease if it is a short open round. On the other hand, when the second special symbol is a big hit (typically in the case of consecutive villas), the execution of the number-of-rounds display effect and V acquisition display effect is set in each round during the special game It is done.

  In this way, assuming that either of the 12R long and short opening patterns 1 and 2 is executed during the special game, the information regarding the probability transition transition such as the round number information and the V winning information is not notified as the big hit effect but by hiding It is possible to make it difficult to determine whether or not a V prize is won from the effect mode during the special game. Also in the present example, various promotion effects may be executed during the special game, as in the above-described embodiment.

Subsequently, the variation pattern table of the special symbol in the sixth embodiment will be described. As described above, the gaming machine in this example is configured as a so-called ball machine in which the probability change transition after the special game is determined by the game ball winning in the specific area 658 in the specific round during the special game. If the special game does not receive a V in the specific area 658 (if the gaming state after the special game is in the normal state), the normal fluctuation pattern table is set as the fluctuation pattern table of the special symbol, and the special game is executed in the special game In the case where the V is won in the specific area 658 (when the gaming state after the special game is a definite change state), the shortening variation pattern table is set as the variation pattern table of the special symbol. That is, also in this example, as a general rule, the variation pattern table selected after the special game may differ depending on the game state after the special game. In this manner, the variation pattern table is set to a type (according to the presence or absence of a prize in the specific area 658 during the special game) according to the game state after the special game, so that the game state is normal. The selection tendency of the fluctuation pattern (variation time) may differ from each other in the case of the definite change state.

  Subsequently, the effect mode in the eighth embodiment will be described. Also in this example, transition control of the effect mode is executed on the effect control board 200 in a form consistent with the gaming state (or the variation pattern selection state) managed on the main control board 100 side. Then, on the effect display device 70, an effect mode notification image (in this example, a background image to be displayed on the back of the decorative symbol) corresponding to the effect mode currently in stay is displayed. Since the setting is made to be different, the player can recognize from the type of the background image which rendering mode is currently staying. In addition, when the type of effect mode is suggested to the player in this manner, the type of gaming state and the type of change effect content (variation effect pattern) during symbol variation, based on the type of effect mode during stay Is suggested to the player. At this time, in this example, as the effect mode after the special game, regardless of whether the gaming state after the special game is the normal state or the definite change state, the transition to the common effect mode (hidden effect mode). In other words, the concealment effect mode is an effect mode in which the player plays an effect by concealing whether the current gaming state (internal gaming state) is a normal state or a definite change state. In the present example, when the concealed effect mode is set as the effect mode, “special background” is displayed as the background image. In the present example, a variation effect pattern table is set for each effect mode during stay, and even if the variation pattern of the special symbol is different, if the effect mode is the same, the effect contents are common to each other The variation presentation pattern to be selected can be selected. That is, even if the variation time (the effect scale according to it) selected on the main control board 100 side is different according to the gaming state, the gaming state on the side of the presentation control board 200 is the normal state or the definite variation In order to shift to the same effect mode regardless of the state, the background effect and the variation effect common to the effect contents are selected. Therefore, not only during the execution of the special game, but also in the symbol variation game after the end of the special game, the concealed state related to the presence or absence of the probability change transition will be continued, and the player can It is difficult to determine the state, and it is possible to proceed with the game while expecting to shift to the probability change state. As described above, in this example, although the presence or absence of the probability change transition is internally determined by the presence or absence of the V prize in the specific round, the presence or absence of the probability change transition from the stage of the jackpot effect and the symbol variation effect By making it difficult to determine, it is possible to maintain the expectation and interest of the player regarding the probability change transition from special games to symbol variation games. In this transition to the concealment rendering mode, as a big hit type, only a conditional specified big hit (12R long short open big hit 1) and a conditional normal big hit (12R long short open big hit 2) are considered as transition triggers. Further, when the number of symbol variations after the big hit ends reaches a predetermined number, it may be notified that the current gaming state is a definite variation state.

As described above, according to the eighth embodiment, the operation pattern according to the conditional specific big hit (12R long short open big hit 1) and the operation pattern according to the conditional normal big hit (12R long short open big hit 2) The series of opening and closing operations (long open and short open operation sequence) of the winning opening 65 are substantially the same mode, and it is determined which jackpot type was won and which round a particular round was executed in By making it difficult to do so, it is possible to maintain the expectation for the probability change acquisition until the special game is over, and as a result, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

[Ninth embodiment]
Next, a gaming machine according to a ninth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine of the ninth embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and in the following, parts having similar configurations are given the same reference numerals. Descriptions are omitted and mainly different parts are described.

  The gaming machine of the ninth embodiment, like the gaming machine of the second embodiment, depends on whether or not the game ball wins a specific area (so-called "V area") in the big winning opening during execution of the special game. Thus, it is configured as a so-called ball check type gaming machine that determines whether or not the gaming state shifts to a definite changing state after the end of the special game. In addition, a definite change state may be continued until symbol variation of a predetermined number of times (ST number of times) is performed, and may be continued until the next big hit occurs.

  In addition, the gaming machine of the ninth embodiment is equipped with only a single big winning opening 65 (a ball probability attacker having a specific area 658) in the gaming area PA, as in the gaming machine of the seventh embodiment. ing. That is, also in the ninth embodiment, the big winning opening 65 having the specific area 658 is opened in all rounds. The configuration of the special winning opening 65 has already been described in the above-described second embodiment, and thus the description thereof will not be repeated.

  In addition, the gaming machine of the ninth embodiment adopts so-called preferential digestion in which the variation display of the second special symbol is preferentially executed over the variation display of the first special symbol, similarly to the gaming machine of the first embodiment. Therefore, it is configured to preferentially digest the operation retaining ball of the second special symbol while the operation retaining ball of the second special symbol is present, regardless of the presence of the operation retaining ball of the first special symbol. There is.

  First, the big hit type (big hit breakdown) in the ninth embodiment will be described. FIG. 80 shows the big hit breakdown of the special symbol lottery in the ninth embodiment. In the following, for the convenience of description, the description of "small hit" will be omitted except in a special case.

  The upper part of FIG. 80 is a view schematically showing a symbol table per first special symbol in the ninth embodiment. In the first special symbol per symbol table, a symbol group, a big hit attribute, the number of times of operation of a probability change / time saving function, and an operation pattern of a big winning opening are respectively associated with a special symbol per symbol random number In the example, for convenience, the description of the stop symbol is omitted). In the first special symbol per symbol table, symbol group A (15R long short opening big hit 1), symbol group B (15R long short opening big hit 2), and symbol group C (3 types of symbol groups according to the type of big hit) 7R long short open big hit) and is set.

  The lower part of FIG. 80 is a view schematically showing a symbol table per second special symbol in the ninth embodiment. In the first special symbol per symbol table, a symbol group, a big hit attribute, the number of times of operation of a probability change / time saving function, and an operation pattern of a big winning opening are respectively associated with a special symbol per symbol random number In the example, for convenience, the description of the stop symbol is omitted). In the symbol table per the first special symbol, symbol group D (16R length open big hit 1), symbol group E (16R length open big hit 2), and symbol group F (five types of symbol groups according to the type of big hit) An 8R long opening big hit), a symbol group G (4R long opening big hit 1), and a symbol H (4R long open big hit 2) are set.

Also in this example, each of the above jackpots is classified as "conditional specified jackpot" or "conditionally normal jackpot" as a jackpot attribute. As shown in the upper row of FIG. 80, in the first special symbol lottery, the probability of winning a conditional specified big hit (corresponding to a probability change big hit) is 50%, and the winning probability of a conditional normal big hit (corresponding to a non probability change big hit) is 50% It is. Further, as shown in the lower part of FIG. 80, in the second special symbol lottery, the probability of winning a conditional specified big hit (corresponding to a probability variation big hit) is 100%. In addition, below, among the big hit types of the second special symbol, "16R length open big hit 1" and "4R length open big hit 1" are also generically referred to as "big hit α", and other big hit types "16 R The long open jackpot 2 "," 8R long open jackpot "and" 2 per 4R long open "are also collectively referred to as" big hit β ". Here, the big hit β, which will be described in detail later, is a big hit where the “seven star charge” is executed as the big hit effect regardless of whether it is within or outside the limited period, and a special symbol (“A ··· as a big hit symbol (decorative symbol) A · A etc.) will be aligned. In addition, a special symbol may be displayed on the middle symbol row by only one special symbol (the left and right row symbol rows are arbitrary symbols). On the other hand, the jackpot α, which will be described in detail later, is a jackpot in which “seven star charge” is executed as a jackpot effect only within a limited period, and a number symbol (odd symbol) will be aligned as a jackpot symbol.

  In this example, the average number of rounds of special games to be executed by one big hit occurrence is set equal to the big win in the first special symbol lottery and the big win in the second special symbol lottery There is. Specifically, while the average number of rounds of special games in the case of a big hit in the first special symbol lottery is "11 rounds", the special game in the case of a big hit in the second special symbol lottery The average number of rounds is “11 rounds”, and each average number of rounds is configured to be the same. In the first special symbol lottery and the second special symbol lottery, the average number of rounds of the special game is equal, but all the big wins of the first special symbol are set as "long open big hit" Since the big hit of the second special symbol is set as "long open jackpot", the second special symbol lottery is better than the first special symbol lottery, and the expectation value for winning balls (effective average number of rounds) Is set high.

  In this example, even when winning any jackpot type, when the game ball enters the specific area 658 in the specific round during the special game, the game state after the end of the special game is definitely changed It becomes a state. The definite change state is not continued until the occurrence of the next big hit, but is limited to a period (130 times) until the number of changes after the end of the special game reaches the fixed change end number. On the other hand, when the game ball does not enter the specific area 658 in the specific round during the special game even if the jackpot type is won, the gaming state after the end of the special game is the time saving state Become. The time saving state is not continued until the occurrence of the next big hit, but is limited to a period (100 times) until the number of changes after the special game ends reaches the number of time closing ends. In addition, after the end of the special game, when the number of closing times (130 times or 100 times) has passed without generating the next big hit, the gaming state returns to the normal state.

  Subsequently, FIG. 81 is a time chart for describing an operation pattern of the special winning opening 65 in the ninth embodiment. In this example, a total of five types of operation patterns are prepared corresponding to the above-described jackpot types. That is, as shown in FIG. 80, in the present example, the same operation pattern is set if the specified number of rounds of special games corresponding to each big hit is the same (the operation pattern is common for each specified number of rounds) is there). In the drawing, the state change of the special winning opening 65 in the special game is shown in time series from left to right. Each operation pattern shown in FIG. 81 conceptually shows the state of execution of each round game, and each time width and ratio of opening time and closing time (including interval time) of each round game is an actual time. It does not correspond to the width and ratio. In the figure, "L" is added to the long open round game, and "S" is added to the short open round game.

In this example, even if it corresponds to any of the above five types of jackpots, in the specific round in the special game, the presence or absence of the probability variation prize based on whether the gaming ball enters the specific area 658 Is distributed. In addition, below, the other round except a specific round is also called a "normal round." In this example, the specific round is set to the third round, regardless of which of the jackpots. In this particular round, the big winning opening 6
5 and the specific area 658 are synchronized (linked), and the specific area 658 is opened when the big winning opening 65 is opened (the specific area 658 is opened after the big winning opening 65 is opened) When the big winning opening 65 is closed, the specific area 658 is closed (the specific area 658 is closed after the big winning opening 65 is closed). Therefore, basically, if the special winning opening 65 is long open, the specific area 658 is also long open, and if the special winning opening 65 is short open, the specific area 658 is also short open. In addition, in one special game, the number of times of execution of a specific round is not limited to one, and may be set a plurality of times.

  First, FIG. 81A shows a 15R long and short open pattern. In the 15R long short open pattern, a long open round game is executed in the first round and the third to sixth rounds, and a short open round game is executed in the second round and the seventh to fifteenth rounds. That is, since the large winning opening 65 is long-opened in the five round games, the 15R long short opening big hit 1, 2 becomes a big hit equivalent to five rounds. In addition, since a long open round game is performed, the specific round (3rd round) is set as V round which is easy or possible to enter the ball into the specific area 658.

  FIG. 81 (B) shows a 7R long and short open pattern. In the 7R long short opening pattern, a long opening round game is executed in the first to second rounds and the fourth to sixth rounds, and a short opening round game is executed in the third round and the seventh round. That is, since the large winning opening 65 is long-opened in the five round games, the 7R long short open jackpot becomes a big hit equivalent to five rounds. In addition, since a short open round game is performed, a specific round (the 3rd round) is set as a non-V prize round in which entering the specific area 658 is difficult or impossible. The seventh round described above may involve nine short opening operations, in which case the number of short opening operations after the seventh round in the 15R long short opening pattern may be the same. it can.

  FIG. 81 (C) shows a 16R long open pattern. In the 16R long opening pattern, a long opening round game is executed in all rounds (normal round, specific round). That is, since the large winning opening 65 is long-opened in any round game, the 16R long open jackpot becomes a big hit equivalent to 16 rounds in practice. In addition, since a long open round game is performed, the specific round (3rd round) is set as V round which is easy or possible to enter the ball into the specific area 658.

  FIG. 81D shows an 8R long open pattern. In the 8R long opening pattern, a long opening round game is executed in all rounds, as in the above-mentioned 16R long opening pattern. That is, since the big winning opening 65 is long-opened in any round game, the 8R long opening big hit becomes a big hit equivalent to 8 rounds. Note that the specific round (third round) is set as a V-round, in which entry to the specific area 658 is easy or possible.

  FIG. 81E shows a 4R long open pattern. In the 4R long opening pattern, the long opening round game is executed in all the rounds, as in the above-mentioned 16R, 8R long opening pattern. That is, since the large winning opening 65 is long-opened in any round game, the 4R long open jackpot becomes a big hit equivalent to four rounds. Note that the specific round (third round) is set as a V-round, in which entry to the specific area 658 is easy or possible.

Here, the operation pattern of the special winning opening 65 when the first special symbol is a big hit, that is, the opening and closing operation of the special winning opening 65 in the 15R long short opening pattern and the 7R long short opening pattern will be described in more detail. First, in any actuation pattern, the first round and the fifth to fifth
The big winning opening 65 is opened long only once in each round of the sixth round, and the big winning opening 65 is short opened only once in each round of the seventh to fifteenth rounds. Therefore, in the 15R long short open pattern and the 7R long short open pattern, the open / close operation of the special winning opening 65 matches in each of the above-mentioned rounds. On the other hand, in each operation pattern, the opening / closing operation of the special winning opening 65 is different in each of the second to fourth rounds. Specifically, in the 15R long and short open pattern, one short open in the second round, one long open in the third round, one short open and one long open in the fourth round To be done. That is, in the 15R long and short opening pattern, the big winning opening 65 opens and closes in the order of “short opening → long opening → short opening → long opening” in the sections from the second to the fourth round. On the other hand, in the 7R long and short open pattern, one short open and one long open in the second round, a short open in the third round, and a long open in the fourth round are performed. That is, in the 7R long short open pattern, the big winning opening 65 opens and closes in the order of “short open → long open → short open → long open” in the sections from the second round to the fourth round. That is, when comparing each operation pattern, if each round from the second to the fourth round is seen individually, although the opening and closing operation of the special winning opening 65 is different respectively, the section from the second to the fourth round is continued In total, the opening / closing operation of the special winning opening 65 matches. . In the drawing, for convenience of explanation, since the time width of each round is equally divided, the interval period is represented variously in a long and short, but in actuality, the interval period is set to be substantially the same. Therefore, as indicated by the broken arrows in the figure, each operation (corresponding operation) in the sections from the fourth to sixth rounds described above is set at substantially the same timing on the time axis. There is.

  Therefore, a series of opening and closing operations (long opening) of the special winning opening 65 in the operation pattern according to the conditional specified big hit (15R long short opening big hit 1, 2) and the operating pattern according to the conditional normal big hit (7R long short opening big hit) And by making the operation sequence of the short opening substantially the same, it is difficult to determine which jackpot type is won and which round a specific round has been executed, thereby making it special game. It is possible to maintain a sense of expectation for the acquisition of definite variation until the end of the Here, when the first special symbol is a big hit, the current round is the number of rounds until at least the sixth round (a round in which a probability change promotion effect described later is set) as a big hit effect in the special game The number of rounds information for determining whether or not it is a specific round (or whether it is a specific round) or V prize information indicating that the gaming ball has passed the specific area 658 and acquired a definite variation is not notified, and the special prize opening From the operation pattern of 65 and the above-described effect mode, the presence or absence of the probability change transition is set as the concealed state (described in detail later). Alternatively, an object indicating the number of long open rounds that have been executed (executed) may be displayed, or an object indicating the number of long open rounds to be performed may be displayed. In the former case, the object is increased each time the long release round is executed, and in the latter case, the object is decreased each time the long release round is executed. In other words, the object does not increase or decrease if it is a short open round. As a modification, as described above, the seventh round of the 7R long short opening pattern may be configured to be accompanied by nine short opening operations. In that case, the seventh round of the 15R long short opening pattern Since it can be made the same as the number of subsequent short opening movements, the series of opening movements of the big winning opening 65 can be made to be substantially the same throughout the entire round.

Subsequently, a big hit symbol (a combination of stop symbols of decorative symbols) in the ninth embodiment will be described. FIG. 82 is a schematic view showing a big hit symbol table (decorative symbol per symbol table) in the ninth embodiment. The jackpot symbol is determined with reference to the jackpot symbol table as described above. The jackpot symbol is basically composed of a combination "*. *. **" of stop modes in which three symbols of the same numeral or the same letter are aligned (*: arbitrary decorative symbol). However, as shown in FIG. 82, the jackpot symbol may differ depending on the gaming state at the time of the jackpot even if the jackpot type is the same. Here, the jackpot symbol (stop symbol) of the decorative symbol in this example is basically “1 · 1 · 1”, “3 · 3 · 3”, “5 · 5 · 5”, “7 · 7・ 7 "
, "9/9/9", "A-A-A", "B-B-B", "C-C-C" and other definite variation symbols (odd symbols, character symbols) indicating a big hit. It is distinguished from the indeterminate symbol (even symbol) which usually indicates a big hit or a probability variation big hit such as 2.2.2 or 2 4 or 4 or 6 or 6 or 8 or 8 . Hereinafter, for convenience of explanation, among the above odd symbols, “3 · 3 · 3” and “7 · 7 · 7” are also referred to as first odd symbols, “1 · 1 · 1”, “5 · 5 -"5" and "9-9. 9" are also referred to as second odd symbols.

  First, when the gaming state is the normal state, if the 15R long short opening jackpot is won in the first special symbol lottery process, the second odd number such as "1.1.1" or "5.5.5" etc. A symbol (probable variation symbol) is selected. In addition, when the gaming state is normal state, if you win the 15R long short opening big hit 2 or 7R long short opening big hit in the lottery process of the first special symbol, "2 · 2 · 2", "4 · 4 · 4 etc. Such an even symbol (uncertain symbol) is selected. After the stop display of the uncertain symbol, a probability change promotion effect is to be executed in the special game (details will be described later). On the other hand, when the gaming state is a definite change state or a short time state, when the 15R long short open big hit 1, 2 is won, the second odd symbol (probable change such as “1 · 1 · 1”, “5 · 5 · 5” When the symbol is selected and the 7R long short opening jackpot is won, an even symbol (uncertain symbol) such as “2 · 2 · 2” or “4 · 4 · 4” is selected. This is that when a big hit with the first special symbol in the definite variation state or time reduction state, the definite variation promotion effect is not executed (the possibility of the positive variation transition is not concealed), the positive variation transition based on the type of the big hit symbol The purpose is to teach the player in advance the presence or absence of

  Then, when the gaming state is the normal state, when the 16R long opening big hit 1 is won in the lottery process of the second special symbol, the first odd symbol such as "3 · 3 · 3" or "7 · 7 · 7" (Positive symbol) is selected. On the other hand, when the gaming state is a definite change state or a short time state, when the above 16R long open big hit 1 is won, the first odd number such as "3 · 3 · 3" or "7 · 7 · 7" by random number lottery When a symbol (probable variation symbol) is selected, or when a second odd symbol (probable variation symbol) such as “1.1.1”, “5.5.5”, “9.9.9” is selected There is. At this time, if it is the first odd symbol, it is definitely informed that it is high profit big hit (16R big hit), and if it is the second odd symbol, it is high profit big hit (16R big hit) Is made secret and round promotion effect (success) is executed during the big hit. Also, when the gaming state is a definite change state or a short time state, even when the 4R length opening big hit 1 is won in the second special symbol lottery process, similarly to the case where the 16R length opening big hit 1 is won, “1.1・ The second odd symbol (probable variation symbol) such as “1”, “5 · 5 · 5”, “9 · 9 · 9” is selected, and the round promotion effect (failure) is executed during the big hit. In addition, even if the gaming state is any, 16R long opening big hit 2, 8R long opening big hit, 4R long opening big hit if it wins 2 ie, if it wins the above-mentioned big hit β, "AA · · · A character pattern (probable variation pattern) such as A "," BB, B "," CC, C "is selected.

Subsequently, the jackpot effect pattern in the ninth embodiment will be described. FIG. 83 is a view schematically showing a jackpot effect pattern table in the ninth embodiment. The jackpot effect pattern table shows the correspondence between the jackpot type and the jackpot effect pattern. Basically, the jackpot effect pattern is determined based on the jackpot type. However, even if the jackpot type is the same, the jackpot effect pattern may be different depending on the gaming state at the time of the jackpot win, the predetermined generation condition (for example, the consecutive conditions), and the like. In this example, as the 13 types of jackpot effect patterns, fierce battle bonus A to B, phantom battle bonus A to D, matchless bonus A to C, and seven star charges A to D are prepared. Here, in the figure, as one of the selection criteria for the jackpot effect pattern, the gaming state at the time of the jackpot, the operating state of the special symbol game (high probability / low probability) and the operating state of the normal symbol game (open extension (1) low probability / non-open extension, (2) low probability / open extension, (3) high probability / open extension. That is, the gaming state described in the figure is the gaming state when the big hit occurs corresponding to each big hit type (the playing state when the big hit symbol corresponding to each big hit type is stopped). In this example, "high probability / non-open extension" is not set as the gaming state.

  First, in the case of winning the 15R long short open jackpot 1 in the first special symbol, "phantom bonus B" is selected as the jackpot effect pattern regardless of the gaming state at the time of the jackpot win. In addition, when 15R long short opening big hit 2 is won, if the game state at the time of big hit is normal state, “strike bonus A” is selected as the big hit effect pattern, the game state at the time of big hit is definite variation state If it is in the state, the "phantom bonus A" is selected as the jackpot effect pattern. When the 7R long short opening big hit is won, if the gaming state at the time of the big hit is the normal state, "strike bonus B" is selected as the big hit presentation pattern, the gaming state at the time of the big hit is a definite change state In the case of the above, "phantom bonus B" is selected as the jackpot effect pattern. Here, when the gaming state is the normal state, in the fierce battle bonus A, B selected when the 15R long short opening big hit 2 or 7R long short opening big hit is won, the probability change promotion effect is executed. On the other hand, when the gaming state is a definite change state or a short time state, a probability change promotion effect is not executed in the phantom battle bonus A, B selected when winning in a 15R long short opening big hit 2 or 7R long short opening big hit. That is, also in this example, when the game state is the normal state and a big hit with the first special symbol, probability change promotion effect may be executed, but when the game state is the probability change state, the first special In the case of a big hit with a pattern, no definite promotion promotion effect is executed. A specific example of this probability change promotion promotion effect will be described later.

  On the other hand, in the case of winning the 16R long open jackpot 1 in the second special symbol, regardless of the gaming state etc. at the time of the big hit, basically, as a big hit effect pattern "Moroshi bonus A" or "phantom bonus D" Is selected. At this time, as described above with reference to FIG. 82, if the big hit symbol is the first odd symbol (such as “7 · 7 · 7”), “Income Bonus A” is selected, and the big hit symbol is the second If it is an odd symbol ("1.1, etc."), "phantom bonus D" will be selected. In other words, in the case of big hit with the first odd symbol, 16 rounds fixed effect is executed with the bonus bonus A, and when big hit with the second odd symbol, round promotion effect is executed with the fantasy bonus D . In this example, as can be seen from the selection rates (the selection rates of the first odd symbol and the second odd symbol) shown in FIG. The rate at which A is selected is set higher. As a modification example, when 16R long opening big hit 1 is won in the normal state, “Bonus bonus A” is always selected, and round promotion effect may not be executed, and 16R long opening big hit in positive change state It is more difficult to select “Ghost Fight Bonus D” than to win 1 and to reduce the probability of executing the tied round promotion effect. On the other hand, if you decide to hold 16R length open jackpot 1 within the limited period after the special game under the condition that the reserved inside is established under specific conditions (details will be described later), select "7 Star Charge C" as the jackpot effect pattern. Be done. Further, when a special condition (long-run condition) regarding the jackpot is established, “Bonus Bonus B” or “Bonus Bonus C” is selected as the jackpot effect pattern. The contents of the consecutive conditions will be described later.

  Further, in the case of winning the 16R long opening big hit 2 in the second special symbol, "seven star charge C" is selected as the big hit effect pattern regardless of the gaming state at the time of the big hit. In addition, when the 8R long opening big hit is won, “7 star charge B” is selected as the big hit effect pattern regardless of the gaming state at the time of the big hit. In addition, when the 4R long opening big hit 1 is won, basically, “Gant Fight Bonus B” is selected as the big hit effect pattern regardless of the gaming state at the time of the big hit. In addition, if you decide to hold 4R length open jackpot 1 within the limited period after the special game is established under predetermined conditions (details will be described later), "7 star charge A" is selected as the jackpot effect pattern Be done. Also, when the 4R long opening big hit 2 is won, “7 star charge A” is selected as the big hit presentation pattern. As described above, each big hit belonging to the big hit β (16R long open big 2, 8R long open big hit, 4R long open big hit 2) is a big hit type in which only “7 star charges A to C” is selected as a big hit effect pattern.

  Subsequently, FIGS. 84 to 87 are schematic diagrams for describing the contents of the jackpot effect pattern. In each of the figures, for each of the jackpot effect patterns, the correspondence between various effect contents and the occurrence timing thereof is shown. Here, in the figure, the "opening mode" represents the type of round game. That is, when the long open round game is set as the round game, "long open" is displayed, and when the short open round game is set as the round game, "short open" is displayed. Naturally, the “open mode” in the drawing corresponds to the operation pattern of the big winning opening 65 in FIG.

Further, in the figure, "pre-readable" indicates that it is a pre-readable period with respect to the current operation pending ball information. In other words, it means that the lottery for the on-hold on-the-fly effect and the execution of the effect can be performed within this pre-readable period. Therefore, in this example, the second on-hold in-line effect (on-hold in-line effect B) occurring during the special game is targeted as the on-off in-line effect. Whether or not to execute the on-premises on-hold effect is determined when a predetermined execution condition is satisfied in the pre-readable period. In this example, as described above, preferential digestion is adopted in which the action retaining ball of the second special symbol is preferentially digested rather than the action retaining ball of the first special symbol, and the jackpot and identification according to the second special symbol Pending is the target of pending Uranso. And, in the holding Uranso, the gaming state when the preceding operation holding ball is hit is a definite change state (during high probability / opening extension time), that is, within the ST period (130 times) after the special game Occurs on the assumption that Therefore, when the gaming state is a definite change state (during high probability / open extension), the preceding operation holding ball is won by a specific big hit (high profit big hit: 16R length open big hit 1 of the second special symbol). If there is one or more specific suspension within the operation retaining ball of the subsequent second special symbol, a predetermined execution condition is satisfied. In addition, in this example, even when all the following operation | movement pending | holding balls are detachment | leave pending | pending, there may be generation | occurrence | production of the gusset production | presentation for waking up establishment of a pending inside consecutive residence. However, in the present example, it is a display mode capable of determining whether the effect is a true effect or a Gasse effect if the effect result of the on-hold in-line consecutive effect is seen. Also, the pre-readable period is set in units of one round. Therefore, in the case where it is determined by lottery that the on-hold reservation effect can be performed in the relevant round (one round) set as the pre-readable period, and it is determined that the on-hold reservation effect is performed In the current round, there is an on-premises in-store effect. In addition, even though there is a specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball, if you did not win the draw for the on-hold consecutive play effect in all the rounds for which the pre-readable period is set (on hold in all rounds) In the case where the consecutive house effect is not executed), the pending inside consecutive house effect (“the seven star charge notification” described later) is performed in the big hit end demonstration. As a modification example, when not winning the drawing for the on-premises consecutive residence effect in all the rounds for which the pre-readable period is set (when the on-off in-line consecutive accommodation effects are not executed in all rounds), the jackpot It is also possible to adopt a configuration in which the on-hold on-line consecutive-play effect is not executed even in the end demonstration (in the end, the on-hold on-off continuous-in-line effect is not executed during the big hit). It should be noted that, although the fact that the pending internal connection effect is generated at the big hit end demonstration is that although the pre-readable period is set in at least one of the rounds, the on-hold internal connection effect is not actually executed In the case where there is originally no prereadable period set for any round throughout all the rounds, there will be no pending in-games in the big hit end demo. As a modification, in the case of a jackpot in which the pre-readable period is not set throughout all the rounds, the on-premises continuous play effect may be executed in the jackpot end demonstration. In addition, as above-mentioned, since the object of reservation Uchi-Uranso production is a big hit and specific reservation of the 2nd special symbol, the pre-readable period is set only to the big hit presentation pattern of at least the 2nd special symbol. Also, the pre-readable period is set to a specific round (third round) and subsequent rounds. The reason is that, as described above, the game state after the end of the special game is definitely changed after the specific round has passed (after it has been determined that at least the game ball has entered the specific area 658). It is not determined whether to shift to the state (high probability state) or the short time state (low probability state), and in order to avoid the execution of the on-hold in-line continuous play effect in this indeterminate situation. In other words, depending on the game state (high probability state or low probability state) after the end of the special game, if the lottery result whether or not the subsequent operation holding ball currently existing in the special game will actually be a big hit fluctuates Since there is also, by making the lottery of the executability of the on-hold in-line rowing effect whether or not the specific round or later, it is possible to confirm notification of the on-line in-row side. Therefore, in this example, on the premise that the game ball has entered the specific area 658 in the specific round, that is, the transition to the definite change state is committed after the end of the special game, the on-hold in-line continuous play effect execution availability or not Is determined. Therefore, in addition to the fact that there is a specific suspension that is a big hit in the subsequent operation suspension ball in the present embodiment, the game state after the special game is determined to be a probability change state (high probability state) There is significance as an effect to inform That is, even if the pre-readable period is set in each round, if there is no entry into the specific area 658 in the specific round, the execution lottery for the on-hold on-line consecutive effect is not performed. A specific example of this on-hold in-line effect will be described later.

  Further, in the figure, “display of the number of rounds” means that the current number of rounds (round number information) is notified during the execution of the round game. In this example, a jackpot effect pattern for notifying the player of the progress of the special game by notifying the current number of rounds, and concealing the progress of the special game without notifying the current number of rounds. A jackpot effect pattern to be in the state is prepared. Further, in the figure, “V acquisition display” means notifying of occurrence of V winning (probable change transition) in a specific round. In this example, a jackpot effect pattern for informing the player of the probability change transition by notifying the occurrence of the V prize and a jackpot in which the presence or absence of the probability change transition is concealed to the player without notifying the occurrence of the V prize. A presentation pattern is prepared. In addition, in the big hit production pattern which reports V winning a prize, V winning can be reported in any round among a plurality of rounds described as "at the time of designation" in the figure (informing timing is specification, lottery, etc. Set as appropriate). Further, in the figure, the “identification mark” is an identification display provided for notification effect of the effect mode to be shifted after the special game, promotion effect during the special game, and on-hold in-row effect. In this example, as the identification mark, a fierce mission mark, a phantom battle rush mark, a seven star charge mark, an extra bonus mark, and the like are set. Then, the specific content of each big hit production pattern is explained in full detail, referring to each figure.

FIG. 84 (A) shows the contents of the fierce battle bonus A. The hard fight bonus A is a jackpot effect that is executed when the first special symbol of 15R long open opening jackpot 2 is won in the normal state. The hard fight bonus A includes an instruction content (probability change promotion effect) that succeeds in the probability change promotion during the big hit. This definite change promotion effect is set to the sixth round. Then, in the sixth round, it is suggested or notified that the probability change promotion has succeeded by changing the "hard fight mark" (displayed from the first to the fifth round) as the identification mark to the "phantom mark". A specific example of this probability change promotion effect will be described later. It should be noted that in the fierce battle bonus A, "round number display" and "V acquisition display" are not performed during the special game, and until the probability change promotion effect is performed in the sixth round, there is a probability change transition to the player Is kept secret. Also, in the figure, “Gant Fighting Character Selection” is a vision fighting character appearing as a symbol variation effect in the fantasy fighting mode after the big hit, which serves as an opportunity for determining the effect format of the symbol variation effect. It is a period during which the presentation element can be selected. As a result, the symbol variation effect after the big hit ends is set to the effect display format corresponding to the selected phantom character. Therefore, the effect mode (for example, character A mode, character B mode, etc.) corresponding to the phantom battle character is developed as the detailed mode while the basic mode is the same fantasy battle rush mode. The phantom battle character selection period is set in the seventh to fifteenth rounds and the end demonstration. In this example, the section from the seventh round to the big hit end demo is set as a "transfer demo". At this time, the seventh to fifteenth rounds are set as the rounds for opening the short, and by using the rounds for opening the short as a part of the phantom character selection period, the execution time of the ending demonstration is thus set. I'm saving. In the fantasy battle character selection period, a favorite character can be selected by the effect button 15 from among a plurality of characters displayed on the screen. Further, in the hard fight bonus A, the pre-readable period is not set throughout all the rounds, and there is no possibility that the on-premises-on-the-fly effect occurs. This is because, as described above, the fierce battle bonus A, which is the big hit of the first special symbol, is not the target of the on-premises in-store effect.

  FIG. 84 (B) shows the contents of the fierce battle bonus B. The hard fight bonus B is a big hit effect that is executed when the first special symbol 7R long short open jackpot is won in the normal state. The hard fight bonus B includes an instruction content (probability change promotion effect) in which the probability change promotion fails during the big hit. Similar to the above-mentioned hard battle bonus A, this odd change promotion effect is set to the sixth round. Then, in the sixth round, the "hard fight mark" (displayed from the first to the fifth round) does not change to the "phantom mark" as the identification mark, and the "hard fight mark" is continuously displayed as it is. It is suggested or informed that the promotion has failed. Also, in the hard fight bonus B, as with the hard fight bonus A described above, the "round number display" and the "V acquisition display" are not performed during the special game, and until the probability change promotion effect is executed in the sixth round, The player is concealed from the presence or absence of the probability transition. Further, in the hard fight bonus B, as in the hard fight bonus A described above, the pre-readable period is not set throughout all the rounds, and the on-premises on-hold effect is not generated.

  FIG. 85 (A) shows the contents of fantasy battle bonus A. FIG. The phantom battle bonus A is executed when the first special symbol 15R long short opening jackpot 1 is won regardless of the gaming state, or when the first special symbol 15R long short opening jackpot 2 is won in the definite change state or time saving state. It is a big hit effect to be done. Also in this phantom battle bonus A, the phantom battle character selection period is set in the seventh to fifteenth rounds and the end demonstration, as in the above-mentioned hard battle bonus A. That is, even in the hard fight bonus A, the execution time of the closing demonstration is saved by using the round at the time of the short opening as a part of the phantom fighting character selection period. In this example, the section from the seventh round to the big hit end demo is set as the "transfer demo". In addition, in the fantasy battle bonus A, "round number indication" and "V acquisition indication" are set in the first to sixth rounds, and it is possible to teach the progress of the game and the presence or absence of a definite transition. There is. In addition, in vision battle bonus A, as with the above-mentioned hard fight bonus A and B, since it is scheduled as a big hit presentation with the first special symbol, the pre-readable period is not set through all rounds, and is pending There is no occurrence of a series of effects. In addition, as a modification, it is good also as object of big hit (specific suspension) of the 1st special symbol as an object of reservation Uchirenso. In that case, only the round at the time of full opening is set as the pre-readable period, and the round at the short open is not set as the pre-readable period. This is because there is not enough time for executing the lottery process of the on-hold on-the-run effect and the effect display only in a short time when the short is released.

  FIG. 85 (B) shows the contents of phantom battle bonus B. A phantom battle bonus B is a jackpot effect that is executed when the second special symbol 4R long opening jackpot 1 is won. This phantom battle bonus B includes an effect content (round promotion effect) that fails in the round-up to obtain the last 12 rounds during the big hit. This round promotion effect is set to the fourth round. In this example, in the fourth round, the "phantom mark" (displayed from the first to the third round) does not change to the "extra bonus mark" as the identification mark, and the "phantom mark" is continuously displayed as it is It is suggested or informed that the round promotion has failed. A specific example of this round promotion effect will be described later.

FIG. 85 (C) shows the contents of the fantasy battle bonus C. The phantom battle bonus C is a jackpot effect that is executed when the first special symbol 7R long short opening jackpot is won in a definite change state or a short time state. In this phantom battle bonus C, unlike the above-mentioned strenuous battle bonus B, no definite change promotion effect is set in any round. That is, even when the 7R long short opening big hit becomes, when it shifts to the above-mentioned hard fight bonus B as the big hit production, while the probability change promotion production is executed in the 6th round, it shifted to the phantom battle bonus C When it happens, no definite promotion promotion is performed. That is, in the jackpot effect (phantom bonus B) that is scheduled to be a jackpot at the consecutive villas, there is little significance in providing a probability change promotion effect. In addition, since it is scheduled as a jackpot effect with the first special symbol in the fantasy battle bonus C as well as the above-mentioned intense battle bonus A, B and the fantasy battle bonus A, the pre-readable period is set through all rounds There is no chance that a pending Uranso production will occur. In addition, in this example, although the round number display is performed in each round, it is not limited to this, You may comprise so that the round number display may not be performed. Also, basically, when the short release round is interposed between the long release round and the long release round, it is desirable not to notify the number of rounds in each round.

  FIG. 85 (D) shows the contents of phantom battle bonus D. The phantom battle bonus D is a jackpot effect that is executed when the second special symbol 16R long short opening jackpot 1 is won regardless of the gaming state. The phantom battle bonus D includes an instruction content (round promotion effect) that succeeds in the round-up to obtain the last 12 rounds during the big hit. In the phantom battle bonus D, the round promotion effect is set to the fourth to fifth rounds. Then, in the fourth to fifth rounds, it is suggested or informed that the round promotion was successful by changing the "phantom mark" (displayed from the first to the third round) as the identification mark to the "extra bonus mark". Be done. A specific example of this round promotion effect will be described later. In the figure, the “character reselection acceptance period” is a period for accepting reselection of the phantom battle character in order to change the phantom battle character being selected. Further, the “character reselection period” is a period in which reselection of the phantom battle character is possible, on the condition that the reselection of the phantom battle character is received within the character reselection acceptance period described above. Here, the phantom battle bonus D is a jackpot effect that is executed when the second special symbol is a big hit, and basically, it is a jackpot effect at the first hit but not at the first hit. Therefore, in the normal case, since the phantom battle character should have already been selected at the first hit (strike bonus A or fantasy bonus A), it is expressed here as "reselection" instead of "selection". It is done. At this time, the character reselection acceptance period is set to the seventh to eleventh rounds, and the illusion character selection period is set to the 12th to 16th rounds. On the other hand, the pre-readable period is set up to the seventh to sixteenth rounds. That is, the prereadable period overlaps with the character reselection acceptance period and the illusion character selection period. If, however, reselection of the illusion character is accepted in the character reselection acceptance period, that is, if the illusion character is reselected, even if it is in a pre-reading processing Even if the lottery process of (1) is executed, the on-premise-on-run effect is not executed regardless of the success or failure of the effect lottery. That is, within the illusion character reselection period (provided that reselection has been accepted), the on-premises on-hold effect is not performed. As described above, by not overlapping the prereadable period and the illusion character selection period, a conflict (simultaneous execution) between the pending Uranso effect and the illusion character selection effect can be avoided, and the effect of both can be mutually used. It is preventing becoming thin. On the other hand, within the character reselection acceptance period, the on-premises in-store effect can be executed on the condition that the lottery process of the on-off in-row effect is won. Since this character reselection acceptance is originally low in effect only on whether or not to reselect the illusionary character, even if it is executed during the relevant period, the on-premises-on-island effect is produced. There is a low possibility that the stage effect will be diluted. In addition, as a modification, it is good also as a structure which does not perform the lottery process of on-premises in-house continuation effect | action within a fantasy battle character selection period. In addition, even within the illusion character reselection period, if the illusion character is reselected, it may be possible to execute the on-premises on-hold effect. In addition, in the fantasy battle bonus D, “round number display” and “V acquisition display” are set in the first to sixteenth rounds (round at the time of full opening), and the progress of the game and the presence or absence of definite transition It can be taught.

FIG. 86A shows the contents of the matchless bonus A. The matchless bonus A is a big hit effect which is executed when the 16R long short open jackpot 1 of the second special symbol is won under the condition that predetermined consecutive conditions (details will be described later) are not established. In the matchless bonus A, the character reselection acceptance period is set to the seventh to eleventh rounds, and the phantom battle character reselection period is set to the 12th to 16th rounds, as in the case of the phantom battle bonus D described above. On the other hand, the pre-readable period is set up to the fourth to sixteenth rounds unlike the above-mentioned phantom battle bonus D. That is, unlike the above-mentioned phantom battle bonus D, round promotion effect is not set in the incompetent bonus A, so there is no risk of competition between the round promotion effect and the on-hold in-line production effect, and the advance promotion available period is round promotion effect It is because there is no need to provide it later. In addition, part of the pre-readable period overlaps with the illusion character reselection acceptance period and the illusion character reselection period. In the same manner as in the above-mentioned fantasy battle bonus D, even if the pre-reading process (the lottery process of on-premises consecutive row effects) is executed during the fantasy character reselection period, regardless of the success or failure of the effect lottery, Uchirensou rendition is never performed. In addition, in the matchless bonus A, "round number display" and "V acquisition display" are set in the first to sixteenth rounds (round at the time of full opening), teaching the progress of the game and the presence or absence of a probability change It is supposed to be able to

  FIG. 86 (B) shows the content of the matchless bonus B. The matchless bonus B is a jackpot effect that is executed when the first continuous condition is established in the fantasy battle rush mode. The establishment of the "first consecutive villa condition" means that the first 16R long open jackpot is made after continuing the consecutive villa state for the first prescribed number of times (three times in this example) during the game with the same phantom battle character. It is when 1 is won (the first matchless bonus is won). That is, it occurs as the first matchless bonus after hitting the same phantom battle character three times. As described above, "Renso" means that, when a predetermined big hit occurs in the specific gaming state, the specific gaming state continues again as the gaming state after the end of the special game. In this example, as described above, in addition to being in the specific gaming state, it is a condition to stay in the fantasy battle mode as the effect mode. Therefore, when demoted rush mode is demoted to another rendering mode (normal mode), the condition counter (first consecutive condition counter) is reset. In addition, even when the illusion fighting character is changed, the condition counter (the first consecutive condition counter) is reset. During the execution of the matchless bonus B, a special movie is reproduced as a first special effect. The bonus match B is basically the same effect setting as the match free bonus A described above except that the first special effect (special movie) is displayed, and the bonus match B is set to the matchless bonus A. In the same round as the round, a character reselection acceptance period, a illusion character reselection period, a prereadable period, and the like are set.

FIG. 86C shows the contents of the matchless bonus C. The matchless bonus C is a jackpot effect that is executed when the second continuous condition is established in the fantasy battle rush mode. Here, the establishment of the “second consecutive home condition” means that after the number of consecutive homes in the fantasy battle rush mode continues for the second prescribed number of times (19 times in this example), the first number of consecutive homes after 20 It is when the 16R long opening jackpot is won 1 (the first matchless bonus is won). In other words, it occurs as the first incompetence bonus after having been linked 19 times in fantasy battle rush mode. While the matchless bonus C is being executed, the ending movie is played back as a second special effect. It should be noted that if the first and second consecutive conditions are satisfied at the same time, priority is given to the establishment of the second consecutive condition and a more rare matchless bonus C (second special effect Execution of the ending movie) is given priority. In that case, the first consecutive conditions are carried over until the next occurrence of the insane bonus. That is, although the establishment of the first consecutive room condition is temporarily suspended by the establishment of the second continuous room condition, the first consecutive room condition is newly established when a matchless bonus occurs at the next or subsequent jackpot. It is treated as established, whereby the matchless bonus B (special movie as a first special effect) is executed. In addition, incomparable bonus C is basically the same effect setting as in incomparable bonus A described above except that the second special effect (ending movie) is displayed, and is set to incomparable bonus A. In the same round as the round, a character reselection acceptance period, a illusion character reselection period, a prereadable period, and the like are set. In addition, as a modification, in the above matchless bonus B and C, the character reselection acceptance period is not set or the reselection acceptance period is set, but unlike in the case of the matchless bonus A, a phantom character selection screen In order to emphasize the special movie or the ending movie, for example, the display mode may be made different, for example, to reduce the display. In addition, in the incompetent bonus B, C, even if the pre-readable period is not set, or even if the pre-readable period is set, the seventh to sixteenth rounds in which the character reselection acceptance period and the fantasy character reselection period are set. The on-premise in-line effect may not be executed, and in that case, the on-off in-line effect may be executed in the big hit end demonstration. In addition, if the 16R long open jackpot 1 is won within the limited period, even if the above consecutive conditions are satisfied, priority is given to the execution of "seven star charge C" as the jackpot effect pattern, "Guzou bonus B" And, the execution of the "Income Bonus C" may be postponed.

  FIGS. 87 (A) to 87 (C) show the contents of seven star charges A to C. FIG. The 7 star charge A wins the 4R long open jackpot 2 and the 7 star charge B wins the 8R long open jackpot, the 7 star charge C wins the 16R long open jackpot 2 is there. That is, when the above big hit β is won as the big hit type, the seven star charges A to C are selected as the big hit effect. Moreover, even if it is a jackpot type other than the above, in the limited period (series stage) in the second or subsequent illusion rush mode, 7R charge A when winning a 4R long open jackpot 1 with the second special symbol Is selected, and the 7 star charge C is selected when the second special symbol 16R long opening jackpot is won. That is, in this example, when it becomes a big hit with the second special symbol in the above-mentioned limited period, the seven star charges A to C are always selected as the big hit effect pattern. In that case, while the seven star charge introduction production is executed in the symbol fluctuation which relates to that big hit, in the big hit start demonstration in that big hit production (this seven star charge A-D) the HIT number announcement production which it is acquired in later demonstration It is executed, and the total acquired HIT number addition presentation (described later) is executed in the round game and the big hit end demonstration. Therefore, across the time of the big hit, a series of effects that continuously connect the seven star charge introduction effect, the acquired HIT number notification effect and the total HIT number addition effect are generated as a series of effects (collectively referred to as "seven star charge effect") Do. A specific example of this seven star charge effect will be described later. In addition, in the seven star charges A to C, the pre-readable period is not set throughout all the rounds, and there is no possibility that the pending inside continuous effect is generated. This is because in the seven star charges A to D, since the above seven star charge effect is executed during the special game, the competition (simultaneous execution) between the pending inner consecutive effect and the seven star charge effect is avoided, and both effect effects Because it prevents them from becoming thin. In the case of the seven star charges A to C, the "round number display" and the "V acquisition display" are not performed during the special game.

FIG. 88 is a schematic diagram for explaining the contents of the start demonstration effect. FIG. 88 defines the relationship between the type of start demonstration effect (during a big hit start) and the effect thereof with respect to the jackpot effect pattern determined above. In this example, the type of start demonstration effect is set for each jackpot effect pattern. When the jackpot effect pattern is intense battle bonus A, B, “high fighting bonus (common)” is selected as the type of start demonstration effect. Also, when the jackpot effect pattern is a fantasy battle bonus A to D, “phantom battle bonus (common)” is selected as the type of start demonstration effect. In addition, if the jackpot effect pattern is a matchless bonus A, “start the matchless bonus start (normal)” is selected as the type of the start demonstration effect, and if the big hit effect pattern is the matchless bonus B, “the unmatched start demonstration effect type” If the bonus start (SP: special movie) is selected, and the jackpot effect pattern is a matchless bonus C, “matchless bonus start (ED: ending movie)” is selected as the type of start demonstration effect. In addition, if the jackpot effect pattern is the seven star charge A, “acquired HIT number increase effect (one step)” is selected as the type of start demonstration effect, and if the big hit effect pattern is the seven star charge B, the type of start demonstration effect As “acquired HIT number increase presentation (two steps)” is selected, and the jackpot effect pattern is seven star charge C, “acquired HIT number increase presentation (three steps)” is selected as the type of start demonstration effect. Here, in this example, with regard to the time values of the big hit start demo and the big hit end demo described later, it becomes as follows. First of all, the execution time of the big hit start demonstration (big hit start demonstration time) does not necessarily coincide with the execution time of the start demonstration effect (start demonstration directed time), and the execution time of the big hit end demonstration (big hit end demonstration time) ends It does not necessarily coincide with the execution time of the demonstration effect (end demonstration effect time). That is, the start demonstration presentation time and the end demonstration presentation time are one period (production time) in the execution process of the big hit start demonstration and the big hit end demonstration. And, the big hit start demonstration time and the big hit end demonstration time are basically set in advance according to the type of big hit. In addition, even if the same jackpot type is won, the jackpot start demonstration time may differ and the jackpot end demonstration time may also differ depending on the gaming state at the time of the jackpot selection. In addition, the above demonstration time value basically tends to be the shortest value when a big hit is won in a definite change state, and tends to be the longest value when a big hit is won in a normal state, and a big hit in time saving state When winning, it tends to be an intermediate value.

  Subsequently, FIG. 89 is a schematic view showing an end demonstration effect table. In this example, the type of the end demonstration effect is determined with reference to the end demonstration effect table shown in FIG. In this example, as a type of the end demonstration direction, "transfer demonstration", "hard fight rush", "phantom rush A", "fanfight rush B", "seven star finish A", "seven star finish B", "seven star announcement" "A" and "Seven Star Announcement B" are set. Note that although “Seven Star Announcement A” and “Seven Star Announcement B” are not set in FIG. 89 as the types of end demonstration effects (see FIG. 90), “Seven Star Announcement A” is “Gentoo A”. In the case where the pending Uranso is established under the condition that occurs, the "Seven Star Announcement B" is executed when the pending Uranso is established in the situation where the "Seven Stars End A" occurs. Therefore, "Seven Star Announcement A" and "Seven Star Announcement B" are in a definite change state, when a pending Uchizhuang production occurs as a true production during a round, or a pending Uchizhuang production during a round is a true production Although it did not occur, it is actually an end demonstration effect that is executed when the on-hold reservation is established. Therefore, the seven star announcements A and B themselves (the seven star charge announcement effect described later) functions as a pending inside rown staging effect that announces the establishment of the on-hold row running.

  The type of the end demonstration effect is basically determined on the basis of the jackpot type, the jackpot effect pattern, the gaming state at the time of the jackpot, etc. (However, with some exceptions shown below). Therefore, with the exception of the partial exception, the type of the end demonstration effect can be determined at the start of the jackpot effect regardless of the progress in the special game (presence or absence of the V prize). On the other hand, when the 7R long short opening jackpot is won in the first special symbol and the stride bonus B is selected as the jackpot effect pattern, even if the gaming state at the time of the jackpot is the same, the V winning in the special game Depending on the presence or absence of, the contents of the end demonstration effect may differ. Specifically, when 7R long short open jackpot is won in the normal state (low probability / non-open extension), a fierce battle bonus B is executed as the jackpot effect pattern, and if it is V prized during the special game, the end demo If "Gentoo entry B" is selected as the type of effect, and if the player does not receive a V during the special game, then "Gentoo entry A" is selected as the type of end demonstration effect. That is, in this case, the type of the end demonstration effect is not determined unless it is after the end of the specific round (if the presence or absence of the V winning is not determined). Therefore, in this example, 1) determine the type of demonstration effect to end at the timing after a specific round, or 2) in principle determine the type of demonstration effect to end at the timing of the big hit start, but As for exceptions, the type of demonstration effect to be finished is determined at the timing after the specific round. However, as a modification, if the big hit from the normal state belongs to the conditional specific big hit and there is no entry into the specific area 658 (if it is not a V prize), the type of the end demonstration effect is made into a fierce battle It is also good. In that case, if the jackpot end demonstration time is "35 seconds" in the original case, it may become "20 seconds".

Subsequently, FIG. 90 is a schematic view showing the contents of the end demonstration effect. In FIG. 90, the relationship between the type of the end demonstration effect selected in the above-mentioned end demonstration effect table, the contents of the effect, and the effect scale is defined. In this example, regardless of the type of the end demonstration effect, the mode rush effect of notifying the type of the effect mode (or effect stage) to be shifted after the end of the special game is executed. In the mode entry production, a fictitious mission entry production reporting the transition to the fictitious mission, a fantasy battle rush entry production reporting the transition to the fantasy battle rush mode, and a transition to the continuous stage in the fantasy battle mode There is a seven star charge announcement effect. Each mode entry effect is produced in such a manner that logos, characters, and identification marks corresponding to the type of the effect mode (or effect stage) are displayed on the screen. In addition, depending on the type of end demonstration effect, character selection effect for selecting an ally character (a stride character, a phantom battle character) in the above-mentioned effect mode may be executed. As described above, the character selection effect includes fierce character selection effect and illusion character selection effect. The character selection effect may be completed only in the execution period of the end demonstration or may be completed throughout the execution period from the round game to the end demonstration. In other words, part of the character selection effect is in the round game (when the first special symbol is a big hit, the short opening round, the second special symbol when it is a long opening round) May also be performed. Further, as described above, since "Seven Star Announcement A" and "Seven Star Announcement B" are executed triggered by the establishment of the pending Urannso, these effects function as a type of the pending Urann effects. Here, one of “6 seconds”, “20 seconds”, and “30 seconds” is set as the execution time (big hit end demonstration time) of the big hit end demonstration in this example. And even if the same big hit type is won, the length of the big hit end demonstration time may change according to the gaming state at the time of the big hit. Basically, if the gaming state at the time of the big hit is low probability state, "35 seconds" as the big hit end demonstration time, if the gaming state at the time of the big hit is high probability state, as the big hit end demonstration time "6 Seconds are set. However, when a predetermined big hit (7R long short open big hit of the first special symbol) is won in a low probability state, "20 seconds" may be set as the big hit end demonstration time. In addition, although the time scale "1 second" as omission production | presentation is set to each completion | finish demonstration effects, it is abbreviate | omitting in the figure.

  When the type of the end demonstration effect is “retransfer demonstration”, the illusion character selection effect is executed for 29 seconds, and then the illusion rush rush effect is executed for 6 seconds. Therefore, the execution time (reproduction measure) of the handover demonstration is 35 seconds. In addition, the “transfer demonstration” is started from the seventh round during the special game, and is executed across the round game and the big hit end demonstration. That is, in the seventh to fifteenth rounds (round at the time of short opening) in the above-mentioned intense battle bonus A or illusion battle bonus A, the illusionary character selection presentation is to be executed, but this round section is also taken over It is configured as part of

  If the type of the end demonstration effect is "strike", after the stride character selection effect is performed for 14 seconds, the stride mission effect is performed for 6 seconds. Therefore, the execution time (rendering scale) of the "strike into battle" is 20 seconds. As described above, the illusion character selection effect may be performed not only during the big hit end demonstration but also during the round, but the fierce character selection effect is executed only during the big hit end demonstration. In addition, the production measure of intense fighting character selection production is set shorter than the production measure of illusion character selection production.

  If the type of the end demonstration effect is "phantom entry A", the illusion rush entry effect is executed for six seconds. Therefore, the execution time (representational measure) of "phantom entry A" is 6 seconds. As described above, in the fantasy battle entry A, the fantasy battle character selection effect is not set, and the performance measure is set in a short time. In addition, even if a fantasy battle character selection effect is not set in the fantasy battle entry A, when a part of the big hit (16R length open big hit 1) is won, the big hit end demonstration is not executed before In the jackpot production (phantom bonus D and incomparable bonus A ~ C), in the round (during the round at the time of long opening), the fantasy fighting character selection directing is set, re-selection of fantasy fighting characters Opportunity is secured.

  When the type of the end demonstration effect is “phantom entry B”, after the illusion character selection effect is executed for 29 seconds, the illusion rush entry effect is executed for 6 seconds. Therefore, the execution time (representational measure) of the “vision battle entry B” is 35 seconds.

If the type of the end demonstration effect is "seven star end A", the total acquired hit number display is 3
After being executed for a second, a fantasy rush rush effect is performed for 3 seconds. Therefore, the execution time (rendering scale) of “seven star end A” is six seconds. Thus, at the seven star end A, the illusion character selection effect is not set, and the effect measure is set to a short time.

  If the type of the end demonstration effect is “seven star end B”, the total acquired hit number display is executed for 3 seconds, and then the fantasy character selection effect is executed for 29 seconds, and the fantasy battle rush rush effect Is performed for 3 seconds. Therefore, the execution time (rendering scale) of “seven star end B” is 35 seconds.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 89, when winning a big hit α (16R long open big hit 1, 4 R long open big hit 1), when the gaming state at the time of the big hit is in a high probability state (probable change state) , "Ghost in Entry A" is selected, and when it is in a low probability state (normal state or short time state), "Parent in Entry B" is selected. As described above, in the fantasy battle entry A, the fantasy battle character selection effect is not set, and compared with the fantasy battle entry B, the execution time (rendering measure) is set shorter. Similarly, when winning a big hit β (16R long open big hit 2, 8R long open big hit, 4R long open big hit 2), when the gaming state at the time of the big hit is a high probability state (probable change state), When the seven star end A "is selected and in the low probability state (normal state or short time state), the" seven star end B "is selected. As described above, the illusion character selection effect is not set at the seven star end A, and the execution time (rendering measure) is set shorter than the seven star end B. In this example, when the big hit is won in such a definite change state, after the round game, the big hit end demonstration is ended early, and the symbol change is immediately started, so that the constant change state is maintained, and the twin resort is maintained. The state can be smoothly absorbed, and the operating efficiency of the gaming machine can be improved.

  When the type of the end demonstration effect is “seven star announcement A”, the seven star charge announcement effect is executed for six seconds. Therefore, the execution time (rendering scale) of the “Seven Star Announcement A” is six seconds.

  When the type of the end demonstration effect is “seven star notice B”, after the total acquired HIT number display is executed for three seconds, the seven star charge announcement effect is executed for three seconds. Therefore, the execution time (rendering scale) of the “Nana star announcement B” is 6 seconds.

  Here, when “Seven Star Announcement A” and “Seven Star Announcement B” are triggered by the establishment of a pending Uranso during a special game, the gaming state at the time of big hit occurrence is a definite change state (high probability, open extension) It will be replaced as an alternate rendition of the selected "Ghost in A" and "Seven Star A". From this also, in the present example, as described above, it is possible that the pending inside connection effect can be executed during the special game only when the big hit is won in the gaming state in a definite change state (high probability, open extension) Can be seen. Therefore, even if the "prefetchable period" is set in each of the big hit rendering patterns described above, if the gaming state at the time of the big hit is not a definite change state (high probability, open extension), the pre-reading processing Lottery process is not performed, or even if it is performed, the on-premises on-hold effect is not displayed.

  Subsequently, the effect mode in the ninth embodiment will be described. FIG. 91 is a transition diagram of the effect mode in the ninth embodiment. In this example, 1) a normal mode, 2) a fierce mission mode, and 3) a fantasy battle rush mode are set as three types of effect modes. The contents of each effect mode will be described later.

  First, when the gaming state is the normal state (low probability / non-opening extension), the “normal mode” is set as the effect mode. That is, the normal mode is an effect mode that suggests or informs that the gaming state is the normal state (low probability / non-opening extension). Although illustration is omitted, while staying in the normal mode, a plurality of effect stages having different effect contents are prepared, and it is possible to move back and forth between the effect stages triggered by a predetermined number of times of digestion or stage selection lottery.

  When a big hit occurs when the effect mode is the normal mode, the effect mode after the end of the special game may differ depending on the type of the big hit. Specifically, in the normal mode, when winning a 7R long short open jackpot with the first special symbol, if V winning does not occur in the special game (if there is no definite transition), the effect mode after the special game As the "strike battle mission mode" is set, if a V prize occurs (if a definite transition is made), the "phantom rush mode" is set as the effect mode after the special game. That is, in the case of the 7R long short opening big hit, if the game state immediately after the special game is in the time reduction state, it shifts to the "strike battle mission mode", and if it is the positive change state, it shifts to the "phantom rush mode" . In addition, in the normal mode, if you win the first special symbol 15R long short opening big hit 1 or 15R long short opening big hit 2, regardless of the presence or absence of V winning in the special game (presence or absence transition transition), after the special game "Gentoo rush mode" is set as the effect mode. As described above, when the first special symbol in the normal mode hits the jackpot, the production mode after the special game is "strike mission mode" and "phantom rush mode" depending on the jackpot type and presence or absence of V prize establishment. Transition control to one of the two.

  On the other hand, when the effect mode is the "normal mode", if the second special symbol makes a big hit, regardless of the type of the big hit regardless of the presence or absence of V winning in the special game (presence or absence of transition of probability variation) Instead, the "phantom rush mode" is set as the effect mode after the special game.

  Next, the “hard fight mission mode” is an effect mode that suggests or informs that the gaming state is a short time state (low probability state / open extension state). When the production mode is "hard fight mission mode", if it becomes a big hit in the lottery process of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, regardless of the big hit classification, V winning establishment in the special game is established Regardless of the presence or absence (presence or absence of transition), "phantom rush mode" is set as the effect mode after the special game. In this example, based on the occurrence of a big hit, the transition from the fierce mission mode to the normal mode or the retransition from the fierce mission mode to the fierce mission mode is not set immediately after the special game. In the fierce battle mission mode, when the next big hit does not occur and the number of times the special symbol changes more than 100 times, that is, when the time saving state (low probability state / open extension state) ends, the normal mode Transition.

Subsequently, the “phantom rush mode” is a mode that indicates or notifies that the gaming state is a definite change state (high probability / open extension) or a short time state (low probability / open extension). While staying in the “phantom rush mode”, a battle-based effect (details will be described later) in which an ally character and an enemy character battle with each other may be executed as a reach effect during the symbol change. Whether the jackpot type is the first special symbol or the second special symbol when the effect mode is "phantom rush mode", whether or not the jackpot type is the presence or absence of V winning in the special game ( Regardless of whether or not there is a definite change transition, the "phantom rush mode" is set again as the effect mode after the special game. Here, when transitioning from the fantasy battle rush mode to the fantasy battle rush mode again, that is, in the case of the second or later transition to the fantasy battle rush mode, four symbol variations immediately after the end of the special game are performed. Within a spanned period (referred to as a “limited period”), the user will stay on the “run stage” set in the fantasy battle rush mode. That is, the "limited period" in this example means the first four rotations in the second or subsequent fantasy battle rush mode. Basically, when staying on the "Ranso Stage", the same effect contents as when staying in the "Gentoo rush mode" will be performed. However, during the special game based on the previous big hit, the pending U-n-Ran effect (the true effect) is executed, and within the limited period immediately after the end of the special game, the later big hit based on the pending U-in-Lan (second special When a jackpot of a symbol occurs, a special background is displayed on the screen during the period during which the player stays on the consecutive stage (the period after the end of the special game to the period of the big hit fluctuation). In this example, a rainbow-colored band image is displayed at the left and right ends of the screen as the special background (see FIG. 96). In this rainbow image, for example, a message of "in preparation for seven star charge" is displayed, and it is suggested to the player that an immediate hit effect (seven star charge effect) occurs within four rotations which is a limited period. It is also good. In addition, as a seven star charge production outside the limited period, there is also a production mode other than the above-mentioned immediate hit production (for example, a seven star charge appears in a resurrection production after a battle defeat, a relatively long production scale). Here, as described above, the pending inner row effect is executed when the lottery is won within the pre-readable period set in each round during the special game and during the above round There is a case where it is executed during the big hit end demonstration without. Therefore, depending on the situation of the operation holding ball at least at the time of big hit start or big hit end, the possibility of being executed during the special game being played is changed, and within the limited period immediately after the end of the special game At least a part of the symbol variation effect may differ in terms of whether or not the above-mentioned special background (band image) is displayed in (the continuous stage).

  It should be noted that the next time a big hit does not occur in the "Ranso Stage", and when the number of times of variation of the special symbol exceeds four, that is, when the limited period is over, the "Ranso Stage" is left, usually It will return to the "Gantastic Rush Mode" of the time. In the "phantom rush mode", when the next big hit does not occur, the number of times the variation of the special symbol exceeds a predetermined number (time reduction state: 100 times, probability change state: 120 times), that is, time reduction state or definite change state When finished, it shifts to the "normal mode". In addition, the transition from "Gant Fight Rush Mode" to "Fighter Mission Mode" is not set. As a modification example, when a big hit in the “phantom rush mode”, if there is no entry into the specific area 658 in the specific round, it may be configured to shift to the “challenge mission mode”.

  Subsequently, the variation pattern of the special symbol in the ninth embodiment will be described. FIG. 92 is a view schematically showing a variation pattern table of the special symbol in the ninth embodiment. In this example, 1) a normal fluctuation pattern table, 2) a shortening fluctuation pattern table, and 3) a special fluctuation pattern table are prepared as fluctuation pattern tables of special symbols. The normal variation pattern table is a variation pattern table that is selected when the gaming state is a normal state (low probability / non-opening extension). The shortening variation pattern table is a variation pattern table selected when the gaming state is a short time state (low probability / open extension) or a definite change state (high probability / open extension) (except for the limited period described later) . Special variation pattern table, the game state is a short time or a definite change state, the number of symbol variations (4 times) corresponding to the maximum number (4) of operation reserve balls of the second special symbol immediately after the end of the special game It is a fluctuation pattern table in which selection is permitted only for a period of time over the fluctuation display of). In addition, the limited period in this example is set in the period corresponding to the above-mentioned consecutive stage. That is, on the main control board 100 side, consistency with the effect mode managed on the effect control board 200 side is maintained by the transition of the variation pattern selection state, whereby the limited period and the continuous stay stage staying period are maintained. Correspondence is taken. Further, in this example, the game state after the end of the special game is different according to whether or not the game ball has entered the specific area 658 in the specific round in the special game, so it is selected according to the game state The variation pattern table may also be different. Here, each variation pattern table may be different depending on the result of the winning lottery (big hit · lost) and the big hit type and the like. Also, each variation pattern table is different for the first special symbol and for the second special symbol, and even if the same special symbol variation pattern random number is acquired, different variation patterns can be selected. It is configured. At this time, as shown in the figure, the variation pattern number is common to the first special symbol and the second special symbol, but the effect control command from the main control substrate 100 to the effect control substrate 200 (variation start The command includes information capable of specifying whether the variation pattern is for the first special symbol or the second special symbol. In addition, in each figure, although the "selectivity" is described for convenience of explanation, the judgment value (range of random number value) for determining a fluctuation pattern according to a special symbol fluctuation pattern random number value in fact Is set, and the variation pattern is determined based on which determination value the special symbol variation pattern random value belongs to.

  FIG. 92A shows a variation pattern table for the big hit. In the figure, (A1) in the upper row is a normal variation pattern table, (A2) in the middle row is a shortened variation pattern table, and (A3) in the lower row is a special variation pattern table. In the drawing, all variation patterns are listed so that the common points and differences with other variation pattern tables can be clearly understood.

  As shown in (A1) in the figure, in the normal variation pattern table (for big hit), if the first special symbol is a big hit, the variation pattern PX4 (normal reach) or the variation pattern PX5 regardless of which big hit type. (Super reach 1) is selected. Also, if the second special symbol is a big hit, if the big hit type is big hit α, then the variation pattern PX4 (normal reach) or the variation pattern PX5 (super reach 1) is selected, and the big hit type is big hit β For example, the variation pattern PX4 (normal reach) or the variation pattern PX6 (super reach 2) is selected. In this normal fluctuation pattern table (for the big hit), the fluctuation pattern of the non-reach mode is not selected, and when it becomes the big hit in the normal state, the fluctuation pattern of the reach mode is always selected.

  As shown in (A2) in the figure, in the shortening variation pattern table (for big hit), when it becomes the big hit with the first special symbol, the variation pattern PX7 (Super reach 3) is selected regardless of which big hit type. Be done. If the second special symbol is a big hit, the variation pattern PX7 (super reach 3) is selected if the big hit type is the big hit α, and if the big hit type is the big hit β, the variation pattern PX8 (super Reach 4) is selected. In this shortened fluctuation pattern table (for big hit), the fluctuation pattern of non reach mode and normal reach mode is not selected, and the fluctuation pattern of super reach mode is always in the case of big hit in positive change state or short time state. It is selected.

  As shown in the figure (A3), in the special variation pattern table (for big hit), the variation pattern PX7 (Super reach 3) is selected regardless of which big hit type when it becomes the big hit with the first special symbol. Be done. In the case of a big hit with the second special symbol, the variation pattern PX1 (very short variation) is selected regardless of the type of big hit. In this special variation pattern table (for big hit), if it becomes a big hit with the first special symbol within the limited period, while the variation pattern of the super reach aspect is selected, it became big hit with the second special symbol In the case, regardless of the jackpot type, the fluctuation pattern of the ultrashortened fluctuation is selected.

  Next, FIG. 92B shows a fluctuation pattern table for disconnection. In the figure, (B1) in the upper row is a normal variation pattern table, (B2) in the middle row is a shortened variation pattern table, and (B3) in the lower row is a special variation pattern table. In the drawing, all variation patterns are listed so that the common points and differences with other variation pattern tables can be clearly understood.

  As shown in (B1) in the figure, in the normal variation pattern table (for removal), when the first special symbol is shifted, variation pattern PH2 (shortening variation), variation pattern PH3 (normal variation), variation pattern PH4 Either (normal reach) or fluctuation pattern PH5 (super reach 1) is selected. In the case of a shift in the second special symbol, one of fluctuation pattern PH2 (shortening fluctuation), fluctuation pattern PH3 (normal fluctuation), fluctuation pattern PH4 (normal reach) and fluctuation pattern PH6 (super reach 2) is selected. Ru.

As shown in (B2) in the figure, in the shortening variation pattern table (for removal), the variation pattern PH3 (normal variation) is selected when the first special symbol is shifted. Also, when the second special symbol is shifted, variation pattern PH1 (very shortening variation), variation pattern PH2 (short variation), variation pattern PH3 (normal variation), variation pattern PH4 (normal reach), variation pattern PH7 (super Reach 3), fluctuation pattern PH8 (Super reach 4)
) Is selected.

  As shown in (B3) in the figure, in the special variation pattern table (for removal), the variation pattern PH3 (normal variation) is selected when the first special symbol is shifted. In the case of a shift in the second special symbol, a variation pattern PH1 (very short variation) or a variation pattern PH2 (short variation) is selected.

  In addition, you may be comprised so that a different fluctuation pattern table may be selected according to the action | operation pending ball | bowl number (0-4) of a special symbol, when the result of a no-goods lottery becomes a loss. In other words, by using the variation pattern table according to the number of actuation reserved balls of the special symbol, the larger the number of actuation pending balls is, the higher the ratio for which the relatively short variation time is selected. It is possible to increase the rate at which relatively long fluctuation times are selected. The above-mentioned fluctuation pattern table (normal fluctuation pattern table, shortened fluctuation pattern table, special fluctuation pattern table) is a table when there are 0 to 4 operation pending balls.

  Then, the fluctuation production pattern in a 9th embodiment is explained. FIG. 93 is a view schematically showing a fluctuation presentation pattern table in the ninth embodiment. In this example, a plurality of types of variation production pattern tables that are referred to when selecting a variation production pattern are stored, and among the plurality of types of variation production pattern tables, it corresponds to the variation pattern (variation time) of a special symbol. The variable effect pattern table is selected. Further, in each variation production pattern table, one or more variation presentation patterns are associated with each variation pattern of the special symbol. And the value (the number of judgment values) of the random number is allocated to the change pattern of the big hit and the change pattern of the deviation so as to be able to select any of a plurality of kinds of change effect patterns. In addition, as described above, the variation display pattern of the decorative symbol, that is, a scenario of a series of effects display process from the start of the fluctuation of the decorative symbol to the end of the fluctuation is defined in the fluctuation effect pattern, The timing etc. which generate a preliminary announcement production etc. in each step are also prescribed as a time schedule. Moreover, about this fluctuation production pattern, even if the fluctuation pattern of the special symbol is the same (even when the fluctuation start command of the same information is received), if the rendering mode (or the presentation stage) during stay is different, Variation presentation patterns having different presentation contents can be selected. That is, the variation presentation pattern table is prepared for each presentation mode (or presentation stage) during the stay. Here, for convenience of explanation, only the fluctuation presentation pattern table concerning long shortening fluctuation and super reach is shown, and the fluctuation presentation pattern table concerning other types is omitted. However, as shown in FIG. 93, in this example, a plurality of types of fluctuation presentation pattern tables are expressed as a single fluctuation presentation pattern table. In each figure, for convenience of explanation, although "selectivity" is indicated, in actuality, a judgment value (range of random number values) for determining a fluctuation effect pattern according to a fluctuation effect pattern random number value Is set, and the fluctuation pattern is determined based on which judgment value the fluctuation effect pattern random number belongs to.

  Specifically, the fluctuation presentation pattern PXR11 in the fantasy rush mode is associated with the jackpot fluctuation pattern PX1 (very short fluctuation). As described above, the variation pattern PX1 is a variation pattern that allows selection only within a limited period, and the variation effect pattern PXR11 corresponding to this variation pattern PX1 is selected only when staying in the limited period, which is the limited period. Be done. When the variation presentation pattern PXR 11 is selected, an immediate hit presentation (seven star charge introduction presentation) is executed as the variation presentation. The instant hit effect in this example is an effect in which the seven star charge mark is displayed immediately after the start of symbol fluctuation and becomes a big hit.

Further, fluctuation presentation patterns PXT 51 to 53 in the normal mode are associated with the jackpot fluctuation pattern PX5 (super reach 1). When the variation presentation patterns PXT 51 to 53 are selected, a story-based reach presentation (big hit reach presentation in which a story attributed to the characters A to C is developed) is executed as the variation presentation.

  Further, fluctuation presentation patterns PXT 61 to 63 in the normal mode are associated with the jackpot fluctuation pattern PX6 (super reach 2). When the variation presentation patterns PXT 61 to 63 are selected, the story-based reach presentation described above is performed as the variation presentation, and then a seven star charge introduction presentation (a presentation where a seven star charge mark appears) is performed.

  Also, with the fluctuation pattern PX7 (Super Reach 3) of the big hit, a plurality of fluctuation effect patterns are associated with each of the effect modes. That is, the selected variation effect pattern is different according to the effect mode during stay. Specifically, when the effect mode is the fierce battle mission mode, the change effect patterns PXM 71 to 73 are associated with each other. When the change effect patterns PXM 71 to 73 are selected, a mission success effect (success in missions A to C) is executed as the change effect. Here, the mission effect is an effect which presents the player with an instruction having the contents that the effect should exhibit a specific mode as a condition for the result of the acceptance lottery to be a big hit. In the fierce battle mission effect in this example, as the command, if the fierce fighting character selected by the player can defeat the enemy character, the mission success (big hit) will occur, and if the enemy character can not be defeated, the mission will fail (drop). is there. On the other hand, when the effect mode is the fantasy battle rush mode, the change effect patterns PXR 71 to 73 are associated. When the variation presentation patterns PXR 71 to 73 are selected, battle victory presentation (winning enemy characters A to C) is executed as the variation presentation. In the illusion rush production in the present example, if the illusion character selected by the player can defeat the enemy character as a battle-based effect (battle reach effect), the battle wins (big hit), and if the enemy character can not be defeated, the battle It is an effect that will be defeated.

  Also, with the fluctuation pattern PX8 of the big hit (Super Reach 4), a plurality of fluctuation presentation patterns are associated with each of the presentation modes. That is, the selected variation effect pattern is different according to the effect mode during stay. Specifically, when the effect mode is the fierce battle mission mode, the change effect patterns PXM 81 to 83 are associated with each other. When the variation presentation pattern PXM 81 to 83 is selected, as the variation presentation, a mission failure presentation (a failure in missions A to C) is executed, and then a seven star charge introduction presentation (a presentation where a seven star charge mark appears) is executed. Ru. On the other hand, when the effect mode is the fantasy battle rush mode, the change effect patterns PXR 81 to 83 are associated with each other. When the variation production pattern PXR 81 to 83 is selected, the battle defeat production (defeated to the enemy characters A to C) is executed as the fluctuation production, and then the seven star charge introduction production (production where the seven star charge mark appears) is executed. Be done.

  Next, the fluctuation production patterns PHM11 and PHR11 in the intense battle mission mode or the fantasy battle rush mode are associated with the fluctuation pattern PH1 (very short fluctuation) of the loss. When the change production pattern PHM11 and PHR11 are selected, a non-reach out effect (ultra-shortened change production) is executed as the change production.

  The fluctuation effect patterns PHT 51 to 53 in the normal mode are associated with the fluctuation pattern PH5 (super reach 1) of the loss. When the variation presentation patterns PHT 51 to 53 are selected, a story-based reach presentation (outgoing reach presentation in which a story attributed to the characters A to C is developed) is executed as the variation presentation.

  Further, fluctuation effect patterns PHT 61 to 63 in the normal mode are associated with the fluctuation pattern PH6 (Super Reach 2) of the detachment. When the variation presentation patterns PHT 61 to 63 are selected, the above-described story-based reach presentation is executed as the variation presentation.

  In addition, a plurality of variation presentation patterns are associated with each variation mode PH7 (super reach 3) of the removal. Specifically, when the effect mode is the fierce battle mission mode, the change effect patterns PHM 71 to 73 are associated with each other. When the variation presentation patterns PHM 71 to 73 are selected, a mission failure presentation (a failure in missions A to C) is executed as the variation presentation. On the other hand, when the effect mode is the fantasy battle rush mode, the change effect patterns PHR 71 to 73 are associated with each other. When the change effect pattern PHR 71 to 73 is selected, battle defeat effect (defeated to the enemy characters A to C) is executed as the change effect.

  In addition, a plurality of variation presentation patterns are associated with each variation mode PH8 (Super Reach 4) of the removal. Specifically, when the effect mode is the fierce battle mission mode, the change effect patterns PHM 81 to 83 are associated with each other. When the variation presentation patterns PHM 81 to 83 are selected, a mission failure presentation (a failure in missions A to C) is executed as the variation presentation. On the other hand, when the effect mode is the fantasy battle rush mode, the change effect patterns PHR 81 to 83 are associated with each other. When the change effect pattern PHR 81 to 83 is selected, battle defeat effect (defeated against the enemy characters A to C) is executed as the change effect.

  In this configuration, selection processing of the fluctuation pattern and the fluctuation effect pattern in and outside the limited period will be described.

  First, the case of a big hit in the second special symbol will be described. In this example, as described above, the big hit of the second special symbol is roughly divided into a big hit α and a big hit β. In the following, for convenience of explanation, 16R long open big hit 1 as big hit α and 8R long open big hit as big hit β will be described as an example.

  As shown in FIG. 92 (A2), when the gaming state is a definite change state or a short time state (outside the limited period), the change pattern PX7 (Super reach 3) is reached when the 16R length opening big hit is 1 in the second special symbol. Is selected. At this time, in the present example, it is assumed that the illusion rush mode is set as the effect mode corresponding to the probability variation state or the time saving state. Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 93, when the illusion rush mode is set, any one of the change effect patterns PXR 71 to 73 is selected as the change effect pattern corresponding to the change pattern PX7. Then, when one of the change effect patterns PXR 71 to 73 is selected, “battle victory effect” in which the ally character in the battle wins the enemy character is executed as the symbol change effect.

  Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 92 (A2), when the gaming state is a definite change state or a short time state (outside the limited period), the change pattern PX8 (super Reach 4) is selected. Similarly to the above, in the present example, it is assumed that the illusion rush mode is set as the effect mode corresponding to the probability change state or the time reduction state. Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 93, when the illusion rush mode is set, any one of the change effect patterns PXR81 to 83 is selected as the change effect pattern corresponding to the change pattern PX8. Then, when one of the change effect patterns PXR81 to 83 is selected, the seven star charge is performed immediately after the "Battle defeat effect" in which the ally character in the battle loses the enemy character as the symbol change effect is executed. A “7 star charge introduction presentation” in which the mark suddenly appears is executed.

As described above, in this example, when the jackpot is won outside the limited period in the definite change state or the short time state, the selected variation pattern and the variation presentation pattern may differ depending on the big hit type (big hit α or big hit β). . Then, if one big hit type (big hit α) is won outside the limited period, although the battle system effect is executed in the variable display, the seven star charge introduction effect is not executed. On the other hand, when the other big hit type (big hit β) is won outside the limited period, the battle type effect and the seven star charge effect are executed in the variable display.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 92 (A3), when within the limited period immediately after the special game, the variation pattern PX1 (super-shortened) in the case of the 16R long opening big hit 1 or 8R long opening big hit in the second special symbol. Fluctuation) is selected. In this example, it is assumed that the illusion rush mode (series stage) is set as the effect mode corresponding to the limited period. Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 93, when the illusion rush mode (series stage) is set, the variation production pattern PXR11 is selected as the variation production pattern corresponding to the variation pattern PX1. Then, when the variation effect pattern PXR11 is selected, the "Seven Star Charge Introduction Effect" in which the seven star charge mark suddenly appears immediately after the start of the symbol variation display is executed as the so-called "immediately pervious effect" in the symbol variation effect. Be done.

  As described above, in this example, when the jackpot is won within the limited period in the definite change state or the short time state, the selected variation pattern and the variation presentation pattern become the same regardless of the big hit type (big hit α or big hit β). obtain. Then, within the limited period, even if the jackpot type (big hit α or big hit β) is won, the seven star charge introduction effect is executed in the variable display.

  Therefore, outside the limited period in the definite change state or the time reduction state, when winning one big hit type (big hit α) among the big hit types of the second special symbol, “7 star charge introduction effect in the symbol fluctuation display When the player wins the other big hit type (big hit β) while “is not executed,“ 7 star charge introduction effect ”is executed in the symbol variation display. On the other hand, in the limited period (continuous stage) in the definite change state or the short time state, even if it is a case where it is elected to any big hit type (big hit α or big hit β), “7 star The charge introduction effect is executed.

  Next, the case of a big hit in the first special symbol will be described. As shown in FIG. 92 (A2), when the gaming state is a definite change state or a short time state (outside the limited period), the change pattern PX7 (super reach 3) is selected when the big win is made in the first special symbol. Ru. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 92 (A3), when the gaming state is within a limited period in a definite change state or a short time state, the variation pattern PX7 (super reach also occurs when the first special symbol is a big hit 3) is selected. At this time, in the present example, similarly to the above, it is assumed that the illusion rush mode is set as the effect mode corresponding to the probability variation state or the time saving state. Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 93, when the illusion rush mode is set, any one of the change effect patterns PXR 71 to 73 is selected as the change effect pattern corresponding to the change pattern PX7. Then, when one of the change effect patterns PXR 71 to 73 is selected, “battle victory effect” in which the ally character in the battle wins the enemy character is executed as the symbol change effect.

As described above, in this example, when the gaming state is a definite change state or a short time state, regardless of whether it is within the limited period or outside the limited period, when the big hit with the first special symbol, the symbol variation display The seven star charge introduction effect is not executed (instead, the battle effect is executed). In addition, as a modification, when it becomes a big hit with the first special symbol within a limited period in a definite variation state or a short time state, a special effect that is not revealed is executed outside the limited period. You may As a special effect, for example, a special enemy character not set in the battle effect outside the limited period may be made to appear. Conversely, while this special effect is executed when a big hit with the first special symbol outside the limited period in the definite variation state or the time saving state, it is executed with the second special symbol outside the limited period in the definite variation state or the short time It may be configured not to be executed in the case of a big hit.

(Operation: ninth embodiment)
Next, to make it easy to understand the ninth embodiment, the characteristic operation of this gaming machine will be described.

  First, an effect example of the probability variation promotion effect in the ninth embodiment will be described. FIG. 94 is a schematic view showing an example of the probability variation promotion effect in the ninth embodiment.

  In this example, as the first promotion effect, the probability change promotion effect in the intense battle bonus A and the probability change promotion effect in the intense battle bonus B are targeted. As described above, when the gaming state is the normal state, the striding bonus A is a jackpot effect pattern when the 15R long short opening jackpot 2 is won with the first special symbol, and the striding bonus B is the gaming state is usually When it is in the state, it is a big hit presentation pattern when 7R long short open jackpot is won with the first special symbol. Here, the hard fight bonus A includes the contents of the successful promotion of the odd change, and the hard fight bonus B includes the contents of the failure of the positive change promotion. Note that (A) to (D) in the figure are the common effects (normal effects and turning effects) of the fierce battle bonuses A and B, and (E) to (F) in the figure are the productions of the hard fight bonus A (success effects) And (G) to (H) in the figure are the renderings of the fierce battle bonus B (the renderings of failure). Therefore, in hard fight bonus A, effects are developed in the order of (A) → (B) → (C) → (D) → (E) → (F) in the figure, and in hard fight bonus B, in the figure (A The effects are developed in the order of (B) → (C) → (D) → (G) → (H).

  As shown in FIG. 94 (A), the big hit symbol "2.2.2" is stopped and displayed in the fluctuation of the decorative symbol, and a big hit occurs. In this example, it is suggested that the possibility of winning a conditional big hit (corresponding to a non-probable big hit) is high at the stop display of the even symbol (uncertain symbol). Further, as shown in FIG. 94 (B), with the start of the special game, a big hit start demonstration is displayed.

  As shown in FIG. 94C, in the first round, a circular mark image (identification mark) is displayed at the center of the screen. The mark image has a front and back, with a "hard fight mission mark" on the front side and a "phantom rush mark" on the back side. This mark image (identification mark) suggests the type of the special round (third round) in the special game at the same time as suggesting the effect mode scheduled to shift after the end of the special game. That is, the fierce battle mission mark indicates that the specific round is set as a non-V round and it is highly likely to shift to the fierce battle mission mode after the end of the special game. In addition, the phantom battle rush mark indicates that the specific round is set as the V round, and it is highly likely to shift to the fantasy battle rush mode after the end of the special game. In the figure, a "strike battle mark" on the front side is displayed as a default image. Although not shown, in the second to fifth rounds, the mark image does not change, and the "strike fighting mission" mark on the front side is continuously displayed.

  As shown in FIG. 94 (D), in the sixth round, the probability change promotion effect starts, and the mark image starts to rotate. The rotation of the mark image increases the sense of expectation for the probability change promotion.

  As shown in FIG. 94 (E), when the mark image is stopped on the back side and the “phantom rush mark” on the back side is displayed, it is notified that the probability change promotion has succeeded. In that case, as shown in FIG. 94 (F), in the big hit end demonstration, the illusion rush rush effect is executed, and it is informed that the special battle is to be shifted to after the end of the special game.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 94 (G), when the mark image is stopped on the front side and the “hard fight mission mark” on the front side is displayed, it is notified that the probability change promotion has failed. In that case, as shown in FIG. 94 (H), in the big hit end demonstration, a fierce battle mission rush effect is executed, and it is informed that transition to the fierce battle mission mode will be made after the end of the special game.

  However, in practice, since the type of the big hit (ie, the presence or absence of the execution of the V round) is determined in advance at the time of the success or failure lottery, the effect is developed (effect result) according to the type. That is, it is determined in advance that it will be successful in the probability change promotion success when winning in 15R long short opening big hit 1 (conditional specific big hit), and when winning in 7R long short opening big hit (conditional usual big hit) It is determined in advance that the probability change promotion fails. As a modification, depending on the presence or absence of entering the specific area 658, if there is entering the ball transition to the fantasy rush mode, if it is not entering the transition to the fierce mission mode, etc. It may be configured that only conditional specific big hit "or" conditional regular big hit "is not dependent on the probability change promotion success / failure.

  Next, an example of the effect of the round promotion effect in the ninth embodiment will be described. FIG. 95 is a schematic view showing an example of the round promotion effect in the ninth embodiment.

  In this example, as a second promotion effect, round promotion effect in phantom bonus D and probability variation promotion effect in phantom battle B are targeted. As described above, the phantom battle bonus D is a big hit presentation pattern when winning the 16R long opening jackpot 1 in the second special symbol, and the fantasy fighting bonus B is the 4R long opening jackpot 1 in the second special symbol It is a big hit presentation pattern when was elected. Here, the fantasy battle bonus D includes the presentation content that succeeds in the round promotion, and the fantasy battle bonus B includes the presentation content that fails the round promotion. Note that (A) to (D) in the figure are the effects common to the fantasy bonus B and D (normal presentation and turn effect), and (E) to (F) in the figure are the effects of the fantasy battle bonus D ( (G) to (H) in the figure are the effects of the fantasy battle bonus D (failure effects). Therefore, in the phantom battle bonus D, effects are developed in the order of (A) → (B) → (C) → (D) → (E) → (F) in the figure, and in the phantom battle bonus B, in the figure The effects are developed in the order of (A) → (B) → (C) → (D) → (G) → (H).

  As shown in FIG. 95 (A), the big hit symbol “1 · 1 · 1” is stopped and displayed in the fluctuation of the decorative symbol, and a big hit occurs. In this example, the possibility of winning the 4R long opening jackpot (the possibility of not winning the 16R long opening jackpot that is a high profit big hit) is high at the stop display of the second odd symbol (probable odd symbol) Is suggested. Further, as shown in FIG. 95 (B), with the start of the special game, a big hit start demonstration is displayed. In addition, in the big hit start demonstration, it is suggested that the possibility of winning 4R length open big hit is also high by the fact that “phantom bonus” is displayed as the big hit production pattern (16 R long open hit is elected If it is, it is highly likely that the "Musou bonus" is displayed).

  As shown in FIG. 95C, in the first round, a circular mark image (identification mark) is displayed at the center of the screen. The mark image has a front and back, and on the front side is a "phantom rush mark" and on the back side is an "extra bonus mark". In the figure, a "phantom rush" mark on the front side is displayed as a default image. Although not shown, in the second to third rounds, the mark image does not change, and the "phantom mark" on the front side is continuously displayed.

  As shown in FIG. 95 (D), the promotion effect is started in the fourth round, and the mark image starts to rotate. The rotation of the mark image increases the sense of expectation for round-up (acquisition of the last 12 rounds).

  As shown in FIG. 95 (E), when the mark image is stopped on the back side and the “extra bonus mark” on the back side is displayed, notification of successful round promotion (round up) is given. . That is, it is determined that the special game continues even after the fifth round without ending in the fourth round. Then, as shown in FIG. 95 (F), in the fifth round, the character information "mighty perfection secure" is displayed, and in fact the same profit as in the case of winning the "mighty bonus" (16R: 2400 Is notified that it is possible to In the sixth and subsequent rounds after the end of the promotion effect, the jackpot effect of the phantom battle bonus D proceeds with substantially the same content as the matchless bonus A (see FIGS. 85 and 86).

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 95 (G), when the mark image is stopped on the front side and the “phantom rush” mark on the front side is displayed, it is determined that the round promotion has failed. It is informed. In that case, as shown in FIG. 95H, after the end of the fourth round, the fifth round is not started, and after the big hit end demonstration, the present big hit is ended.

  However, in fact, since the type of the big hit (ie, the presence or absence of the continuation of the last 12 rounds) is determined in advance at the time of the success or failure lottery, the effect is developed (representation result) according to the type. That is, it is determined in advance that the round promotion success will be successful when the 16R long opening big hit 1 is won, and it is previously determined that the round promotion failure will be successful when the 4R long opening big hit 1 is elected There is. In this regard, with regard to the second promotion effect (round promotion effect), the presence or absence of the V prize in the specific area 658 does not relate to the effect result (promotion success / failure), but the first promotion effect (probability change promotion effect) In the case of), it is preferable that the presence or absence of the V winning in the specific area 658 relates to the rendering result (promotion success / failure).

  Next, a rendering example of the on-premises on hold arrangement effect in the ninth embodiment will be described. FIG. 96 is a schematic view showing an example of pending internal connection effect in the ninth embodiment.

  Whether or not to execute the on-premises on-hold effect is determined by lottery in the above-described pre-readable period. Each pre-readable period is set on a round basis of a special game, and in each round, whether or not to execute on-hold in-line effects is determined, and in the case where execution of the effects is determined in the round Generates a pending Uchirenso effect. Therefore, for every one round (prefetchable period), the process from the effect lottery to the effect execution pertaining to the on-hold on-the-run consecutive effect is completed. In the following rendering example, it is assumed that the player wins the high profit big hit (16R length open big hit 1) and the "matchless bonus A" is developed as the big hit rendering pattern. In the matchless bonus A, the prereadable period is set in the fourth to sixteenth rounds. However, as described above, in the case where the illusion character reselection effect is executed in the 12th to 16th rounds, it is possible to avoid the competition between the illusion character selection effect and the pending internal connection effect in the same round In order to do this, the on-premises-on-line effect is not performed in the twelfth to sixteenth rounds. In this example, it is assumed that “specified suspension (big hit suspension)” exists in one or more subsequent operation suspension balls existing at the start of the special game.

  As shown in FIG. 96A, in the first round of the special game, a circular mark image (identification mark) is displayed at the center of the screen. The mark image has a front and back, and a "phantom rush mark" is attached to the front side, and a "seven star charge mark" is attached to the back side. In the figure, a "phantom mark" on the front side is displayed as a default image. In this example, although not shown, in each of the fourth to fifth rounds of the above-described pre-readable period, it is determined that non-execution (non-election) of on-premises continuous play effect is made in the pre-reading process. Do. Therefore, at the end of the fifth round, the mark image on the front side is continuously displayed as the "phantom rush mark".

As shown in FIG. 96 (B), in the sixth round, when execution (winning) of on-hold in-line effect is determined in the prefetch process, the mark image starts to rotate as the on-off in-line effect.

  As shown in FIG. 96 (C), in the case where the on-hold on-line consecutive effect occurs as a true effect (decision on on-off in-line continuous change), the “7 star charge mark” on the back side is displayed. On the other hand, although not shown in the drawings, when the on-hold in-line effect is generated as a Gase effect, the “phantom rush mark” on the front side is displayed. In addition, when a reservation is performed in a certain round, if it occurs as a true effect (7 star charge mark), the read ahead process is not performed in the remaining rounds. On the other hand, in the case where the pending Uchirenso effect is produced as a staging (phantom rush mark), the prefetching process is executed again in the remaining rounds, and the pending Uchiranso is repeated any number of times until it occurs as a true effect. An effect can occur. That is, within the pre-readable period, the pre-reading process may be performed in each round until a true effect of finalizing notification of the establishment of the pending multi-station is generated.

  As shown in FIG. 96 (D), when the final round is over, characters of “seven star charge activation” are displayed in the big hit end demonstration. In this example, since the pending Uchirenso effect (the true effect) is generated during the round, “7 star charge notification” is selected as the type of the end demonstration effect, and “7 star charge notification effect” is displayed on the screen as the 7 star charge notification effect described above. The text “7 star charge activation” is displayed. Then, after the end of the special game, the illusion rush mode is set as the effect mode. In addition, stay in the consecutive stage in the limited period (four times) immediately after the end of the special game. In this example, at the end of the special game, it is assumed that there are four operation holding balls of the second special symbol, and the fourth of them is the specific hold (the next big hit targeted for a hold inside announcement). Suppose that there is.

  As shown in FIG. 96 (E), when the special game is over, variable display of symbols is started on the consecutive stage. When staying on the continuous stage, the rainbow band image is displayed at both ends of the screen as a special effect during the variable display of the symbol, and the next big hit may occur during the limited period (within 4 rotations) It will be announced.

  As shown in FIG. 96 (F), the first variable display after the special game indicates "off". In this example, although it is not shown in the drawings, it is also "off" in the second and third symbol fluctuation display. In addition, if it is within the limited period, not only during the big hit (during the next big hit being made a target of notification within the pending reservation) but also during the outing, the special effect (band image) is displayed continuously Be done. That is, until the next big hit occurs, the display of the band image is continued throughout the entire period of the chain stage.

  As shown in FIG. 96 (G), as a result of the specific hold designated as the target of the hold internal announcement being stored being digested, “the seven star charge mark” suddenly appears on the screen immediately after the start of the fourth variable display. As described above, by displaying the mark image similar to that at the time of the on-hold on-call notification again, it is possible to make the player intuitively that a big hit occurs in the current variable display. In addition, the display of the current "Seven Star Charge Mark" is also used as the seven star charge introduction effect described above, and it will be continuously linked to the acquisition hit number announcement effect of the big hit start demonstration (not shown in this figure) . As a modification thereof, the "Seven Star Charge Mark" may be continuously displayed even in the case of the big hit end demonstration and the fluctuation up to the change related to the specific suspension.

  As shown in FIG. 96 (H), the big hit symbol "7, 7, 7" is stopped and displayed in the variable display, and the next big hit occurs. In addition, this big hit fluctuation (big hit fluctuation within a limited period) is configured as an instant hit effect that is completed in a few seconds without a reach state after the symbol starts changing.

Next, a production example of the seven star charge production in the ninth embodiment will be described. Figure 97
It is a schematic diagram which shows an example of the seven star charge production in 9th Embodiment.

  Seven star charge production is performed in the (1) seven star charge introduction production performed in the big hit fluctuation, (2) the acquired HIT number announcement production performed in the big hit start demonstration, and (3) from round game to the big hit end demonstration Total acquisition HIT number addition rendition. Note that the number of acquired HITs (the number of awarded balls) shown in the figure is the total number of winning balls obtained based on the winning in the special winning opening 65 in the special game during the so-called continuous state. . The seven star charge production is said to be variable display, triggered by having won the big hit β with the second special symbol, or having won the big symbol with the second special symbol while staying on the consecutive stage (limited period) It is an effect that is executed substantially continuously across from the inside to the end of the special game.

  As shown in FIG. 97 (A), while the symbol is displayed in a fluctuating manner, a "seven star charge mark" is displayed as a seven star charge introduction effect. When the jackpot is won, the battle effect is executed in the variable display, and after the ally character loses the enemy character, the “seven star charge mark” appears in the form of the resurrection effect. On the other hand, when the jackpot is won during the stay in the above-mentioned consecutive stage, as described above with reference to FIG. "Mark" appears.

  As shown in FIG. 97 (B), “13,600 HIT” is displayed on the front side of the “Seven Star Charge Mark” as the total number of HIT acquired (the number of award winning balls) acquired up to the present time, and is acquired by this big hit. “+0 HIT” is displayed as the initial value of the possible acquired HIT numbers. In this example, "1 HIT" is counted for "one" winning ball. Although not shown, it is assumed that the big hit symbol is stopped and displayed on the variable display after that and a big hit occurs.

  As shown in FIGS. 97 (C), (D) and (E), with the start of the special game, in the jackpot start demonstration, an announcement of the acquired HIT number is executed. The acquired HIT number notification effect is an effect of notifying the number of winning balls obtainable by the present big hit (number of withdrawal balls) as the acquired HIT number. The number of acquired HITs increases up to three stages in accordance with the number of defined rounds of the special game to be executed this time.

  When the prescribed round number of the special game is 4 rounds (4R long opening big hit), as shown in FIG. 97 (C), the number of acquired HIT this time is only one step from “+0 HIT” to “+600 HIT” Ascends (4R × 10 counts × 15 = 600 HIT).

  As shown in FIGS. 97 (C) to (D), when the prescribed round number of the special game is 8 rounds (when it is 8R long open big hit), the number of acquired HITs from “+0 HIT” to “+600 HIT” , “+600 HIT” to “+1200 HIT” in two steps (8R × 10 counts × 15 pieces = 1200 HIT).

  As shown in FIGS. 97 (C) to (E), when the prescribed round number of the special game is 16 rounds (when it is 16R long open big hit), the number of acquired HITs from “+0 HIT” to “+600 HIT” as shown in FIGS. , “+600 HIT” to “+1200 HIT”, “+1200 HIT” to “+2400 HIT” in three steps (16R × 10 counts × 15 pieces = 2400 HIT). In the following description, it is assumed that the number of acquired HIT at this time is “+2400 HIT”.

As shown in FIG. 97 (F), when the round game is started, the total acquired HIT number addition effect is executed. Specifically, every time the game ball wins the large winnings opening 65, “+15 HIT” is moved from the number of acquired HITs to the total number of acquired HITs (15 number of balls per count)
.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 97 (G), when the so-called over winning is achieved, the number of HIT acquired this time does not include the over winning portion (only 10 counts which is the specified number per round is included) (Not because it does not move), the information “+15 HIT” is newly displayed instead of moving the numerical value. At the same time, a special sound effect is output, and the value is added to the total number of acquired HITs. The “over winning” means a winning exceeding the prescribed number (10 balls) to the special winning opening 65.

  As shown in FIG. 97 (H), when all the rounds are finished, the total hit HIT number is enlarged and displayed in the big hit end demonstration, and the result of the total payout balls (winning prize balls number) is notified. Then, although illustration is omitted, as the illusion rush rush production, the logo of “phantom rush” is enlarged and displayed on the screen, and notification of transition to the illusion rush mode is provided.

  Next, the execution process of the character selection effect in the big hit in the ninth embodiment will be described. FIG. 98 is a schematic diagram showing an example of an execution process of character selection effect in the ninth embodiment.

  In the execution process of the character selection effect, in the figure (A), when winning the 7R long short opening big hit with the first special symbol in the normal state, and transition to the time saving state after the end of the special game, the figure (B) In the normal state (or time saving state), the first special symbol wins a 15R long short opening jackpot 1 and shifts to a definite changing state after the end of the special game, the time saving state (C) in the figure. Or in the normal state) in the second special symbol to win 16R long opening big hit 1, when transitioning to the definite change state after the end of the special game, in the figure (D), the second special symbol 16R long in the definite change state It shows a case where an open jackpot is won and the special game is re-entered after the end of the special game. In each figure, a time axis is set from left to right, and a big hit start demonstration, a round game, and a big hit end demonstration are shown in order from left to right. Each diagram conceptually shows the state of execution of the jackpot effect, and each time width and ratio do not correspond to the actual time width and ratio. That is, in this example, in (A) to (D) in the figure, different time widths are actually set to the same time width as appropriate so that the time scales of the character selection effect can be easily compared.

First, the 7R long short open jackpot of the first special symbol belongs to the condition usually big hit as the big hit attribute. When 7R long short opening big hit when the gaming state is normal state (low probability · non-opening extension), basically, it is not possible to win V in the specific round in the special game, the gaming state after the end of the special game is short time It becomes a state (low probability, open extension). At this time, in the above special game, “strike bonus B” is selected as the jackpot effect pattern. In addition, "strike bonus (common)" is selected as the type of start demonstration effect, and "strike entry" is selected as the type of end demonstration effect. As described above, in the case where the type of the end demonstration effect is “strike in force”, the execution time (rendering measure) is N = 20 (seconds). And, in this big hit end demonstration (hard battle entry), fierce character selection production is set. On the other hand, in the round game (strike bonus B), the fight character selection effect is not set. Therefore, the fierce character selection production is carried out during the big hit end demonstration (hard fight entry). At this time, in the fierce battle character selection effect, although illustration is omitted, four kinds of fierce battle characters (friend characters) are displayed in a horizontal row, and the display mode of the selected image is displayed every constant time during the operation valid period of the effect button 15. By sequentially switching, it is possible to select any one of the plurality of intense fighting characters according to the operation timing of the effect button 15. Then, the 15R long short opening big hit 1 of the first special symbol belongs to the conditional specified big hit. When the gaming state is normal state (low probability · non-opening extension) and becomes 15R long short opening big hit 1, basically, it is V prize winning in the specific round in the special game, the game state after the special game end Is a definite change state (high probability, open extension). At this time, in the special game described above, “phantom bonus B” is selected as a jackpot effect pattern. In addition, as a type of start demonstration effect, “Gentooic bonus (common)”, and as a type of end demonstration effect, “transfer demo” is selected. As described above, when the type of the end demonstration effect is “transfer demonstration”, the execution time (rendering measure) is Y = 35 (seconds). As described above, the handover demonstration is executed across the round game (the seventh to fifteenth rounds) and the big hit end demonstration. The effect measure in the round game (the seventh to the fifteenth round) is 29 (seconds), and the effect measure in the big hit end demonstration is 6 (seconds). And in the 7th-15th rounds (short opening round game) in this succession demonstration, illusion character selection production is set. In addition, since the transfer demo is an effect that is continuously executed from the seventh round to the big hit end demo, the end demo effect (the transfer demo) triggered by the big hit end demo command from the main control board 100 side Is not executed, but is executed starting from the seventh round. Therefore, the big hit end command from the main control board 100 is ignored. Note that, regarding the other end demonstration effects, the end demonstration effects are executed in response to the big hit end demonstration command from the main control board 100.

  Then, the second special symbol 16R length open jackpot 1 belongs to the conditional specific jackpot. When the game state is a short time state (low probability · open extension) and becomes 16R long opening big hit 1, basically, it is V prize winning in the specific round in the special game, the game state after the end of the special game is It becomes a definite change state (high probability, open extension). At this time, in the above-mentioned special game, “Watou bonus A” or “phantom bonus D” is selected as the jackpot effect pattern. In the following description, it is assumed that "Income Bonus A" is selected. In addition, "Income bonus (normal)" is selected as the type of the start demonstration effect, and "Gentoo intruding B" is selected as the type of the end demonstration effect. As described above, when the type of the end demonstration effect is “phantom entry B”, the execution time (rendering measure) is N = 35 (seconds). And, in this big hit end demonstration (phantom entry B), the illusion character selection effect is set. In this example, as described above, the end demonstration (phantom entry B) is started in response to the big hit end demo command from the main control board 100, so that the fantastic character selection effect is also performed during the big hit end demonstration. Only run. At this time, in the illusion character selection effect, although not shown, 15 kinds of illusion characters (ally characters) are prepared one by one, and the screen of the selectable illusion characters is selected by switching the screen with the left and right keys. In response to the operation of the effect button 15, any one of a plurality of phantom battle characters can be selected. As described above, the intense battle character selection effect and the illusion character selection effect are set so that the effect content and the effect measure are different from each other. Note that some (four types) of the 15 types of phantom battle characters are also used as fierce battle characters.

  On the other hand, when the game state is a definite change state (high probability, open extension) and it becomes 16R long opening big hit 1, basically, it is V prize winning in the specific round in the special game, the game after the special game end The state is a probability change state (high probability, open extension). At this time, in the above-mentioned special game, “Watou bonus A” or “phantom bonus D” is selected as the jackpot effect pattern. In the following description, it is assumed that "Income Bonus A" is selected. In addition, "Income Bonus (Normal)" is selected as the type of start demonstration effect, and "Gentoo intruding A" is selected as the type of end demonstration effect. As described above, when the type of the end demonstration effect is “phantom entry A”, the execution time (rendering measure) is N = 6 (seconds). And, in this big hit end demonstration (hard battle entry), the fierce character selection presentation is not set. On the other hand, the illusion character selection effect is set in the first to sixteenth rounds during the round game. Therefore, the illusion character selection effect is executed only during the round game (Musou bonus A).

  The main effects achieved in the ninth embodiment are summarized as follows.

First, in the operation pattern according to the conditional specific big hit (15R long short open big hit 2) and the operation pattern according to the conditional normal big hit (7R long short short open big hit) By making the series of opening and closing operations (long open and short open operation sequence) of the winning opening 65 substantially the same mode, which round is the winning type and a specific round is executed in which round, Since it becomes difficult to determine whether or not a V prize has actually been achieved, it is possible to maintain the sense of expectation for the probability change acquisition until the predetermined round, and the effect when the probability change promotion effect occurs in the predetermined round The effect can be further enhanced, and as a result, it becomes possible to improve the interest of the game.

  Second, even when the same jackpot type is won, the tendency of the effect is made different between the limited period immediately after the end of the special game and the limited period outside, and when staying outside the limited period, it is high. Although there is a low possibility that a specific effect (seven star charge introduction effect) included in the symbol fluctuation production of low profit jackpot in the symbol fluctuation production of profit jackpot is unlikely to appear, when staying within a limited period, high profit jackpot and Low probability It is highly possible that a specific effect (seven star charge introduction effect) appears in any of the symbol variation effects of the big hit, so while adopting a common effect in part regardless of the jackpot type and the fluctuation frequency period Also, it is possible to create an unprecedented variety of gaming characteristics by adding a sharpening of effects within and outside a limited period, and as a result, it becomes possible to improve the interest of gaming.

  Thirdly, when the character selection effect of selecting the effect form during symbol variation is executed while the special game is being executed, the execution of the pending internal connection effect is prohibited in the execution round of the character selection effect. By avoiding a situation in which the pending Uchiranso production and the character selection production compete in the same round, it is possible to prevent the production effects of both the productions from becoming mutually diluted, as a result, the fun of the game It is possible to improve.

  Fourth, if a round promotion effect is executed while a special game is being executed, a pre-readable period is set in a round after the execution round of the round promotion effect, and the pending Uranso is held in the same round By avoiding the situation in which the performance and the round promotion performance compete with each other, it is possible to prevent the performance effects of both performances from being mutually reduced, and as a result, it becomes possible to improve the interest of the game.

  Fifth, in the normal state in the first special symbol by winning a conditional big hit (7R long short open jackpot), when transitioning to a time saving state after the end of the special game, the second special symbol in the time saving state By winning the conditionally specific big hit (16 long open big hit 1), the execution time (rendering scale) of the big hit end demonstration is different in the case of transitioning to a definite change state after the end of the special game, Depending on the scene or situation at the time of transition to the gaming state, it is possible to prevent the monotonization of the taste of the game by giving various changes to the contents of presentation and time lapse when transitioning from the special game to the symbol variation game. As a result, it becomes possible to improve the interest of the game. In addition, under the situation that there is a specific suspension in the subsequent operation suspension ball, even if a big hit occurs in the second special symbol lottery, as the gaming state at the time of the big hit occurrence, it is only likely to enter the ball Rather, it is possible to execute the on-premises in-store effect, assuming that the second special symbol's success or failure lottery probability is in a high probability state, that is, on the premise that it is in the probability variation range. It is possible to further improve the player's sense of expectation for the occurrence of the pending in-line effect.

  Sixth, based on the jackpot type and the gaming state at the time of the jackpot, the transition destination of the effect mode is different according to the presence or absence of the V prize in the special game, regardless of the presence or absence of the V prize in the special game By making the transition destination of the rendering mode the same, the method of transition of the rendering mode can have diversity and unexpectedness, and as a result, the interest of the game can be improved. Is possible.

Tenth Embodiment
Next, a gaming machine according to the tenth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine of the tenth embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and in the following, parts having similar configurations are given the same reference numerals. Descriptions are omitted and mainly different parts are described.

  Like the gaming machine of the second embodiment, the gaming machine of the tenth embodiment depends on whether or not the gaming ball wins in a specific area (so-called "V area") in the big winning opening during execution of the special game. Thus, it is configured as a so-called ball check type gaming machine that determines whether or not the gaming state shifts to a definite changing state after the end of the special game. In addition, a definite change state may be continued until symbol variation of a predetermined number of times (ST number of times) is performed, and may be continued until the next big hit occurs.

  Further, the gaming machine of the tenth embodiment is equipped with only a single big winning opening 65 (a ball probability attacker having a specific area 658) in the gaming area PA, as in the gaming machine of the seventh embodiment. ing. That is, also in the tenth embodiment, the big winning opening 65 having the specific area 658 is opened in all rounds. The configuration of the special winning opening 65 has already been described in the above-described second embodiment, and thus the description thereof will not be repeated.

  First, the big hit type (big hit breakdown) in the tenth embodiment will be described. FIG. 99 shows the big hit breakdown of the special symbol lottery in the tenth embodiment.

  The upper part of FIG. 99 is a view schematically showing a symbol table per first special symbol in the tenth embodiment. In the first special symbol per symbol table, a symbol group, a big hit attribute, the number of times of operation of a probability change / time saving function, and an operation pattern of a big winning opening are respectively associated with a special symbol per symbol random number In the example, for convenience, the description of the stop symbol is omitted). In the first special symbol per symbol table, as a symbol group A (16R long opening big hit), a symbol group B (12R long short opening big hit 1), and a symbol group C (12R) as three kinds of symbol groups according to the type of big hit Long and short opening jackpot 2) is set.

  The lower part of FIG. 99 is a view schematically showing a symbol table per second special symbol in the tenth embodiment. In the second special symbol per symbol table, a symbol group, a big hit attribute, the number of times of operation of a probability variation / time saving function, and an operation pattern of a big winning opening are respectively associated with a special symbol per symbol random number In the example, for convenience, the description of the stop symbol is omitted). In the second special symbol per symbol table, symbol group D (16R length open big hit) and symbol group E (7R length short open big hit) are set as two types of symbol groups according to the type of big hit.

  Subsequently, FIG. 100 is a time chart for describing an operation pattern of the special winning opening 65 in the tenth embodiment. In the present example, a total of four types of operation patterns are prepared corresponding to the above-described jackpot types. In the drawing, the state change of the special winning opening 65 in the special game is shown in time series from left to right. Each operation pattern shown in FIG. 100 conceptually shows the execution state of each round game, and each time width and ratio of opening time and closing time (including interval time) of each round game is an actual time It does not correspond to the width and ratio. In this example, even if it corresponds to any of the above five types of jackpots, in the specific round in the special game, the presence or absence of the probability variation prize based on whether the gaming ball enters the specific area 658 Is distributed. The specific round is set to the fifth round, regardless of which jackpot. In the figure, "L" is added to the long open round game, and "S" is added to the short open round game.

FIG. 100A shows a 16R long open pattern. In the 16R long opening pattern, a long opening round game is executed in all rounds (normal round, specific round). That is, since the large winning opening 65 is long-opened in any round game, the 16R long open jackpot becomes a big hit equivalent to 16 rounds in practice. In addition, specific round (the fifth
Since the long open round game is executed, the round) is set as the V round, in which entering the specific area 658 is easy or possible.

  FIG. 100 (B) shows the 12R long and short open pattern 1. In 12R long short open pattern 1, the long open round game is executed in the first to fifth rounds, and the short open round game is executed in the sixth to twelfth rounds. That is, since the large winning opening 65 is long-opened in the five round games, the 12R long short opening big hit 1 is a big hit equivalent to five rounds. In addition, since a long open round game is performed, a specific round (the 5th round) is set as V round which is easy or possible to enter the ball into the specific area 658.

  FIG. 100C shows a 12R long and short open pattern 2. In 12R long short open pattern 2, a long open round game is executed in the first to fourth rounds and the sixth round, and a short open round game is executed in the fifth round and the seventh to twelfth rounds. That is, since the large winning opening 65 is long-opened in the five round games, the 12R long short opening big hit 2 becomes a big hit equivalent to five rounds. In addition, since a short opening round game is performed, a specific round (the 3rd round) is set as a non-V round in which entering the specific area 658 is difficult or impossible.

  FIG. 100D shows the 7R long and short open pattern. In the 7R long short open pattern, a long open round game is executed in the first to fifth rounds, and a short open round game is executed in the sixth to seventh rounds. That is, since the large winning opening 65 is long-opened in the five round games, the 7R long short open jackpot becomes a big hit equivalent to five rounds. In addition, since a long open round game is performed, a specific round (the 5th round) is set as V round which is easy or possible to enter the ball into the specific area 658.

  Thus, in this example, while the 16R long open big hit is a "big 16 round" big hit, the other big hit (12R long short open big hit 1, 2, 7R long short open big hit) is "real 5 round" It will be a big hit.

Here, as shown in FIG. 99, in this example, in the first special symbol lottery and the second special symbol lottery, one of the long open big hit and the long open big hit is won as the big hit type. As described above, the long open jackpot is a jackpot in which only a long open round game exists as a round game in the special game. The long and short opening big hit means a big hit where a long opening round game and a short opening round game are mixed as a round game in the special game. At this time, in the first special symbol lottery, the winning probability of the long open jackpot is 10%, and the winning probability of the long open jackpot is 90%. On the other hand, in the second special symbol lottery, the winning probability of the long open jackpot is 60%, and the winning probability of the long open jackpot is 40%. Therefore, the winning probability of the long open short jackpot is set higher in the case of becoming a big hit in the first special symbol lottery than in the case of becoming a big hit in the second special symbol lottery. Here, in this example, in either of the first special symbol lottery and the second special symbol lottery, when the long and short opening big hit is won, a short opening round game is executed in at least one or more normal rounds in the special game. Ru. Therefore, in the case of a big hit type (long and short open big hit) with one or more short opening round games in a normal round, the case of becoming a big hit in the first special symbol lottery is more than the case where it becomes a big hit in the second special symbol lottery. , The winning probability is set high. That is, basically, in the case of becoming the big hit with the first special symbol, the ratio at which the short open round game is executed at least once or more in the normal round is higher than the case where the second special symbol is the big hit It has become. In addition, in this example, it can become a short open round game not only in a normal round but in a specific round. That is, as described above, when the 12R long short opening jackpot is won, the specific round in the special game (12R long short opening pattern 2) is set as the short opening round game. In this example, long and short opening big hit is set as the big hit type in both the first special symbol and the second special symbol, but long and short opening big hit is set only in the first special symbol, the second special symbol It is good also as composition which does not set up long open short jackpot (that is, only long open big hit is set).

  In addition, in this example, the average number of rounds of special games to be executed by one big hit occurrence is set equally between the case of becoming a big hit in the first special symbol lottery and the case of becoming a big hit in the second special symbol lottery There is. Specifically, while the average number of rounds of special games in the case of a big hit in the first special symbol lottery is "12.4 round", the special number in the case of a big hit in the second special symbol lottery The average number of rounds of the game is “12.4 rounds”, and each average number of rounds is configured to be the same. Therefore, the type of big hit in the first special symbol lottery (16R long open big hit, 12R long short open big hit 1, 2) and the type of big hit in the second special symbol lottery (16R long open big hit, 7R long short open hit) The expected value for winning a prize ball differs, but the number of times of execution of the round game (the number of rights allowed to enter the big winning opening 65) obtained in one big hit occurrence is the same on average.

  Also, as can be seen from the above description, when the first special symbol is a big hit, a big hit with a short opening round game in a normal round (12R long short opening big hit 1, 2) and a short in a normal round It is distributed to the big hit (16R length open big hit) without opening round game. In the following, for the convenience of explanation, the big hit (12R long short open big hit 1, 2) with the short open round game in the normal round "long open short hit big hit X", the big round without the short open round game in the normal round (16R long Opening jackpot) is called "long opening jackpot Y". As shown in FIG. 100, in the case of winning the long and short open big hit X (12R long short open big hit 1, 2) among plural types of big hit types, a short open round game can be executed in a normal round in the special game However, the short opening round game is set to at least a round after a specific round (ie, after the sixth round) among a plurality of normal rounds.

  Here, in the case of winning the long and short opening big hit X in the first special symbol, "big hit bonus X" is selected as a big hit effect pattern in the special game. When the jackpot bonus X is selected, a character selection effect is executed in the jackpot end demonstration. The character selection effect is an effect for selecting a character appearing in the effect mode after the end of the special game, as in the character selection effect in the ninth embodiment described above. At this time, when the jackpot bonus X is executed, the execution time (end demonstration time) of the end demonstration is “Tx”. On the other hand, when the player has won the long open jackpot Y with the first special symbol, "big hit bonus Y" is selected as a big hit effect pattern in the special game. When the big hit bonus Y is selected, a character selection effect is executed in the big hit end demonstration. At this time, when the jackpot bonus Y is executed, the execution time (end demonstration time) of the end demonstration is “Ty”. Here, the end demonstration time Tx of the big hit bonus X and the end demonstration time Ty of the big hit bonus Y are set as different time values. In this example, the end demonstration time Tx of the big hit bonus X is shorter than the end demonstration time Ty of the big hit bonus Y (Tx <Ty). At this time, the entire demonstration process of the character selection effect is executed in the end demonstration of the big hit bonus Y, while only a part (second half part) of the effect process of the character selection effect is performed in the end demonstration of the big hit bonus X Be done. That is, in the special game, the first half of the character selection effect is executed during the short opening round game (sixth to twelfth rounds) in the special game, and the second half of the character selection effect is It is executed during the end demonstration just after the short opening round. The first half and the second half of the character selection effect are configured as a series of effects having continuity, and there is no difference between the jackpot bonus X and the jackpot bonus Y.

As described above, in the present example, the end demonstration time Tx is set to be shorter than the end demonstration time Ty, but by using the effect measure of the round game, the effect measure of the character selection effect is secured. That is, if it is a long opening big hit Y, because it involves only a long opening round game in the special game, while complete the character selection effect only in the big hit end demonstration, if it is a long open short hit X, the special game In order to accompany the long opening round game and the short opening round game (because the short opening round game is executed in the second half round), during the short opening when it is difficult or impossible to enter the big winning opening 65 The character selection effect is completed across the short open round game and the big hit end demonstration by making effective use of it. This makes it possible to execute common character selection effects on the same time scale, even if the end demonstration time during the big hit is made different between the long open short hit X and the long open big hit Y. By shortening the end demonstration time, it is possible to prevent the extension of the entire big hit presentation.

  Note that the character selection effect of the big hit bonus X and the character selection effect of the big hit bonus Y do not necessarily have to be completely the same in the contents of the effect, and part of the effects may be different. For example, the types of characters that can be selected by the player are different at least in part, and the background display during the effect and the method of selecting the characters are also different.

  As described above, according to the tenth embodiment, the first special symbol is selected rather than the second special symbol lottery, while the average number of rounds when winning a big hit in the first special symbol lottery and the second special symbol lottery is set the same. To increase the ratio of winning short and long open jackpots (big hits with short open round games) and to increase the proportion of short open round games played in both special rounds and regular rounds in the special game Thus, by adjusting the actual number of rounds and the substantial number of rounds, it is possible to differentiate the benefits obtainable in the first special symbol lottery and the second special symbol lottery, and to create a distinctive gameplay. As a result, it becomes possible to improve the interest of the game.

Eleventh Embodiment
Next, a gaming machine according to the eleventh embodiment will be described. The gaming machine of the eleventh embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and in the following, parts having similar configurations are given the same reference numerals. Descriptions are omitted and mainly different parts are described.

  Like the gaming machine of the second embodiment, the gaming machine of the eleventh embodiment depends on whether or not the gaming ball wins in a specific area (so-called "V area") in the big winning opening during execution of the special game. Thus, it is configured as a so-called ball check type gaming machine that determines whether or not the gaming state shifts to a definite changing state after the end of the special game. In addition, a definite change state may be continued until symbol variation of a predetermined number of times (ST number of times) is performed, and may be continued until the next big hit occurs.

  Further, the gaming machine of the eleventh embodiment is equipped with only a single big winning opening 65 (a ball probability attacker having a specific area 658) in the gaming area PA, as in the gaming machine of the seventh embodiment. ing. That is, also in the eleventh embodiment, the big winning opening 65 having the specific area 658 is opened in all rounds. The configuration of the special winning opening 65 has already been described in the above-described second embodiment, and thus the description thereof will not be repeated.

  First, the big hit type (big hit breakdown) in the eleventh embodiment will be described. In FIG. 101, the big hit breakdown of the special symbol lottery in the eleventh embodiment is shown.

The upper part of FIG. 101 is a view schematically showing a symbol table per first special symbol in the eleventh embodiment. In the first special symbol per symbol table, a symbol group, a big hit attribute, the number of times of operation of a probability change / time saving function, and an operation pattern of a big winning opening are respectively associated with a special symbol per symbol random number In the example, for convenience, the description of the stop symbol is omitted). In the first special symbol per symbol table, as a symbol group A (12R long short opening big hit 1), a symbol group B (12R long short opening big hit 2), and a symbol group C (4 types of symbol groups according to the type of big hit) The 8R long short opening big hit 1) and the symbol group D (8R long short short opening big hit 2) are set. As shown in the upper row of FIG. 101, in the first special symbol lottery, the probability of winning a conditional specified big hit (corresponding to a probability change big hit) is 60%, and the probability of winning a conditional normal big hit (corresponding to a non probability change big hit) is 40%. It is.

  The lower part of FIG. 101 is a view schematically showing a symbol table per second special symbol in the eleventh embodiment. In the second special symbol per symbol table, a symbol group, a big hit attribute, the number of times of operation of a probability variation / time saving function, and an operation pattern of a big winning opening are respectively associated with a special symbol per symbol random number In the example, for convenience, the description of the stop symbol is omitted). In the second special symbol per symbol table, symbol group E (16R length open big hit) and symbol group F (4R length open big hit) are set as two types of symbol groups according to the type of big hit. As shown in the lower part of FIG. 101, in the second special symbol lottery, the probability of winning a conditional specified big hit (corresponding to a probability variation big hit) is 100%.

  The 1st special symbol jackpot type, 12R long short opening big hit 1, 2 (generally referred to as "12R big hit"), which is 12 rounds of special game regulation round number, and 8 rounds of special game prescription round number There are 8R long short open big hit 1, 2 (collectively referred to as "8R big hit") which is. That is, two types of big hit are prepared for each prescribed number of rounds. Here, among the 12R big hit, 12R long short open big hit 1 belongs to the conditional specific big hit that a specific round is configured as V round (long open round game), 12R long short open big hit 2 is a specific round non-V round Conditioned as a (short opening round game) belongs to the condition usually a big hit. In addition, among 8R big hits, 8R long short open big hit 1 belongs to the conditional specific big hit that a specific round is configured as V round (long open round game), 8R long short open big hit 2 is a specific round non-V round ( Belonging to the condition usually a big hit configured as short open round game). At this time, in the case of the 12R big hit, the probability of being the conditional specified big hit is “45 / (45 + 35) × 100 = 56%”, and in the case of the 8R big hit, the probability of being the conditional specific big hit is “15 / (15 + 5) × 100 = 75%. Therefore, the specific round is V round (long open round game) when 8R special game is executed by winning 8R big game than when 12R special game is executed by winning 12R big game The percentage is set high. As a result, even when winning a big hit type with a small number of special rounds for special games, the probability of transition is set higher than when winning a big hit with a large number of special rounds with special games. Because of this, it is intended to equalize profits. As a variation, when the first special symbol is a big hit, the average value of the actual number of rounds in the conditional specific big hit is set smaller than the average value of the actual number of rounds in the conditional normal big hit. You may That is, in the case of a conditional normal big hit, the number of actual rounds (winning ball expected value) may be set to a larger number because it is difficult or impossible to win a V in a specific round.

On the other hand, in the big hit type of the second special symbol, the 16R long opening big hit (collectively referred to as "16R big hit") where the specified round number of special games is 16 rounds, and the specified round number of special games in 4 rounds There is a certain 4R long opening big hit (collectively referred to as "4R big hit"). In the case of a big hit in the second special symbol, regardless of any big hit type (16R big hit, 4R big hit), the specific round belongs to the conditional specific big hit configured as V round (long open). Also, since the big hit (16R big hit, 4R big hit) of the second special symbol is all long open big hit, only long open round game is set in all rounds (short open round game is not set). Therefore, in the present example, a short open round game is set in each round of the special game only when a big hit is made with the first special symbol. In addition, you may set a short open round game in each round of the special game also when it becomes big hit with the 2nd special symbol, in that case, rather than when it becomes a big hit with the 2nd special symbol, It is desirable that the rate at which the short opening round game is executed in each round of the special game is set to be higher in the case of becoming a big hit in the special pattern.

  FIG. 102 is a schematic diagram for explaining the execution process of the special game. In this example, the fourth round is set as the specific round and the rounds other than the fourth round are set as the normal round, regardless of which jackpot type. First, as shown in FIGS. 102 (A) and 102 (B), even when winning any 12R big hit (12R long short opening big hit 1, 2), a total of 12 round games are 8 times in the special game. Since the game consists of a long open round game and four short open round games, the actual number of rounds (the number of rounds that can actually get a winning ball) is “eight rounds”. That is, in the case of a 12R big hit, "12 rounds" is set as the specified round number of the special game, but the actual number of rounds that can actually get the winning balls is "8 rounds". Note that the actual number of rounds is determined by the number of long open round games in which entry to the large winning opening 65 is set to be easy or possible. On the other hand, as shown in FIGS. 102 (C) and 102 (D), even if the player wins any 8R big hit (8R long short opening big hit 1, 2), a total of 8 round games are 4 times in the special game. Since the game consists of a long open round game and four short open round games, the actual number of rounds (the number of rounds that can actually get a winning ball) is "four rounds". That is, in the case of an 8R big hit, "eight rounds" is set as the specified round number of the special game, but the actual number of rounds that can actually get the winning balls is "four rounds". Therefore, when the first special symbol is a big hit, since the average value of the number of special rounds of special games is 7.2 rounds, the minimum number of defined rounds "eight rounds than the maximum defined number of rounds" 12 rounds " It can be said that the number of rounds is close to

  On the other hand, as shown in FIGS. 102 (E) and (F), the big hit (16 R big hit, 4 R big hit) of the second special symbol is all set as long open big hit, so long open round in the special game Only the game is executed. Therefore, the actual number of rounds of special games in the case of 16R big hit is "16 rounds", and the number of actual rounds of special games in the case of 4R big hits is "4 rounds". Therefore, in the case of a big hit in the second special symbol, the average value of the actual number of rounds is "11.2 rounds", so the maximum number of prescribed rounds "16 rounds" than the smallest prescribed number of rounds "4 rounds" It can be said that the number of rounds is close to.

  As described above, according to the eleventh embodiment, in the first special symbol lottery, the prize ball earning expectation value is lower (the substantial round) than when the player is elected to the 12R big hit (the number of substantial rounds is high). In the case of winning a small number of 8R big hit, the probability (probability change expectation degree) that the special winning opening and the specific area are long open in the specific round in the special game is set higher, so the first special It is possible to achieve equalization of the profit obtained when winning a big hit in the symbol, it is possible to eliminate the sense of unfairness according to the big hit type, as a result, it is possible to improve the interest of the game It becomes. In addition, multiple jackpots of different number of acquired rounds (4R <8R <12R <16R) are provided, and when it becomes a big hit in the first special symbol lottery and when it becomes a big hit in the second special symbol lottery, While making the internal average number of rounds that can be acquired in the special game the same, by differentiating the actual number of rounds that can actually acquire the winning balls, it is possible to differentiate the gain obtained by both, and have a sharp It becomes possible to create gameplay.

[12th embodiment]
Next, a gaming machine according to the twelfth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine of the twelfth embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and in the following, parts having similar configurations are given the same reference numerals. Descriptions are omitted and mainly different parts are described.

Like the gaming machine of the second embodiment, the gaming machine of the twelfth embodiment depends on whether or not the gaming ball wins a specific area (so-called "V area") in the large winning opening during execution of the special game. Thus, it is configured as a so-called ball check type gaming machine that determines whether or not the gaming state shifts to a definite changing state after the end of the special game. In addition, a definite change state may be continued until symbol variation of a predetermined number of times (ST number of times) is performed, and may be continued until the next big hit occurs.

  Further, the gaming machine of the twelfth embodiment is equipped with only a single big winning opening 65 (a ball probability attacker having a specific area 658) in the gaming area PA, as in the gaming machine of the seventh embodiment. ing. That is, also in the twelfth embodiment, the large winning opening 65 having the specific area 658 is opened in all rounds. The configuration of the special winning opening 65 has already been described in the above-described second embodiment, and thus the description thereof will not be repeated.

  In the embodiments so far, the specific area 658 is opened (long open or short open) in the specific round, and the specific area 658 is always closed in the normal round. On the other hand, in this example, the specific area 658 can be opened (long open or short open) not only in the specific round but also in the normal round. In this example, even if the specific area 658 is opened, the specific area 658 is switched to be valid or invalid according to the opened round, and only entering the specific area 658 in the valid round (valid period) is valid. While entering the specific area 658 in the round to be invalidated (ineffective period) is treated as invalid. Here, the effective period is a period in which the specific area 658 is made effective, that is, the detection of the gaming ball by the specific area switch 657 is made effective. The invalidation period is a period in which the specific area 658 is invalidated, that is, the detection of the gaming ball by the specific area switch 657 is invalidated. Therefore, the round in which the specific area 658 is valid (effective period) is the “specific round”, and the round in which the specific area 658 is invalid (ineffective period) is the “normal round”. Therefore, the specific round in this example refers to a round in which the distributing member (the blade member 655) is opened and closed and the specific region 658 is effective (effective period). On the other hand, even in the normal round, a round in which the distributing member (the blade member 655) opens and closes may be provided. In that case, unlike the specific round described above, even if the game ball enters the specific area 658, the specific area 658 is invalidated (ineffective period), that is, the detection of the game ball by the specific area switch 657 Is preferred. Therefore, entering a game ball into a specific area 658 triggers a definite change transition, as a rule, only in a specific round when the specific area 658 becomes effective, and even if the specific area 658 is invalidated, the game ball is specified Even if it is possible to enter the area 658, the entry of the gaming ball is not validated, and does not become a trigger for a probability change transition. Also, in any of the specific round and the regular round in this example, detection of the game ball by the specific area switch 657 may be effective, and in that case, the game ball is detected by the specific area switch 657 in the specific round and described later It is preferable to turn on the probability variation reservation flag to be turned on and, while detecting the gaming ball by the specific area switch 657 in the normal round, turn off the probability variation reservation flag described later. In the following, only the first special symbol game is described, and the second special symbol game is omitted, but the configuration described below may be applied to the second special symbol game.

  In this example, as a jackpot type of the first special symbol, it has 1) long short open big hit A, and 2) long short short big hit B. In addition, the number of execution rounds of the special game (prescribed round number) by each jackpot is N times (in this example, "N ≧ 3"). The long open short hit A belongs to the "conditional specific big hit" as a big hit attribute, and the long short open big hit B belongs to the "conditional big hit" as a big hit attribute.

Subsequently, FIG. 103 is a time chart for describing an operation pattern of the special winning opening 65 in the twelfth embodiment. In this example, a total of two types of operation patterns are prepared corresponding to the above-mentioned big hit classification. Specifically, "long and short open pattern A" is associated with the long and short open jackpot A, and "long and short open pattern B" is associated with the long and short open jackpot B. In the drawing, the state change of the special winning opening 65 in the special game is shown in time series from left to right. Each operation pattern shown in FIG. 103 conceptually shows the execution state of each round game, and each time width and ratio of opening time and closing time (including interval time) of each round game is an actual time. It does not correspond to the width and ratio.

  FIG. 103 (A) shows a long and short open pattern A, and FIG. 103 (B) shows a long and short open pattern B. FIG. In each drawing, in addition to the opening and closing operation mode of the special winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 in each round, the presence or absence of the game ball entering the special winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 is shown as an example. In this example, the specific region 658 is opened in the first to third rounds among the plurality of rounds, and the specific region 658 is always closed in the fourth and subsequent rounds. Therefore, in the following, the description of the fourth and subsequent rounds will be omitted except for a special case. In this example, the second round is set as a specific round, and the other first round and third round are set as normal rounds. Therefore, as described above, the specific area 658 is "valid" in the second round (specific round), and the specific area is "invalid" in the first and third rounds (normal round).

Therefore, in the present example, the following correspondence relationships (1) to (3) are established.
(1) Entry of the game ball into the specific area 658 in A round (first round) does not become a trigger of definite change transition.
(2) The entry of the game ball into the specific area 658 in the B round (the second round) is a trigger for a probability change transition.
(3) The entry of the game ball into the specific area 658 in the C round (the third round) does not become a trigger for the probability change transition.

  As shown in FIG. 103 (A), in the long and short opening pattern A, the first round is set as a short opening round game, the second round is set as a long opening round game, and the third round is set as a short opening round game. In this example, in the first to third rounds, the opening / closing operation of the special winning opening 65 and the opening / closing operation of the specific area 658 are synchronously controlled in synchronization, and the opening period of the special winning opening 65 and the opening of the specific area 658 The time period is configured to overlap in time. In this long and short opening pattern A, since the short opening round game is executed in the first and third rounds (normal rounds), it is difficult or impossible to enter the special winning opening 65 and the specific area 658, Since the long open round game is executed in the second round (specific round), it is easy or possible to enter the big winning opening 65 and the specific area 658. Therefore, as shown in the drawing, in the second round, the gaming ball can be made to enter the specific area 658. At this time, the second round is set as the effective period of the specific area 658, and the detection of the game ball by the specific area switch 657 is treated as effective, and the probability change reservation flag is turned on at this time, and the special game is over. The game state of is a high probability state (probability state).

As shown in FIG. 103 (B), in the long and short opening pattern B, the first round is set as a long opening round game, the second round is set as a short opening round game, and the third round is set as a short opening round game. In this example, in the first to third rounds, the opening / closing operation of the special winning opening 65 and the opening / closing operation of the specific area 658 are synchronously controlled in synchronization, and the opening period of the special winning opening 65 and the opening of the specific area 658 The time period is configured to overlap in time. In this long and short opening pattern B, since the short opening round game is executed in the second round (specific round) and the third round (normal round), it is difficult or not to enter the big winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 Although possible, since the long open round game is executed in the first round (normal round), it is easy or possible to enter the big winning opening 65 and the specific area 658. Therefore, as shown in the drawing, the gaming ball can be made to enter the specific area 658 in the first round. At this time, since the first round is set as an invalid period of the specific area 658, the detection of the gaming ball by the specific area switch 657 is treated as invalid, the definite variation reservation flag remains off, and after the special game is over The game state of is the low probability state (normal state or short time state).

  Here, the opening and closing operations of the long and short open patterns A and B in the first to third rounds are compared. In the long and short opening pattern A, one short opening in the first round, one long opening in the second round, and two short openings in the third round are performed. That is, in the long open opening pattern A, the big winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 open and close in the order of “short open → long open → short open → short open” in the sections from the first to the third round. On the other hand, in the long and short opening pattern B, one short opening and one long opening in the first round, one short opening in the second round, and one short opening in the third round are performed. That is, in the long and short open pattern B, the big winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 open and close in the order of “short open → long open → short open → short open” in the sections from the first to the third round. That is, when comparing the long and short opening patterns A and B, if the respective rounds from the first to the third round are individually viewed, the opening and closing operations of the special winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 are different. When the sections up to three rounds are totally viewed as a series of flows, the opening and closing operations of the special winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 coincide with each other. Therefore, in the long and short opening patterns A and B, any series of opening and closing operations (long opening and short opening operation sequence) of the big winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 are substantially the same throughout the entire round. By making it difficult to determine which round a specific round has been played or not, it is possible to maintain a sense of expectation for certainty gain until the special game is over. Become.

  As described above, according to the twelfth embodiment, it has a specific round for validating the specific area 658 and a non-specific round (normal round) for invalidating the specific area 658, and the game to the specific area 658 in any round While making it possible to enter the ball substantially, only entering the ball into the specific area 658 in a specific round is used as a trigger for a definite change transition, and further, the special winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 By matching the open / close operation mode, it is possible to make it difficult to distinguish which big hit type (open / close pattern) is won from the open / close operation mode and the presence or absence of entering a ball in the specific area. Regardless of whether the area has transitioned to the effective period or the ineffective period, the player has acquired a definite change by entering the specific area 658. While waiting can proceed special game, as a result, it is possible to improve the flavor Xing of the game.

  In addition, in said correspondence (1)-(3), although the 1st round, the 2nd round, and the 3rd round were illustrated as A round, B round, and C round, "B = A + 1" and "C = If the relationship of "B + 1" is satisfied, specific numerical values of A, B and C can be set arbitrarily. That is, the above-mentioned correspondences (1) to (3) are not set to the first half (first to third rounds) in a plurality of special games, and the second half (for example, fourth to sixth rounds or the sixth round) It may be set to 14th to 16th rounds).

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the above correspondence relationships (1) to (2) are satisfied, that is, since the specific area is invalid in the A round (first round), the game ball is inserted into the specific area. While the ball does not trigger a definite transition, the specific area becomes effective in the B round (the second round), so the entry of the gaming ball into the specific area triggers the definite transition. While reversing the correspondence relationships (1) to (3), for example, enabling a specific area in A round (first round), while entering the game ball into the specific area as a trigger for positive change transition In the B-round (second round), the specific area may be invalidated, and the game ball may not enter the specific area as a trigger for the probability change transition. At that time, the big hit attribute of long and short open big hit A, B is also reversed, long short short open big hit A conditionally belongs to a regular big hit, long long short open jackpot B belongs to a conditional specified big hit. Also, in that case, the operating pattern of the conditional specific jackpot and the operating pattern of the conditional normal jackpot are reversed. That is, the operation pattern of the conditional specified big hit becomes the long and short open pattern B, and the operation pattern of the conditional normal big hit becomes the long and short open pattern A. Therefore, if the above-described correspondence relationships (1) to (2) are satisfied, the operation pattern of the conditional specific jackpot (in this case, the “long-short release pattern A” falls under) C round (third round) If the above-mentioned correspondences (1) and (2) are reversed while the opening operation (short opening operation) is performed twice or more times, the operation pattern of the conditional specific big hit (in that case In the long and short opening pattern B ′ ′), the opening operation (short opening operation) is performed twice or more in the A round (first round). In addition, as a modification, the above-mentioned correspondence (3) is not applied, and even if it is the composition to which only correspondence (1), (2) is applied, it is realizable.

  Further, in the above-described embodiment, the V acquisition notification (the notification that the positive variation has been acquired by the V prize within the effective period) is performed in the round after the specific round (the third and subsequent rounds in this example). You may In addition, an effect may be provided to indicate whether the specific area is "effective" or "ineffective" in each round, and the player's expectation may be further felt.

[Common modification example]
Next, a gaming machine according to a common modification of the first to twelfth embodiments will be described. The gaming machine according to this common modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of any of the first to twelfth embodiments described above, and the same configuration will hereinafter be described. The same symbols are given to the parts that are possessed, the explanation is omitted, and mainly the different parts are explained.

(Common Modification 1)
In this modification 1, when a big hit with the second special symbol in the non-deterministic state (time saving state, easy ball entering state), the execution of the pending inside consecutive effects effect than when the big hit with the second special symbol in the positive change state It is configured so as to lower the probability, or configured so as not to execute the on-hold reservation effect. As described above, in the indeterminate state and the indeterminate state, the transition to the different effect modes is made, so the tendency of the effect during the symbol change is different. Therefore, in the non-deterministic change state, it becomes a big hit with the second special symbol, and considering the case of transitioning to the definite change state after the end of the special game, the non-deterministic change through the event of pending Uranzou (occurrence of two big hits) Seamlessly connecting symbol variation production in the state, the special game above, the symbol variation production in the definite change state, and the special game later, and assembling it as a series of continuous effects (production with consistent story nature) Is difficult. Therefore, even if the second special symbol in the non-determination state will be a big hit, and there is a possibility that the pending inner row will be decided, there is a high possibility that the pending inner row is not fully effective. Lower the execution probability of or As an example, in the production mode (battle mode) in the definite change state, a specific big hit symbol (big hit symbol "fist, fist, fist") dedicated to the production mode is set, and the stop display of this specific big hit symbol Considering the case where special continuous rendition (special continuous rendition of a battle system) is started when the pending inner row is finalized, the pending inner row when the effect mode (non-battle mode) in the time-shortened state is considered. Even under circumstances where can occur, the specific jackpot symbol does not appear, and if the special continuous rendition is not generated, consistency of the connection and rendition of the big hit before and after can be taken. It is from.

(Common Modification 2)
In the above-described first embodiment, even if any of the plural types of big hits (16R big hit, 8R big hit, 2R big hit) falls under any of the big wins, the fixed period immediately after the end of the special game (second special Only limited period over the fluctuation display of the number of times (4 rotations) of the symbol fluctuation corresponding to the maximum number (4) of the operation holding balls of the symbol), it shifts to the limited frequency state (high probability special fluctuation state γ) The variation pattern of the special symbol is configured to be selected with reference to (special variation pattern table). On the other hand, in the second modification, the special game is ended only when it corresponds to a specific big hit (high profit big hit: 16R big hit) among multiple types of big hits (16R big hit, 8R big hit, 2R big hit). It transfers to a limited frequency state only for a fixed period (4 rotations) immediately after, and it is comprised so that the variation pattern of a special symbol may be selected with reference to a limited frequency table. In the limited frequency state, when the result of the pass / fail judgment is a specific big hit, the fluctuation pattern of the shortening fluctuation (for example, fluctuation time = 2 seconds) is selected. At this time, as described above, a specific big hit (high profit big hit) among multiple types of big hits in the case of the second special symbol when it becomes the big hit than when it is the big hit in the first special symbol The probability of becoming is high. Therefore, basically, the case of becoming a big hit with the second special symbol (in the case of consecutive villas) is more of that special game than when it becomes the big hit with the first special symbol (in the case of the first hit) It can be said that it is easy to shift to the limited frequency state immediately after the end. Then, in the limited frequency state, the shortening variation pattern (for example, variation time = 2 seconds) is selected on the main control substrate 100 side, and various symbol variation effects corresponding to the shortening variation pattern are selected on the presentation control substrate 200 side. Is to be selected.

  Here, the operation reserve ball of the second special symbol (in particular, the operation reserve ball of the second special symbol which is scheduled to digest four times of symbol variation after the big hit (after the end of the special game)) occurs before the big hit starts There are cases, and cases that occur after the big hit starts. Specifically, when the game ball enters the second starting opening during the variable display of the symbol and the operation reserve ball of the second special symbol occurs, and the operation reserve ball of the second special symbol is 4 pieces (maximum The game ball may enter the second starting opening during execution of the special game under the condition of less than the holding number), and the operation holding ball of the second special symbol may occur. In addition, it is after the end of the special game under the situation where the number of operation pending balls of the second special symbol is less than 4 (maximum number of pending) at the end of the special game, the variation of the second special symbol When the gaming ball enters the second starting opening 62, there is a case where the operation reserved ball of the second special symbol occurs. At this time, as described above, whether or not the on-hold in-line consecutive effect (special continuous effect) is to be executed is determined at the start of the big hit, so in order to generate the on-hold in-continuous effect (special continuous effect), at least the big hit It is assumed that there is a specific hold at the start. Therefore, on the basis of the big hit start time, when the specific hold is caused before the big hit start, it is possible to generate the pending inside consecutive effects B (special continuous play), but the specific hold is caused after the big hit start In the case, it is not possible to generate the pending in-line consecutive effect B (special continuous effect). Thereby, when the specific suspension occurs before the big hit start, while the special symbol fluctuation production occurs within the limited period (four rotations) immediately after the end of the special game along with the execution of the special continuous effect, the big hit If a specific hold occurs after the start, the special symbol change effect will not occur within the limited period (four revolutions) immediately after the end of the special game. Also, as described above, the limited period of 4 rotations corresponds to the maximum number (4) of the number of operation pending balls of the second special symbol.

  Therefore, when the suspension within the group is established by the specific suspension being triggered before the big hit starts, the symbol variation related to the specific suspension corresponds to the shortening variation (for example, variation time = 2 seconds) in the limited frequency state To generate the special symbol variation effect (for example, a series of movie images and symbol variation and occurrence of big hit inconspicuously generated), and the first special game, the symbol variation effect, and the second special game are consistent. Seamlessly connect in a storytic way. On the other hand, when specific suspension is triggered after the big hit is started, and there is a hold inside arrangement, special symbol fluctuation effect (special continuous performance) does not occur in the symbol change related to the specific suspension, but shortening fluctuation in limited frequency state By generating an immediate effect (a mode in which the occurrence of a big hit is emphasized) corresponding to (for example, fluctuation time = 2 seconds), the extension until the occurrence of a big hit is prevented. That is, in the second modification, even if the timing of occurrence of the specific suspension is either before or after the big hit start, if the big hit with a specific big hit symbol, the variation pattern selection state after the special game is In order to transition to the limited frequency state, the contents of the subsequent big hit fluctuation rendition can be made different according to the timing of the occurrence of the specific suspension, with the occurrence of the shortening fluctuation in this limited frequency state. In addition, in this modification, at the time of the judgment of the executability of a reservation Uchi-San effect (special continuous production), it was set at the time of the big hit start, but it is not limited to this; Medium timing may be used.

(Common Modification 3)
Moreover, in the above-mentioned 1st-12th embodiment, although the structure which provided only one type of out-of-hand pattern was illustrated as a stop symbol of a special symbol, it is not limited to this, A plurality of types of out-of-out pattern are provided May be At this time, for example, only when a specific missing symbol is selected as the pre-judgment result, the on-premise-on-run effect (Gase effect) may be generated. In the seventh to twelfth embodiments described above, the configuration (one attacker type) having only a single big winning opening 65 having a specific area in the game area PA is adopted. The configuration is not limited, and a configuration (two-attacker type) including a special winning opening 64 having no specific area and a special winning opening 65 having a specific area is adopted as in the second embodiment and the like described above. You may

  The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment and modification, and can be appropriately improved without departing from the scope of the present invention. In addition, components obtained by appropriately combining the components described in the above embodiment and the modification, or some of the components described in the above embodiment and the modification may be deleted or converted by a known technique or the like Are also included in the scope of the present invention. Furthermore, in the above embodiment, although two types of on-premises in-line units A and B having different occurrence times are illustrated and described, it is also a specification that the on-off in-line units are determined at the point of occurrence Good, it may be a specification that is determined if the pending condition is not satisfied just by the occurrence of the pending internal arrangement effect A and the predetermined condition is satisfied. It may be a specification that is determined by Zhuang, or may be a specification that is decided by Pending Zhuang B by the fact that predetermined conditions are satisfied only by the occurrence of the pending U conjunction R effect B. Further, in the above embodiment, even if the configuration in which the pending inner row presentation is executed is performed only when one or more specific pendings exist in the subsequent operation pending balls, the specific pending is performed in the subsequent operation pending balls. Even when it does not exist, it may be configured to be executed (as a so-called cast effect). In the present invention and the above embodiment, "not executed" may include a low execution probability (frequency of occurrence), and "low execution probability" includes a non-execution. May be

PM Pachinko game machine PA game area 1 outer frame 2 front frame 5 glass frame 20 game board 61 first starting opening 62 second starting opening 64 first large winning opening 65 second large winning opening 70 effect display device 71 first special symbol Display 72 Second special symbol display device 100 Main control board 130 Hold control means 135 Prior judgment means 140 Special symbol lottery processing means 141 Special symbol pass / fail judgment means 142 Special symbol stop symbol judgment means 143 Special symbol fluctuation pattern judgment means 150 Special game Control means 156 Special symbol display control means 160 Motorized character control means 165 Game state control means 200 Effect control board 220 Effect control means 223 Look-ahead notice control means 225 Fluctuation effect determination means 300 Image control board 657 Specific area switch 658 Specific area

Claims (1)

A game board in which a game area is formed,
A starting opening provided in the gaming area and capable of entering game balls;
Random number obtaining means for obtaining a random number value triggered by the entry of the game ball into the starting opening;
Pass / fail determination means for executing a yes / no decision based on the random number value acquired by the random number acquisition means;
A large winning opening provided in the gaming area and opened according to the result of the determination of acceptance or rejection, and a game ball can enter.
Entry detection means for detecting that the game ball has entered the big winning opening;
Special game execution means for executing a special game that repeats a unit game with the opening of the big winning opening multiple times when the result of the success or failure judgment is a big hit,
A hold storage unit that stores the acquired random number value as hold information up to a predetermined upper limit number until the random number acquisition unit acquires the random number value until the condition for determining whether the acceptance or rejection is satisfied;
A symbol display device in which a symbol indicating the result of the success / failure determination is variably displayed and stopped;
Variation mode determination means for determining the variation mode of the symbol according to the result of the determination of the success or failure;
Symbol display control means for variably displaying and stopping symbols in the symbol display device;
An effect display device for displaying an effect indicating the result of the success or failure determination;
Effect determining means for determining the content of the effect to be displayed on the effect display device;
A prize ball payout means for paying out a predetermined number of game balls as a prize ball when the game ball is detected to be entered in the ball entry detection means;
The total value of the number of prize balls paid out or the total value of the number of prize balls scheduled to be paid out is detected when the ball of the game ball is detected by the ball detection means during execution of the special game. Prize ball information notification means for notifying information related to the fulfillment of the predetermined condition when satisfied;
In the situation where the result of the above-mentioned judgment of success or failure based on the random number value according to a certain holding information is a big hit, the specific holding information in one or more holding information which is scheduled to be digested after the execution of the special game concerning the random number Provision of previewing notice control means for deciding whether or not to execute a pending internal connection effect to suggest or notify the possibility of the presence of
When at least one of the one or more holding information scheduled to be digested after the end of the execution of a special game is the specific holding information, the game ball detection means in the entering detection means during the execution of the special game When the total value of the number of prize balls paid out due to the entry of the ball is detected or the total value of the number of prize balls scheduled to be paid out fulfills the predetermined condition, during the execution of the special game A pachinko gaming machine characterized in that it is possible to execute on-hold in-line production.

Images